U. S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


__________________


FORM 20-F

_________________________


[X]

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.


[   ]

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.


[   ]

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSACTION PERIOD FROM ______________ TO ___________________.


Commission File Number ●


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(Exact name of Company as specified in its charter)


A CORPORATION FORMED UNDER THE LAWS OF ALBERTA, CANADA

(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)


1730 - 355 Burrard Street

Vancouver, British Columbia V6C 2G8

Canada

(Address of principal executive offices)


Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  NONE


Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:


Common Shares, without Par Value

(Title of Class)


Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:  NONE


The number of outstanding Common Shares as of  January 31, 2004 was 81,879,208.


Indicate by check mark whether the Company (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Company was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  [   ]Yes  [   ]No

Not applicable

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the Company has elected to follow.

Item 17  [X]

Item 18  [   ]


(Applicable only to issuers involved in bankruptcy proceedings during the past five years)


Indicate by check mark whether the Company has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.  NOT APPLICABLE





 

 

 

 


 

 




Forward-Looking Statements


The following discussion contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the United States Private Securities Legislation Reform Act of 1995 concerning the Company’s plans for its mineral properties, which may affect the future operating results and financial position of Tan Range Exploration Corporation’s (the “Company’s”).  Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause the Company’s actual results and financial position to differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements.  These factors include, but are not limited to, the factors set forth in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” in Item 3.D., and “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” in Item 5.  Statements concerning reserves and resources may also be deemed to constitute forward-looking statements to the extent that such statements reflect the conclusion that the deposit may be economically exploitable.  Any statements that express or involve discussions with respect to predictions, expectations, plans, projections, objectives, assumptions or future events or performance (often, but not always, using words or phrases such as “expects” or “does not expect”, “is expected”, “anticipates”, or “does not anticipate”, “plans”, “estimates”, or “intends”, or stating that certain actions, events or results “may”, “could”, “would” or “will” be taken, occur or to be achieved) are not statements of historical fact and may be “forward-looking statements”.


Cautionary Note to U.S. Investors Concerning Estimate of Measured
and Indicated Mineral Resources


The Company advises U.S. Investors that while the terms “Measured resources” and “Indicated resources” are recognized and required by Canadian securities regulations, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission does not recognize them.  U.S. investors are cautioned not to assume that any part or all of mineral resources in these categories will ever be converted into mineral reserves.



1


Glossary of Technical Terms


Ag

The elemental symbol for silver.

alteration

Usually referring to chemical reactions in a rock mass resulting from the passage of hydrothermal fluids.

andesite

Volcanic rock, low in quartz content, generally fine grained and moderately dark coloured.

anomalous

A value, or values, in which the amplitude is statistically between that of a low contrast anomaly and a high contrast anomaly in a given data set.

anomaly

Any concentration of metal noticeably above or below the average background concentration.

assay

An analysis to determine the presence, absence or quantity of one or more components.

Au

The elemental symbol for gold.

background

Traces of elements found in sediments, soils, and plant material that are unrelated to any mineralization and which come from the weathering of the natural constituents of the rocks.

BLEG

Acronym for “bulk leach extractable gold” sampling.

chalcedony

Very fine crystalline quartz which may be massive or banded (agate).

chalcopyrite

Copper sulfide mineral.

Cretaceous

The geologic period extending from 135 million to 63 million years ago.

Cu

The elemental symbol for copper.

dyke

A tabular body of igneous rock that has been injected while molten into a fissure.

epidote

Calcium, aluminum, iron silicate mineral commonly occurring in hydrothermally altered carbonate-bearing rocks.

fault

A fracture in a rock where there has been displacement of the two sides.

Fe

The elemental symbol for iron.

fracture

Breaks in a rock, usually due to intensive folding or faulting.

gossan

Decomposed rock or vein material of reddish or rusty colour resulting from oxidized pyrites.

grab sample

A sample of selected rock chips collected at random from within a restricted area of interest.

 

2



grade

The concentration of each ore metal in a rock sample, usually given as weight percent.  Where extremely low concentrations are involved, the concentration may be given in grams per tonne (g/t or gpt) or ounces per ton (oz/t).  The grade of an ore deposit is calculated, often using sophisticated statistical procedures, as an average of the grades of a very large number of samples collected from throughout the deposit.

HLEM

Horizontal loop electromagnetic survey, a form of geophysical survey used in the exploration for minerals.

hectare or ha

An area totalling 10,000 square metres.

highly anomalous

An anomaly which is 50 to 100 times average background, i.e. it is statistically much greater in amplitude.

hydrothermal

Hot fluids, usually mainly water, in the earth's crust which may carry metals and other compounds in solution to the site of ore deposition or wall rock alteration.

IP

Induced polarization survey, a form of geophysical survey used in the exploration for minerals.

indicated mineral resource

That part of a mineral resource for which quantity, grade or quality, densities, shape and physical characteristics, can be estimated with a level of confidence sufficient to allow the appropriate application of technical and economic parameters to support mine planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit.  The estimate is based on detailed planning and reliable exploration and testing information gathered through appropriate techniques from locations such as outcrops, trenches, pits, workings and drill holes that are spaced closely enough for geological and grade continuity to be reasonably assumed.

inferred mineral resource

That part of a mineral resource for which the quantity and grade or quality can be estimated on the basis of geological evidence and limited sampling and reasonably assumed, but not verified, geological and grade continuity.  The estimate is based upon limited information and sampling gathered through appropriate techniques from locations such as outcrops, trenches, pits, workings and drill holes.  Confidence in the estimate is insufficient to allow the meaningful application of technical and economic parameters or to enable an evaluation of economic viability worthy of public disclosure.

intrusive

A rock mass formed below earth's surface from magma which has intruded into a pre-existing rock mass.

kilometres or km

Metric measurement of distance equal to 1,000 metres (or 0.6214 miles).

measured mineral resource

That part of a mineral resource for which quantity, grade or quality, densities, shape, and physical characteristics are so well established that they can be estimated with confidence sufficient to allow the appropriate application of technical and economic parameters, to support production planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit.  The estimates is based on detailed and reliable exploration, sampling and testing information gathered through appropriate techniques from locations such as outcrops, trenches, pits, workings and drill holes that are spaced closely enough to confirm both geological grade and continuity.

 

3



mill

A facility for processing ore to concentrate and recover valuable minerals.

mineral reserve

A mineral reserve is the economically mineable part of a Measured or Indicated mineral resource demonstrated by at least a preliminary feasibility study.  This study must include adequate information on mining, processing, metallurgical, economic and other relevant factors that demonstrate, at the time of the reporting, that economic extraction can be justified.  A mineral reserve includes diluting materials and allowances for losses that may occur when the material is mined.  Mineral resources are sub-divided in order of increasing confidence into “probable” and “proven” mineral reserves.  A probable mineral reserve has a lower level of confidence than a proven mineral reserve.  The term “mineral reserve” does not necessarily signify that extraction facilities are in place or operative or that all governmental approvals have been received.  It does signify that there are reasonable expectations of such approvals.

mineral resource

The estimated quantity and grade of mineralization that is of potential economic merit.  A resource estimate does not require specific mining, metallurgical, environmental, price and cost data, but the nature and continuity or mineralization must be understood.  Mineral resources are sub-divided in order of increasing geological confidence into “inferred”, “indicated”, and “measured” categories.  An inferred mineral resources has a lower level of confidence than that applied to an indicated mineral resource.  An indicated mineral resource has a higher level of confidence than an inferred mineral resource, but has a lower level of confidence than a measured mineral resource.  A mineral resource is a concentration or occurrence of natural, solid, inorganic or fossilized organic material in or on the Earth's crust in such form and quantity and of such grade or quality that it has reasonable prospects for economic extraction.

mineralization

Usually implies minerals of value occurring in rocks.

net smelter or NSR royalty

Payment of a percentage of net mining profits after deducting applicable smelter charges.

ore

A natural aggregated of one or more minerals which may be mined and sold at a profit, or from which some part may be profitably separated.

outcrop

An exposure of rock at the earth's surface.

overburden

A general term for any material covering or obscuring rocks from view.

Pb

The elemental symbol for lead.

porphyry

Rock type with mixed crystal sizes, i.e. containing larger crystals of one or more minerals.

possible or inferred ore

Term used to described ore where the mineralization is believed to exist on the basis of some geological information, but the size, shape, grade, and tonnage are a matter of speculation.

ppm or parts per million

A unit of measurement which is 1000 times larger than parts per billion (i.e. ppb); 1 ppm is equivalent to 1000 ppb, and is also equivalent to 1 gram/tonne.

 

4



prefeasibility study and preliminary feasibility study

Each mean a comprehensive study of the viability of a mineral project that has advanced to a stage where mining method, in the case of underground mining, or the pit configuration, in the case of open pit mining, as been established, and which, if an effective method of mineral processing has been determined, includes a financial analysis based on reasonable assumptions of technical, engineering, operating, economic factors, and the evaluation of other relevant factors which are sufficient for a qualified person, acting reasonably, to determine if all or part of the mineral resource may be classified as a mineral reserve.

probable mineral reserve

A probable mineral reserve is the economically mineable part of an indicated, and in some circumstances, a measured mineral resource demonstrated by at least a prefeasibility study.  This study must include adequate information on mining, processing, metallurgical, economic, and other relevant factors that demonstrate, at the time of reporting, that economic extraction can be justified.

propylitic

A rock alteration assemblage comprising calcite, epidote, chlorite, pyrite and other minerals, found typically in the periphery of a hydrothermal system.

proven mineral reserve

A proven mineral reserve is the economically mineable part of a measured mineral resource demonstrated by at least a prefeasibility study.  This study must include adequate information on mining, processing, metallurgical, economic, and other relevant factors that demonstrate, at the time of reporting, that economic extraction is justified.  The term should be restricted to that part of the deposit where production planning is taking place and for which any variation in the estimate would not significantly affect potential economic viability.

pyrrhotite

A bronze coloured mineral of metallic lustre that consists of ferrous sulfide and is attracted by a magnet.

pyrite

Iron sulfide mineral.

quartz

Silica or SiO 2 , a common constituent of veins, especially those containing gold and silver mineralization.

RC

Reverse circulation diamond drilling.

reef

A geological formation or mineral within defined boundaries separating it from the adjoining rocks.

Sb

The elemental symbol for antimony (stibium).

silicification

Replacement of the constituent of a rock by quartz.

test pits

Shallow holes dug at spots along the strike of any mineralization or, if it is disseminated, anywhere in the area where the shallow holes might reach mineralized bedrock.

ton

Imperial measurement of weight equivalent to 2,000 pounds (sometimes called a “short ton”).

tonne

Metric measurement of weight equivalent to 1,000 kilograms (or 2,204.6 pounds).

 

5



tuff

A rock comprised of fine fragments and ash particles ejected from a volcanic vent.

veins

The mineral deposits that are found filling openings in rocks created by faults or replacing rocks on either side of faults.

Zn

The elemental symbol for zinc.


6


Part I


Item 1.

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors


A.

Directors and Senior Management :


James E. Sinclair , Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director

93 Benton Hill Road

Sharon, CT  06069


Mr. Sinclair provides the Company with the strategy for its corporate growth and is primarily responsible for providing the leadership necessary for the Company to complete its evolution into a gold royalty company.


Mr. Sinclair became Chairman and CEO of the Company following the Company’s acquisition in April, 2002 of Tanzanian American International Development Corporation 2000 Limited (“Tanzam”), a Tanzanian gold exploration company formerly controlled by the Sinclair family.


Mr. Sinclair is primarily a precious metals specialist and a commodities and foreign currency trader.  His past experience includes that of founder of the Sinclair Group of Companies (1977), which offered full brokerage services in stocks, bonds, and other investment vehicles.  The companies, which operated branches in New York, Kansas City, Toronto, Chicago, London and Geneva, were sold in 1983.  Mr. Sinclair served as a Precious Metal Advisor to Hunt Oil and the Hunt family from 1981 to 1984 for the liquidation of their silver position. Mr. Sinclair was a general partner and member of the executive committee of two New York Stock Exchange firms and also President of Sinclair Global Clearing Corporation (Commodity clearing firm) and Global Arbitrage (derivative dealer in metals and currencies).  Mr. Sinclair was President of James Sinclair Financial Research SARL in Luxembourg. Mr. Sinclair held the position of Chairman of Sutton Resources from 1989 to 1995.


Mr. Sinclair is the author of numerous magazine articles and three books, which deal with a variety of investment subjects, including precious metals, trading strategies and geopolitical events and their relationship to world economics and the markets.


Victoria Luis, M.B.A., CSCPA and AICPA Member , Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Director

93 Benton Hill Road

Sharon, CT  06069


In addition to being on the Board of Directors, Mrs. Luis acts as Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary for the Company.  Ms. Luis provides the Company with financial guidance in the areas of amalgamation, risk management and financial modeling for new ventures.  As the Company's Chief Financial Officer, she is responsible for the implementation of all operating budgets for exploration and administration.


Prior to her association with the Company, she was a board member of Tanzam in addition to being its Chief Financial Officer, a position she also held with an associated company, Sinclair Financial.


Before joining Tanzam, Mrs. Luis held various management positions with General Electric Capital Corporation where she was part of a team that facilitated the amalgamation of companies acquired by GE.


She earned her Masters of Business Administration with a specialization in Accounting in 1998 and her Bachelors of Science in Finance in 1990.

 

7


Marek J. Kreczmer, M.Sc. (Geol.), B.Sc. (Geol.) , Director

Suite 1730, 355 Burrard Street

Vancouver, B.C., V6C 2G8


Mr. Kreczmer provides the management structure and technical guidance required to advance the exploration projects through the grass roots stage to early development stage.


Mr. Kreczmer was the President of the Company since its inception in 1991until December 31, 2003.  He established the Company's operating subsidiary in Tanzania, Tancan Mining Company Limited (“Tancan”).  Mr. Kreczmer has initiated, formed and operated several exploration joint ventures with senior gold companies.  He is responsible for representing the Company's interests in various management and technical committees required to operate these joint ventures, and is currently the Chairman of the Technical Committee of the Company.


Mr. Kreczmer has a background in the mineral exploration business.  He was a project geologist for two leading Canadian explorers, Cameco and Granges Exploration.  The exploration focus for these companies included base metals, uranium and gold.  His responsibilities included all aspects of administering the exploration budget, on-site field management, and the set-up and establishment of an exploration team to deal with specific project objectives.


Ulrich E. Rath , Director

18 Kilbarry Road

Toronto, Ont.,  M5P 1K5


Mr. Rath provides the Company with advice on geological and technical matters.


Mr. Rath has a wide range of experience in the mining industry, and has specific experience in South Africa and Peru.  Currently a director of Chariot Resources Ltd. since December 2002, he was formerly the CEO and a director of EAGC Ventures Inc. from May 2002 to April 2003, and the CEO and director of Compania Minera Milpo from May 1999 to April 2002.  Mr. Rath was also formerly Vice-President, Corporate Development, for Rio Algom Ltd. from December 1992 to October 1998.  Rio Algom Ltd. was a U.S. reporting issuer, whose common shares were listed on the American Stock Exchange.


Anton Esterhuizen , Director

P.O. Box 85267

Emmarentia 2029, South Africa


Mr. Esterhuizen is responsible for developing new exploration projects for the Company.


Mr. Esterhuizen is based in Johannesburg, South Africa is currently the Managing Director of Pangea Exploration (Pty), a South African company with exploration interests in Africa and South America and not related to Pangea Goldfields Inc.  Mr. Esterhuizen developed the exploration model which led to the discovery of the Tulawaka gold deposit.  He successfully managed Pangea's gold and mineral sands exploration in East Africa until July, 2000 when the company was sold to Barrick.

 

8


Dr. William Harvey, B.A., Ph.D. , Director

97 Amenia Union Road

Sharon, CT  06069


Dr. Harvey reviews the social service impact of the Company’s activities upon the indigenous Tanzanians.


Dr. Harvey is presently a consultant and technical expert to a variety of research centres and state and federal programs in the United States.  He is a consultant to: National Drug Information Centre for Families in Action; American Institute of Research; Office of Juvenile Justice & Delinquency Prevention; National Institute on Drug Abuse; and National Institute on Alcoholism and Alcohol Abuse.  He is involved in the formulation of new programs and policies aimed at the betterment of society.  The Sinclair family has already made a significant donation to a private trust, The Tanzanian Relief Fund, which in turn has funded the hospital at Bulyanhulu.  Dr. Harvey will expand the role which the Company has at the local level to ensure that stakeholder interests are addressed.


Rosalind Morrow , B.A., B.Ed., LL.B ., Director

168 Princess Avenue

Willowdale, ON  M2N 3R9


Ms. Morrow is a corporate and securities lawyer and partner with Borden Ladner Gervais LLP in Toronto, a national Canadian law firm.  Ms. Morrow provides advice to the Company on corporate governance and securities matters.


Ms. Morrow’s practice includes a special emphasis on financings and acquisitions for the financial services and communications industry sectors, project and government financings, and corporate governance.  She advises issuers, underwriters, and investors in connection with debt and equity offerings and investments, including domestic and trans-border public offerings and private placements, capital restructurings and corporate and securities law compliance.


B.

Advisers


Legal Counsel :


Salley Bowes Harwardt

Barristers and Solicitors

Suite 1750 – 1185 West Georgia Street

Vancouver, B.C., V6E 4E6

Bartel Eng & Schroder

Attorneys at Law

300 Capital Mall, Suite 1100

Sacramento, CA  95814


C.

Auditors


Years ended August 31, 2003 and 2002


KPMG LLP

Chartered Accountants

P.O. Box 10426, Pacific Centre

777 Dunsmuir Street

Vancouver, B.C., V7Y 1K3


Members of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants.

 

9



Year ended August 31, 2001


PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chartered Accountants

Suite 700, 250 Howe Street
Vancouver, B.C., V6C 3S7


Members of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants.


Item 2.

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable


Not applicable.


Item 3.

Key Information


A.

Selected Financial Data


The following tables set forth and summarize selected consolidated financial data for the Company prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (“Canadian GAAP”).   For each of the last five fiscal years, the tables also summarize certain corresponding information prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”).  Canadian GAAP, as applied to the Company, materially differs from U.S. GAAP, as set forth in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements of the Company.  Unless stated otherwise, reference to dollar amounts shall mean Canadian dollars.


For each of the years in the five year period ended August 31, 2003, the information in the tables was extracted from the more detailed audited financial statements of the Company, and for the interim periods ending November 30, 2003 and 2002, the information in the table was extracted from the unaudited interim financial statements, prepared by the management of the Company.


The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Company and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this Registration Statement.  The Company’s fiscal period ends on August 31 of each year.


The following is a summary of certain selected financial information for the Company’s five most recently completed fiscal years and three month interim periods ending November 30, 2003 and 2002 (in Canadian dollars, except number of shares):


Canadian GAAP

 

November 30,

       2003        

November 30,

       2002        

Year ended August 31,

     

2003

2002

2001

2000

1999

Operations:

             
               

Revenues

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

               

Net loss

(553,896)

(452,952)

(3,014,778)

(1,343,958)

(792,773)

(3,411,602)

(2,336,587)

               

 

 

10



Basic and diluted
loss per share

(0.01)

(0.01)

(0.04)

(0.02)

(0.02)

(0.09)

(0.06)

               

Balance sheet:

             
               

Working Capital

1,901,936

2,914,501

2,092,912

1,921,418

2,186,371

1,028,558

208,191

               

Total Assets

21,267,420

22,366,852

21,424,565

20,912,060

12,439,780

9,035,881

8,739,938

               

Net Assets

20,290,404

20,977,326

20,318,000

19,605,513

11,874,926

8,527,142

8,436,276

               

Share Capital

40,075,271

37,646,471

39,423,971

35,821,706

26,747,161

22,606,604

19,104,136

               

Number of Shares

80,992,620

77,665,478

80,191,542

74,714,203

50,760,978

40,026,971

36,681,929

               

Deficit

(19,784,867)

(16,669,145)

(19,230,971)

(16,216,193)

(14,872,235)

(14,079,462)

(10,667,860)


U.S. GAAP

 

November 30,

       2003        

November 30,

       2002        

Year ended August 31,

     

2003

2002

2001

2000

(unaudited)

1999

(unaudited)

Operations:

             
               

Revenues

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

               

Net loss

(715,240)

(3,143,290)

(5,874,669)

(9,775,342)

(3,157,571)

(2,204,505)

(1,383,891)

               

Basic and diluted loss
per share

(0.01)

(0.04)

(0.07)

(0.17)

(0.07)

(0.06)

(0.04)

               

Balance sheet:

             
               

Working Capital

1,901,936

2,914,501

2,092,912

1,921,418

2,186,371

1,028,558

208,191

               

Total Assets

2,433,630

3,423,959

2,752,119

2,359,505

3,364,651

2,181,924

631,798

               

Net Assets

2,104,179

3,121,998

2,293,119

2,140,523

2,799,797

1,673,185

328,136

               

Share Capital

42,830,199

40,401,399

42,178,899

36,276,634

27,160,566

22,876,383

19,326,829

               

Number of Shares

80,992,620

77,665,478

80,191,542

74,714,203

50,760,978

40,026,971

36,681,929

               

Deficit

(40,726,020)

(37,279,401)

(40,010,780)

(34,136,111)

(24,360,769)

(21,203,198)

(18,998,693)


Exchange Rates

The Company’s accounts are maintained in Canadian dollars.  In this Registration Statement, all dollar amounts are expressed in Canadian dollars, except where otherwise indicated.  The following table sets forth information as to the period end, average, the high and the low exchange rate for Canadian Dollars (“CDN”) and

 

11


U.S. Dollars for the periods indicated based on the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in Canadian Dollars as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (Canadian dollar = US$1):

Year Ended:

August 31


Average


Period End


High


Low

1997

1.3688

1.3889

1.4025

1.3263

1998

1.4387

1.5645

1.5845

1.3686

1999

1.5071

1.4929

1.5677

1.4447

2000

1.4714

1.4776

1.5140

1.4310

2001

1.5283

1.5455

1.5822

1.4680

2002

1.5724

1.5591

1.6190

1.5024

2003

1.4819

1.3865

1.5991

1.3305


The following table sets forth the high and low exchange rate for the past six months.  As of January 31, 2004, the exchange rate was CDN $1.33 for each US$1.


Month

High

Low

August, 2003

$1.4099

$1.3835

September, 2003

$1.3876

$1.3469

October, 2003

$1.3481

$1.3043

November, 2003

$1.3362

$1.2973

December, 2003

$1.3405

$1.2923

January, 2004

$1.3340

$1.2690


B.

Capitalization and Indebtedness


The following table shows the Company’s capitalization (distinguishing between guaranteed and unguaranteed, and secured and unsecured indebtedness) as at November 30, 2003 under Canadian GAAP:


Description

Secured/Guaranteed

Unsecured/
Unguaranteed

Total

Current Liabilities

Nil

$329,451

$329,451

Long Term Liabilities

Nil

$647,565

$647,565

Shareholders’ Equity
(net of deficit)

Nil

$20,290,404

$20,290,404


C.

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds


Not Applicable.


D.

Risk Factors


In addition to other information presented in this Registration Statement, the following should be considered carefully in evaluating the Company and its business.  This Registration Statement contains

 

12


forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainties.  The Company’s actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements.  Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and elsewhere in this Registration Statement.  The management of the Company have identified the following risk factors, listed in the view of management in order from most significant to least significant:


We have incurred net losses since our inception and expect losses to continue.  We have not been profitable since our inception.  For the three months ended November 30, 2003 and the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003, we had a net loss of $553,896 and $3,014,778, respectively,  and an accumulated deficit on November 30, 2003 of $19,784,867.  The Company has not generated revenues from operations during fiscal year 2003 and does not expect to generate revenues from operations until one or more of its properties are placed in production. There is no assurance that any of the Company’s properties will be placed in production or that the Company’s operations will be profitable in the future.


The Mining industry is highly speculative and involves substantial risks.  Even when mining is conducted on properties known to contain significant quantities of ore deposits it is generally accepted in the mining industry that most exploration projects do not result in the discovery of mineable deposits of ore in a commercially economical manner.  There may be limited availability of water, which is essential to milling operations, and interruptions may be caused by adverse weather conditions.  Operations are subject to a variety of existing laws and regulations relating to exploration and development, permitting procedures, safety precautions, property reclamation, employee health and safety, air quality standards, pollution and other environmental protection controls.  Mining activities are subject to substantial operating hazards, some of which are not insurable or may not be insured for economic reasons.


The commercial quantities of ores cannot be accurately predicted.   Whether an ore body will be commercially viable depends on a number of factors including the particular attributes of the deposit such as size, grade and proximity to infrastructure, as well as mineral prices and government regulations, including regulations relating to prices, taxes, royalties, land tenure, land use, importing and exporting of minerals and environmental protection.  The exact effect of these factors cannot be accurately predicted, but the combination of these factors may result in a mineral deposit being unprofitable.  The Company has no mineral producing properties at this time.  The Company has not defined or delineated any proven or probable reserves or resources on any of its properties.  Although the mineralized material estimates included herein have been carefully prepared by the Company, or, in some instances have been prepared, reviewed or verified by independent mining experts, these amounts are estimates only and no assurance can be given that any particular level of recovery of gold or other minerals from mineralized material will in fact be realized or that an identified mineralized deposit, if any, will ever qualify as a commercially mineable or viable reserve.


There are no assurances that we can produce minerals on a commercially viable basis.  The Company’s ability to generate revenues and profits is expected to occur through exploration of its existing properties as well as through acquisitions of interests in new properties.  Substantial expenditures will be incurred in an attempt to establish the economic feasibility of mining operations by identifying mineral deposits and establishing ore reserves through drilling and other techniques, developing metallurgical processes to extract metals from ore, designing facilities and planning mining operations.  The economic feasibility of a project depends on numerous factors, including the cost of mining and production facilities required to extract the desired minerals, the total mineral deposits that can be mined using a given facility, the proximity of the mineral deposits to a user of the minerals, and the market price of the minerals at the time of sale.  There is no assurance that existing or future exploration programs or acquisitions will result in the identification of deposits that can be mined profitably.

 

 

13


Competition.  The mining industry is intensely competitive in all its phases.  The Company competes with many companies possessing greater financial resources and technical facilities than itself for the acquisition of mineral interests, as well as for the recruitment and retention of qualified employees.


Mining operations and exploration activities are subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations.  Laws and regulation govern the development, mining, production, importing and exporting of minerals; taxes; labor standards; occupational health; waste disposal; protection of the environment; mine safety; toxic substances; and other matters.  In many cases, licenses and permits are required to conduct mining operations.  Amendments to current laws and regulations governing operations and activities of mining companies or more stringent implementation thereof could have a substantial adverse impact on the Company.  Applicable laws and regulations will require the Company to make certain capital and operating expenditures to initiate new operations.  Under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to close an operation once it is started until a particular problem is remedied or to undertake other remedial actions.


Uninsurable Risks.  Hazards such as unusual or unexpected formations and other conditions are involved in mineral exploration and development.  The Company may become subject to liability for pollution, cave-ins or hazards against which it cannot insure or against which it may elect not to insure.  The payment of such liabilities may have a material, adverse effect on the Company’s financial position.


Dependence on management. The success of the operations and activities of the Company is dependent to a significant extent on the efforts and abilities of its management including James E. Sinclair, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Victoria Luis, Chief Financial Officer.  Investors must be willing to rely to a significant extent on their discretion and judgment.


Dependence on consultants and engineers.   The Company has relied on and may continue to rely upon consultants for development, construction and operating expertise.  Substantial expenditures are required to construct mines, to establish ore reserves through drilling, to carry out environmental and social impact assessments, to develop metallurgical processes to extract the metal from the ore and, in the case of new properties, to develop the exploration infrastructure at any suite chosen for exploration.  No assurance can be given that minerals will be extracted or discovered in sufficient quantities to justify commercial operation or that funds required for development can be obtained on a timely basis.


Volatility of metal and mineral prices.  The economics of developing metal and mineral properties are affected by many factors including, without limitation, the cost of operations, variations in the grade ore or resource mined and the price of such resources.  The market prices of metals are highly speculative and volatile.  Depending on the price of gold or other resources, the Company may determine that it is impractical to commence or continue commercial production.  The price of gold has fluctuated in recent years.  There can be no assurance that the price of gold and other metals and minerals will remain stable or that such prices will be at levels that will make it feasible to continue the Company’s exploration activities, or commence or continue commercial production.


Jurisdiction risks.  Mineral exploration and mining in certain countries may be affected in varying degrees by political stability and government regulations relating to the mining industry and foreign investment.  There can be no assurance that the government of Tanzania will not institute regulatory policies that adversely affect the exploration and development (if any) of the Company’s properties.  Any changes in regulations or shifts in political conditions in this country are beyond the control of the Company and may adversely affect its business.  Investors should assess the political and regulatory risks related to the Company’s foreign country investments.  Operations may be affected in varying degrees by government regulations with respect to restrictions on production, price controls, export controls, foreign exchange controls, income taxes, expropriation of property, environmental legislation and mine safety.

 

14

 



Title matters.  Acquisition of title to mineral properties is a very detailed and time-consuming process.  The Company believes it has investigated title to all of its mineral claims and, to the best of its knowledge, titles to all properties are in good standing.  This should not be construed as a guarantee of title and there is no guarantee that title to such properties will not be challenged or impugned.


Requirements for and uncertainty of access to additional capital.  At November 30, 2003, the Company had cash of approximately $1,169,811 and working capital of $1,901,936.  The Company will continue to incur exploration costs to fund its plan of operations and intends to fund its plan of operations from working capital.  In the future, the Company’s ability to continue its exploration and development activities depends in part on the Company’s ability to commence operations and generate revenues or to obtain financing through joint ventures, debt financing, equity financing, production sharing agreements or some combination of these or other means.


There can be no assurance that the Company will generate sufficient revenues to meet its obligations as they become due or will obtain necessary financing on acceptable terms, if at all.  The failure of the Company to meet its ongoing obligations on a timely basis could result in the loss or substantial dilution of the Company’s interests in its properties.  In addition, should the Company incur significant losses in future periods, it may be unable to continue as a going concern, and realization of assets and settlement of liabilities in other than the normal course of business may be at amounts significantly different from those in the financial statements included in this Registration Statement.


Financing risks. The Company’s current operations do not generate any cash flow.  Any work on the Company’s properties may require additional equity financing.  If the Company seeks funding from existing or new joint venture partners, its project interests will be diluted.  If the Company seeks additional equity financing, the issuance of additional shares will dilute the current interests of the Company’s current shareholders.  Although the Company has raised funds in recent years through share and warrant issuances, there is no assurance that additional funding will be available to allow the Company to fulfill its obligations on existing exploration properties.  Failure to obtain such additional financing could result in delay or indefinite postponement of further exploration or development and the possible partial or total loss of the Company’s potential interest in certain properties or dilution of the Company’s interest in certain properties.


Conflicts of Interest.  Certain directors or officers of the Company are also directors, officers, or shareholders of other companies that are similarly engaged in the business of acquiring, developing, and exploiting natural resource properties.  Such associations may give rise to conflicts of interest from time to time.  The directors of the Company are required to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and disclose any interest which they may have in any project or opportunity of the Company.  If a conflict of interest arises at a meeting of the board of directors, any director in a conflict will disclose his interest and abstain from voting on such matter.


Penny stock rules may make it more difficult to trade the Company’s common shares.   The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted regulations which generally define a “penny stock” to be any equity security that has a market price, as defined, less than US$5.00 per share or an exercise price of less than US$5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions.  Our securities may be covered by the penny stock rules, which impose additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers who sell to persons other than established customers and accredited investors such as, institutions with assets in excess of US$5,000,000 or an individual with net worth in excess of US$1,000,000 or annual income exceeding US$200,000 or US$300,000 jointly with his or her spouse. For transactions covered by this rule, the broker-dealers must make a special suitability determination for the purchase and receive the purchaser’s written agreement of the transaction prior to the sale.  Consequently, the rule may affect the ability of broker-dealers to sell our securities and also affect the ability of our investors to sell their shares in the secondary market.

 

 

15

 



Item 4.

Information on the Company


Cautionary Note to U.S. Investors


As an Alberta corporation, the Company is subject to certain rules and regulation issued by the Alberta Securities Commission (“Alberta Securities Commission”).  The Company files an Annual Information Form on Form 44-101F1 (“AIF”) with the Alberta Securities Commission via the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (“SEDAR”) for Canadian Securities Administrators.  Under the AIF, the Company is required to provide detail information regarding its properties including mineralization, drilling, sampling and analysis, security of samples and mineral resource and mineral reserve estimates.  Further, the Company describes its properties utilizing mining terminology such as “Measured Reserves” and “Indicated Resources” that are required by Canadian regulations but are not recognized by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  For clarification, the Company has no properties that contain “reserves” as defined by the SEC and is providing the forgoing, in part,  in order to meet its requirements under National Instrument 44-101 adopted by the Alberta Securities Commissioner.


A.

History and Development of the Company


The Company was originally incorporated under the corporate name “ 4245547 Alberta Ltd .” in the Province of Alberta on July 5, 1990, under the Business Corporations Act (Alberta).  The name was changed to “ Tan Range Exploration Corporation ” on August 13, 1991.  The Company was registered in the Province of British Columbia as an extra provincial company under the Company Act (British Columbia) on August 5, 1994.


The principal executive office of the Company is located at 1730 - 355 Burrard Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, V6C 2G8, and its telephone number is (604) 669-5598.


The Company is a mineral resource company with exploration stage properties, which means that the Company is engaged in the search for mineral deposits and that the properties are not in development or production.


The Company’s Itetemia concession is its most advanced property (the “Itetemia Property”).  This property, located adjacent to the 11.7 million ounce Bulyanhulu Gold Project of Barrick Gold Corporation (“Barrick”), contains an inferred mineral resource of 511,000 tonnes grading 7.09 g/t gold, using a 2.0 g/t gold cut-off.


The Itetemia Property consists of six contiguous prospecting licenses.  Itetemia North, Itetemia Village, Itetemia East, Itetemia Far East, Mwinglo and Ngula. The Itetemia North concession was acquired in exchange for US$35,000 and a 3% net smelter royalty.  The Itetemia Village, Itetemia East, Itetemia Far East, Mwinglo and Ngula concessions were acquired by staking, and minimum work requirements have been completed.  The Company acquired a 90% interest in the Itetemia concession through an agreement with the State Mining Corporation (“Stamico”) dated July 18, 1994 in exchange for US$57,400 in option payments over seven years and a requirement to spend at least US$300,000.  Those requirements have been met.  The Ngula North was acquired through the acquisition of Tanzam in April, 2002.


By an option and joint venture agreement dated May 31, 1999 as amended April 24, 2001 between the Company and Barrick, Barrick was granted the exclusive option to earn an undivided 60% interest in the Itetemia Project.  In exchange for the option, Barrick agreed to provide funding to the Company totalling $4,000,000.  Ongoing drilling continues on this property under the joint venture agreement.

 

16

 


The Company’s Luhala property also located in Tanzania, consists of four (4) contiguous prospecting licenses:  Luhala, Ngobo, Shilalo and Sima (the “Luhala Property”). The Company was granted a 100% interest in the Luhala prospecting license on July 2, 1992.  To maintain this concession, the Company was required to conduct exploration work of at least US$250,000 before October 25, 1997.  This work commitment was met.


The Luhala property was the focus of an exploration program under an option agreement dated April 25, 1999 with Newmont Overseas Exploration Limited (“Newmont”).  This property contains an inferred mineral resource of 9,390,000 tonnes, averaging 1.0 g/t gold, using a 0.5 g/t gold cut-off.  Newmont terminated their option on the property during the year 2000, and the Company will now explore the property further itself or enter into a new joint venture with a new mining company.  During the years ended August 31, 2001 and 2000, the Company entered into option agreements to acquire three additional licenses, named Shilalo, Ngobo and Sima.  See “Luhala Property” under Item 4.D for further details.


During the fiscal year ended 2003, the Company has also discovered three new gold occurrences on the Kigosi Property (forming a part of the Company’s Lake Victoria Goldfield Properties held through Tanzam).  Two of the three occurrences are located at the north end of a three kilometre long northwest trending structure that may be responsible for concentrating the mineralization reported at the northern and southern limits of this prominent geological feature (see: “Lake Victoria Goldfield Properties” below for further details).  At the present time the Company is exploring 69 mineral resource properties in the Lake Victoria Greenstone Belt region of Tanzania.  The Company currently has a total of 29 royalty agreements with three industry partners; eleven of these royalty agreements are with Barrick Gold Corporation; nine with Ashanti Goldfields Limited; and nine with Northern Mining Explorations.


Significant Acquisitions and Significant Dispositions


The Company’s principal capital expenditures and divestitures (including interests in other companies and amounts invested) for the last three fiscal years are described as follows:


Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2001


During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2001, the Company completed $2,228,725 in property acquisition and exploration on its mineral resource properties, including a further $1,242,270 in work on the Itetemia Property, as well as $971,509 on the Luhala Property.  The Company incurred a write-down of $7,553 relating to the Mulehe Property due to uncertainty as to recoverability.


Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2002


On April 30, 2002, the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of Tanzania American International Development Corporation 2000 Limited (“Tanzam”), in exchange for 20,000,000 shares of the Company at a value of CDN$0.35 per share (or a cost of CDN$7,000,000). Tanzam, a privately held mineral investment company, holds an interest in 52 prospecting licenses and reconnaissance licenses in the Lake Victoria Goldfields Belt of north-western Tanzania. The total land area currently held under these licenses is 3480km 2 .


By a Prospecting and Mining Option Agreement dated March 31, 1999, as amended March 31, 2000, between Northern Mining & Consultancy Company Limited (“Northern Mining”) and Tanzam, Tanzam  acquired the right to form a joint venture with Northern Mining.  Tanzam will hold a 60% equity interest and Northern Mining a 40% equity interest in the joint venture.  Tanzam has paid US$50,000 on signing and a further US$25,000 to Northern Mining on the first anniversary of the agreement.  In addition, Tanzam is required to complete at least US$35,000 in annual exploration work during the first two years, and depending on

 

17

 


commercial viability and geological potentials another US$250,000 in exploration work during the fourth, fifth and sixth years.  Until Tanzam is reimbursed for all of its expenses, Tanzam will be entitled to 80% of the net cash flows from production.


On December 14, 2001, Barrick Exploration Africa Limited (“BEAL”) entered into an agreement with Tanzam, wherein BEAL was granted the option to acquire the total rights, titles and interests in thirteen prospecting licenses (now reduced to five licenses under the terms of this agreement) in different properties (called the “BEAL Project”; see “Lake Victoria Goldfields Properties” below for further details).


To exercise the option, BEAL must expend US$250,000 in exploration and development of the BEAL Project within the first year, and thereafter US$50,000 each year for each retained prospecting license.  In addition, BEAL must make the following annual payments for each retained prospecting license:


Year One

 

US$10,000

Year Two

 

US$20,000

Year Three

 

US$30,000

Year Four

 

US$40,000


Within thirty days after commercial production, BEAL must pay US$1,000,000 and an additional US$1,000,000 on each of the next two years of production.  BEAL must also pay the original owner of the licenses a 1.5% net smelter returns royalty.


During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002, the Company capitalized mineral property acquisition costs of $8,297,805.  Of this amount, $8,166,292 related to the acquisition of Tanzam.  The Company also completed $1,238,635 in exploration work on its mineral resource properties, including $443,603 on the Itetemia Property and $491,724 on the Luhala Property.  The Company wrote-off deferred exploration expenditures of $59,014 in 2002 relating to certain licenses of the Bukwimba, Mbogwe and Tulawaka properties, based on management’s review of the exploration results and uncertainty over recoverability.


Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2003


The Company’s exploration work for the 2002 fiscal year and up to February 28, 2003 identified two gold-bearing mineralized quartz reefs on the Lunguya Property, located in the Lake Victoria Goldfields area of Tanzania (the “Lunguya Property”), ranging in thickness from 1.3 metres and extending for at least 350 metres along strike.  The two structures, designated as the East and West reefs, are about 50 feet apart and are roughly parallel to the mafic-granite contact (see: “Lunguya Property” under Item 4D for further details).


The Company has also discovered three new gold occurrences on the Kigosi Property (forming a part of the Company’s Lake Victoria Goldfield Properties held through Tanzam).  Two of the three occurrences are located at the north end of a three kilometre long northwest trending structure that may be responsible for concentrating the mineralization reported at the northern and southern limits of this prominent geological feature (see: “Lake Victoria Goldfield Properties” below for further details).


The Company has also signed nine (9) option and royalty agreements on prospecting licenses in the Lake Victoria goldfields area of Tanzania with Northern Mining Explorations/Explorations Minieres du Nord (“MDN”).  Under the agreements, MDN holds the right to earn 100% of the Company’s underlying interest in the licenses for an up-front cash payment of US$80,000, plus US$1.8 million in option payments and US$1.5 million in property expenditures over the five year life of the agreements.  MDN must also complete a feasibility study and make a production decision by December 31, 2008 and achieve production within 18 months or be subject to cash penalties in lieu of royalty payments.  The Company retains the right to escalating net smelter

 

18

 


royalties on commercial production that are tied to the price of gold and range from 0.5% below US$250 per ounce to a maximum of 2% at US$380 per ounce.  The first year’s commitments call for option payments of US$160,000 and an exploration and development expenditures of US$200,000.


In July, 2003, the Company closed nine (9) royalty agreements with Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited (“Ashanti”) for prospecting licenses in the Ushirombo Belt (also forming a part of the Company’s Lake Victoria Goldfield Properties held through Tanzam).  Under the terms of these royalty agreements, Ashanti has the right to earn 100% of the Company’s underlying interests in the subject prospecting licenses, for staged cash payments totalling US$200,000 in the first year, plus minimum cash payments of US$930,000 over the remaining life of the five year agreement.  Ashanti must also incur aggregate property expenditures of US$800,000 in the first two years of the agreements of which US$300,000 must be expended in the first year.  In years three, four, and five of the agreements, Ashanti must complete 6,000, 8,000, and 10,000 metres of diamond drilling, respectively.


The Ashanti royalty agreements also call for Ashanti to complete a bankable feasibility report and make a positive production decision on or before the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the agreements.  Ashanti is liable for cash penalties should gold output at production not reach a minimum annual threshold of 50,000 ounces per year.


The Company retains the right to escalating net smelter royalties in commercial production that are tied to the price of gold, and range from 0.5% below US$250 per ounce to a maximum of 2% at US$380 per ounce.


All of the above investments have been made abroad and were financed internally.  The Company has not proposed any principal capital expenditures or divestitures which are currently in progress.


During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003, the Company incurred $1,151,327 in property acquisition costs and exploration work on its mineral resource properties (net of $184,965 in option payments received) of which $450,912 was incurred on the Lunguya Property.  The Company also wrote-off $1,031,436 in exploration expenditures, of which $729,309 related to claims relinquished within the Itetemia Property area.


Three Month Interim Period Ended November 30, 2003


The Company’s exploration office in Tanzania recently formed a new section called the “Regional Studies Group” whose mandate is to acquire new ground based on geologically sound research.  The primary objective in forming this group is to upgrade the Company’s ground position in Tanzania for further exploration. Three new project areas within the Lake Victoria greenstone gold belts have been chosen to date.  One license in the Biharamulo North Project Area was returned to its owner during the quarter, but was written off in the previous fiscal year.


Exploration activity throughout the quarter was spent undertaking a first pass BLEG soils program over the Tanzam licenses in the Lake Victoria Goldfields Properties project area.  This work was conducted on eight licenses within six locations; namely, Geita, Ushirombo West, Biharamulo, Biharamulo North, Shinyanga, and Nyanzaga North.  The Shinyanga and Nyanzaga North project areas returned encouraging results that will require detailed follow-up next quarter.


Heavy mineral indicator sampling and ground magnetic follow-up was conducted during the quarter on aeromagnetic targets identified on the Tanzam properties.  Work was completed on the Kanagele, Lunguya, and Ushirombo project areas, where 34 anomalies were ground proofed and sampled for indicator minerals.  The bulk of this work program is now completed and only eight anomalies remain to be sampled in the next quarter.  The results from the sampling program are being used to further refine exploration methodologies.

 

19

 



A significant reorganization was undertaken at the Tanzam corporate office in Dar es Salaam during the quarter, mostly to facilitate the heightened level of exploration activity anticipated by the Company in 2004.  Virtually all of the administrative activities associated with Tanzam and Tancan are now being handled by the office in Dar es Salaam, where some of the Company’s most skilled and experienced personnel reside.


During the first quarter ended November 30, 2003, the Company reported a net loss of $553,896.  The largest expense categories being $228,289 for new property investigations.  Another $161,344 was expended for exploration on existing properties.


B.

Business Overview


The Company is a natural resource company, which since its incorporation has engaged in the acquisition of interests in and the exploration of natural resource properties.  The Company commits its own resources to the initial evaluation of mineral properties and in select situations, if and when warranted, the Company will enter into joint venture agreements with other corporations to further the development of such properties, in exchange for annual rental/option payments and post-production royalty payments.  At present, the Company’s natural resource activities do not generate any income from production.


The Company’s general area of interest has been in the exploration of gold properties in regional East Africa.  The Company has explored gold properties in Ethiopia, Tanzania, Zambia, Swaziland and South Africa. At the present time, the Company is exploring 69 mineral resource properties in the Lake Victoria Greenstone Belt region of Tanzania.  Tanzania remains the prime focus of the Company’s activities.  Other corporations, including Barrick Gold Corporation (“Barrick”), Ashanti Goldfields Limited (“Ashanti Goldfields”), Northern Mining Explorations, and Newmont Overseas Exploration Corporation have funded most of the work on the Company’s properties in this area since 1999 under option arrangements, with the exception of properties explored by Tanzania American International Development Corporation 2000 Limited (“Tanzam”) which were privately funded.  The Company currently has a total of 29 royalty agreements with its three industry partners: eleven (11) of the royalty agreements are with Barrick, nine (9) with Ashanti Goldfields, and nine (9) with Northern Mining Explorations.


In the Company’s view, this royalty strategy offers investors leverage to gold prices with lower risk and shareholder dilution.  Future production royalties from any producing properties discovered by the Company’s joint venture partners would provide the Company with a direct interest in the mine’s cash flow, with exposure to any benefits from new discoveries and production growth, but without the capital obligations, and environmental and social liabilities, associated with direct ownership.


Plan of Operations


Exploration and Development Activities


All of the properties in which the Company holds an interest are in the exploration stage only.  Mineral exploration and development involves a high degree of risk and few properties, which are explored, are ultimately developed into producing mines.  There is no assurance that the Company’s mineral exploration activities will result in any discoveries of commercial bodies of ore.  The long-term profitability of the Company’s operations will be in part directly related to the cost and success of its exploration programs, which may be affected by a number of factors beyond the control of the Company.


By way of general description of the Company’s operating activities, the Company’s business operations involve using known or published geological and geophysical data to locate mineral resource properties meriting

 

20

 


further exploration or development.  Once identified, the Company must stake and apply for registration to title of the mineral properties, or negotiate the acquisition of such properties from any third party owners.  Upon registration or acquisition of title, the Company then develops a program of preliminary exploration which can involve grid mapping, geophysical and magnetic surveys, geological sampling, grab sampling, assaying and other forms of prospecting as circumstances may require.  Based on the preliminary results, mineral properties are ranked according to merit for further exploration work, which may involve further mapping, more detailed geophysical and geochemical surveys, and trenching to identify potential drill targets.  If mineralization is indicated which merits further investigation, drill targets are selected, and a diamond drilling program for underground sampling and assaying will commence.


Based on the drilling program results, the Company will develop models of the underlying geology and mineralized zones for more detailed testing.  After further drilling, some mineralized zones may be classified as inferred or indicated mineral resources.  With sufficient infill drilling, these mineral resources can be confirmed as probable or proven reserves, upon which a pre-feasibility study can be prepared by a qualified, independent mining engineer or geologist to determine whether mining activities are economic in the circumstances of the particular property.  If the study is favourable, the Company can then use the pre-feasibility study to seek out the necessary financing from a merchant banker or other financial institution for mine construction and development. A further mine feasibility study would be prepared to confirm the appropriate mining method based on the metallurgical studies of the ore, and to develop a mining plan.


At any point along this plan of operation, the Company may seek to interest larger mining companies in its mineral properties, which show potential for further development.  It is highly unlikely that the Company would pursue any particular property through to mineral production by itself.  By exploring and developing properties to a point where major mining companies are interested, the Company will leave the risk of mine development and operations to those companies, while retaining a carried interest or royalty from any future production.


During 2004 calendar year, the Company plans to complete evaluation of all prospecting licenses in its portfolio with a view of offering some of them for royalty agreements to other mining companies.  The evaluation of their potential comprises geological mapping, soil sampling and geophysical interpretations.  Currently, prospecting licenses which have potential diamond targets are being prospected using ground magnetic surveys, followed by loam sampling and analysis for indicator minerals.


The Company’s plans for the first six months of 2004 is to continue efforts for the “farming-out” of identified properties for royalty agreements with other mining companies, and continue to examine and review other exploration opportunities in Tanzania.


Exploration and Business Development


The Company’s principal exploration properties are currently all located in the United Republic of Tanzania, Africa.  The government of Tanzania is a stable, multi-party democracy.  Mineral exploration in Tanzania is affected by local climatic, political, and economic conditions.  The Company’s properties have year round access, although seasonal winter rains from December to March may result in flooding in low lying areas, which are dominated by mbuga (black organic rich laustrine flood soils).  Further, most lowland areas are under active cultivation for corn, rice, beans and mixed crops by subsistence farmers.  As a result, the area has been deforested by local agricultural practices for many years.

 

21


Competition


The mining industry in which the Company is engaged is in general, highly competitive.  Competitors include well-capitalized mining companies, independent mining companies and other companies having financial and other resources far greater than those of the Company.  The Company competes with other mining companies in connection with the acquisition of gold and other precious metal properties.  In general, properties with a higher grade of recoverable mineral and/or which are more readily minable afford the owners a competitive advantage in that the cost of production of the final mineral product is lower.  Thus, a degree of competition exists between those engaged in the mining industries to acquire the most valuable properties.  As a result, the Company may eventually be unable to acquire attractive gold mining properties.


Dependence on Customers and Suppliers


The Company is not dependent upon a single or few customers or supplier for revenues or its operations.


Governmental Regulations


Mineral interests in Tanzania are initially held under prospecting licenses granted pursuant to the Mining Act, 1998 (Tanzania) for a period of up to three years, and are renewable two times for a period of up to two years each.  The annual rental fees for prospecting licenses are based on the total area of the license measured in square kilometres, multiplied by US$20.00 per sq. km.  There is also an initial one-time “preparation fee” of US$200.00 per license.  Upon renewal, there is a renewal fee of US$200.00 per license.  All prospecting licenses in Tanzania also require the holder to expend funds in the employment and training of Tanzanian personnel, which expenditures typically amount to US$5,000 per year, and in exploration expenditures, which are set out in the Mining Act, 1998 (Tanzania).  At each renewal, at least 50% of the licensed area must be relinquished.  A mining license must be held to carry on mining activities, and a mining license will only be granted to the holder of a prospecting license over the area.  A mining license is granted for a period of 25 years or the life of the mine.  It is renewable for a period not exceeding 15 years.  Prospecting and mining license holders must submit regular reports in accordance with mining regulations.  Upon commercial production, the government of Tanzania imposes a royalty on the gross value of all production at the rate of 3% of all gold produced.  The applicable regulatory body in Tanzania is the Ministry of Energy and Minerals.


In July 1999, environmental management and protection regulations under the Mining Act, 1998 (Tanzania) came into force.  An environmental impact statement and an environmental management plan must accompany special mining license, mining license and gemstone mining license applications for mineral rights.  In addition to the establishment of environmental regulations, the Tanzanian Government has improved management procedures for effective monitoring and enforcement of these regulations by strengthening the institutional capacity, especially in the field offices.  The Government has provided rules for the creation of reclamation funds to reinstate land to alternative uses after mining and it has developed guidelines for mining in restricted areas, such as forest reserves, national parks, sources of water and other designated areas.


C.

Organization Structure


The Company has the following five subsidiaries:


Name of Subsidiary

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Percentage &Type of Securities Owned or Controlled by Company

Voting Securities Held

Non-Voting Securities

Dia Consult Limited

Republic of Tanzania, Africa

100% (common)

n/a

 

22



Itetemia Mining Company Limited

Republic of Tanzania, Africa

90% (common)

n/a

Kabahelele Mining Company Limited

Republic of Tanzania, Africa

80% (common)

n/a

Tancan Mining Company Limited (“Tancan”)

Republic of Tanzania, Africa

100% (common)

n/a

Tanzania American International Development Corporation 2000 Limited

Republic of Tanzania, Africa

100% (common)

n/a


D.

Property, Plant and Equipment


The Company’s business is the acquisition, exploration and development of mineral properties, with a primary focus on exploring for gold properties in Tanzania.  The Company funds its activities by way of the sale and issuance of its securities to accredited investors or investor located outside the United States.  The Company also obtains operating funds through sales of and options to sell its various mineral property interests to other parties, retaining a royalty interest.  The Company’s properties are without a known body of commercial ore, with no established plant or equipment, and the Company’s activities to date on such properties have been exploratory in nature.


Itetemia Property


The following discussion regarding the geological information on the Itetemia Property is summarized from a technical report prepared in accordance with the requirements of NI 43-101F1 dated May 2, 2001 entitled, “Independent Review of the Itetemia Project, Lake Victoria Greenstone Region, Tanzania” by Michael J. Michaud, M.Sc. P. Geo. of Steffen Robertson and Kirsten Consulting (Canada) Inc. (the “Itetemia Report”).  The reader is referred to the complete text of the Itetemia Report, which is available online at www.sedar.com .


Property Description and Location


The Itetemia Property consists of six (6) contiguous prospecting licenses, covering approximately 180 km 2 , plus one (1) additional license (PL 1300/99) acquired through the acquisition of Tanzam.  The seven (7) prospecting licenses now comprising the Itetemia Property are held in the names of the following companies and expire (or expired) as indicated:


PROSPECTING LICENSE

NAME OF HOLDER

DATE GRANTED

LAST RENEWAL APPLICATION

EXPIRY DATE

Itetemia East (application)

Tancan

n/a

August 27, 2002

August 27, 2002*

Ngula North (PL 1300/99)

Tanzam

n/a

June 14, 2002

May 4, 2002*

Itetemia (PL 1450/2000)

Itetemia Mining Co.

n/a

March 10, 2003

March 9, 2003*

Ngula (PL 1612/2000)

Tancan

n/a

August 28, 2003

August 28, 2003*

Mwingilo (PL 241/94)

Tancan

n/a

April 12, 2000

September 11, 2000**

Itetemia Village (application)

Dia Consult

n/a

December 10, 2002

December 9, 2002*

 

23

 



Itetemia North (PL 2038/2002)

Tancan

November 1, 2002

n/a

October 31, 2005

*

While the license has expired, the Company has applied for a renewal and has no reason to believe that such application renewal will not be granted in the ordinary course.  None of these licenses are presently the focus of exploration work by the Company.

**

This license is in dispute, and the Company is attempting to renew it, but renewal may be in doubt.


The Itetemia and Ngula prospecting licenses may be renewed twice, each time for a period of two years.  The Company has one right of renewal with regard to the Itetemia East prospecting license for a further period of two years and must thereafter apply for a mining license or retention license in order to preserve any rights therein.  The rental payments and minerals permitted to be pursued under such licenses are summarized below:


PROSPECTING LICENSE

RENTALS

MINERALS COVERED

Itetemia East (Application)

n/a*

All except building materials and gems

Ngula North (PL 1300/99)

n/a*

All except building materials and gems

Itetemia (PL 1450/2000)

n/a*

All except building materials and gems

Ngula (PL 1612/2000)

US$232.80

All except building materials and gems

Mwingilo (PL 241/94)

n/a*

All except building materials and gems

Itetemia Village (Application)

n/a*

All except building materials and gems

Itetemia North (PL 2038/2002)

US$343.00

All except building materials and gems


*

These requirements are unknown at this time, because application has been made for the renewal of the relevant license, which renewal is pending at this time.


Accessibility, Climate, Local Resources, Infrastructure and Physiography


The Itetemia Property is located in the Mwanza Region of the Lake Victoria Greenstone Region, Tanzania, approximately 90 kilometres by air southwest of the city of Mwanza, situated on the south shore of Lake Victoria.   The property is accessed via local roads from Geita or by plane from Mwanza to an airstrip accommodating the neighbouring Bulyanhulu Mine, owned by Barrick.  The Barrick airstrip is 3.75 km west of the western boundary of the Itetemia prospecting license and 9 km southwest of Tancan’s permanent exploration camp established on the Itetemia prospecting license, approximately 4 km northeast of the Nyamykonze village. Local resources are available at Mwanza, located on the southern shore of Lake Victoria.


The topography in the region and on the property consists of large flat-lying areas surrounded by numerous small hills. The hills have elevations of up to 100 m above local terrain.  The hills are thickly vegetated and access is only possible along cut lines.  Little outcrop exists on the property. The climate is similar to the rest of the region.  The rainy season starts in November and lasts to the middle of April, but precipitation is irregular from one season to another. The dry seasons are usually hot. Mwanza, located along the southern shore of Lake Victoria, can, and has, provided limited supplies for mining and exploration operations in the area.  Dwellers in the area of the Itetemia Project, such as the neighbouring Nyamykonze village, are traditionally subsistence farmers and ranchers, and have limited mining experience from the Bulyanhulu operation and numerous small scale activities.  Water for the purpose of mining and processing is not readily available in the region; however, a pipeline from Lake Victoria built by Barrick for its Bulyanhulu Mine, provides an adequate supply.


The large, relatively flat terrain surrounding the known gold mineralization may be suitable for potential tailings and waste rock storage and for heap leach pads and a potential processing plant. Electric power is available via the national grid within 5 km; due to the unreliability of such power, alternative forms of residual or

 

24

 


back-up power would be necessary for mining or processing operations, such as diesel power generation used by Barrick at its Bulyanhulu mine.


Ownership


Prior Ownership


Only two of the prospecting licenses comprising the Itetemia Property, namely, Itetemia and Itetemia North, were previously held by third parties.  With respect to the Itetemia prospecting license, the interest of the Company was acquired from State Mining Corporation of Tanzania (“Stamico”) pursuant to a joint venture agreement dated July 12, 1994 (the “Stamico Venture Agreement”).  The Stamico Venture Agreement obligated the Company to make two initial payments of Tsh1,000,000 and US$7,200, both of which were satisfied. With respect to the Itetemia North prospecting license, the interest of the Company was acquired from RSR (Tanzania) Limited by agreement dated April 20, 1995 (the “RSR Royalty Agreement”). The RSR Royalty Agreement obligated the Company to pay a sum of US$35,000, which payment was made.


The Company’s Interest


Prior to the Barrick Venture Agreement (defined below), four of the prospecting licenses comprising the Itetemia Property, namely, Itetemia Village, Mwingilo, Ngula and Itetemia East, were indirectly 100% held by the Company; in the case of the Itetemia North prospecting license, the Company held an indirect 100% interest therein, through Tancan, subject only to the 2% NSR Royalty payable pursuant to the RSR Royalty Agreement. In the case of the Itetemia prospecting license, Tancan acquired its interest pursuant to the Stamico Venture Agreement, as amended June 18, 2001, which provides, among other things, that:


1.

Tancan had to pay Stamico, on execution of the Stamico Venture Agreement, the sum of US$7,200 (as an advance against the 2% gross revenue royalty) and TS1,000,000.


2.

Tancan and Stamico were to form a joint venture company for the purpose of holding the prospecting license that shall be held 10% by Stamico (with no obligation to contribute) and 90% by Tancan, which was effected through the formation of Itetemia Mining Co.


3.

Stamico is entitled to acquire an additional 20% interest in the joint venture company by paying a sum equal to 20% of the cost of placing the property into commercial production based on the feasibility study submitted to the Government of Tanzania for such purpose.


4.

Tancan shall assist Stamico in raising the required capital to exercise the right referred to in (3) above.


5.

Tancan was to expend the sum of US$25,000 in the first year and US$50,000 annually thereafter in relation to the training of Tanzanian personnel.


6.

Upon commencement of commercial production, Stamico shall receive a 2% gross revenue royalty, which shall be increased to a 2.5% gross revenue royalty should a mine on the Itetemia prospecting license produce recoverable gold in excess of 12 grams per tonne.


7.

Tancan shall pay to Stamico, as an advance against the 2% gross revenue royalty, the sum of US$7,200 on or before every anniversary of the Stamico Venture Agreement up until the development phase, upon and after which the annual sum of US$10,000 shall be paid as an advance against such royalty.

 

25

 


8.

Tancan shall show preference to Stamico for the provision of local materials and services during the period of mining operations.


9.

Tancan shall pay to Stamico the sum of US$20,000 on or before July 12 of each year beginning in 2001 and ending upon commercial production, provided that commercial production commences by December 31, 2007, failing which the aforementioned payment shall be revisited.


10.

Tancan may assign its rights under the agreement, subject to the prior written consent of Stamico.


By an option and joint venture agreement dated May 31, 1999 as amended April 24, 2001 between the Company and Barrick (the “Barrick Venture Agreement”), Barrick agreed to provide funding to the Company totalling $4,000,000 in the form and amounts, and on or before the dates, set out as follows:



Amount


Exercise Date


Form


No. Shares

Price Paid

Per Share 

         

$1,000,000

Upon Regulatory Approval

Share Subscription

1,428,571

$0.70

$1,000,000

April 30, 2000

Share Subscription

1,176,471

$0.85

$1,000,000

October 31, 2000

Share Subscription

1,000,000

$1.00

$1,000,000

June 14, 2001

Warrant

740,741

$1.35


Barrick made the first three payments to the Company and requested an extension of the date to exercise the warrants from April 30, 2001 to June 14, 2001, which was then exercised at that date.  Pursuant to the terms of the Barrick Venture Agreement, the Company was required to use 80% of the Barrick payments to advance the exploration and development of the Itetemia Property.  To date, the Company has expended the funds received from the Barrick payments.  The Company has spent at least 80% of these funds on the exploration of the Itetemia Property in accordance with its commitment to Barrick, and has therefore met its expenditure requirements.  Barrick retains the right to participate in any sale or issue of further securities by the Company, provided it holds at least 10% of the outstanding common shares of the Company, subject to certain exceptions.  At present, Barrick does not hold 10% of the total issued common shares.


Until a decision is made by Barrick to place the property into commercial production, Barrick is required to advance funds for the purpose of furthering exploration and development activities in respect of the Itetemia Property.  On or before the fourth anniversary of April 30, 2005, Barrick may deliver a production notice and feasibility report; in such event:


1.

Barrick shall acquire an undivided 60% interest in the Itetemia Property; and


2.

Barrick must commence commercial production within 12 months of such notice at a rate of 100,000 ounces of gold production per annum (18 months where it chooses to process the ore on site) or make payments to the Company equal to:


(a)

US$500,000 on or before the first anniversary of such 12 (or 18) month deadline;


(b)

US$750,000 on or before the second anniversary thereof;


(c)

US$1,000,000 on or before the third anniversary thereof;


(d)

US$1,200,000 on or before the fourth anniversary thereof; and

 

26

 


US$1,200,000 on or before the fifth anniversary thereof;


and a further sum of US$1,200,000, after adjusting for inflation, every anniversary thereafter.  Barrick may acquire the 10% interest held by Stamico and cause the Stamico Venture Agreement to be terminated, in which event it shall obtain a 70%, in lieu of a 60%, undivided interest in the Itetemia Property; otherwise, the Company is required to assume responsibility for the Stamico 10% interest.


Upon a production notice, Barrick is obligated to arrange financing to bring the Itetemia Property into production, which it may arrange through the use of internal funds or external funds, with the Company to repay its portion of the costs from its share of the net proceeds of production.  The costs of arranging the financing are required to be paid by the Company in proportion to its interest in the Itetemia Property.  In addition, should Barrick provide a completion guarantee to a third party lender, then the Company is obligated to pay to Barrick, on a monthly basis, 1/12 of 1% of the amount attributable to the Company that is contingently liable under the guarantee.  Neither Barrick nor the Company may assign any interest in the Barrick Venture Agreement without the prior consent of the other.  Tancan obtained the written consent of Stamico to its execution of the Barrick Venture Agreement on November 17, 1999.


History


The Lake Victoria Greenstone Belt has been exploited for gold by local artisans and interested companies for over a century; however, very little modern exploration was carried out prior to the 1980’s. During the period from 1988 to 1992, BRG, a Tanzanian-German Corporation, carried out the first modern exploration for gold in the region and identified several targets for detailed mapping, including the Itetemia area where a north-south trending gossan was discovered.  This work consisted of geological mapping, ground geophysics, including magnetometer, horizontal loop electromagnetic (“HLEM”), pulse electromagnetic, and induced polarization (“IP”) surveys, trenching and sampling.


In 1993, Stamico was granted the Itetemia prospecting license. Stamico compiled all of BRG’s work and completed an air photo interpretation of the region resulting in the identification of a northerly trending gold bearing structure on the license. In 1994, Stamico completed regional geological mapping on a scale of 1:50,000 and geochemical soil sampling in the northern and southwestern portions of the Itetemia license area where appropriate soils and more abundant outcrop exists.  In the northern portion of the Itetemia prospecting license, the survey grid was oriented east-west with grid lines established at 1,000 m intervals and stations identified at 50 m intervals.  Fill-in grid lines were established over gold soil anomalies ranging from 0.4 g/t Au to 5.7 g/t Au and where selected grab samples of quartz/breccia returned 5.4 g/t Au to 3.6 g/t Au.  In the southwestern portion of the license, the survey grid was oriented northeast-southwest.  Grid lines were established at 500 m intervals and survey stations established at 50 m intervals on all grid lines.


Following the Stamico surveys completed in 1994, Tancan carried out detailed soil sampling in several small areas on the Itetemia and Itetemia North prospecting licenses at 25 m to 50 m intervals. A total of 2,900 samples were analyzed for gold using the fire assay method.  Strong gold anomalies were identified which confirmed the northwest trend. A 100 m long trench, trending northwesterly, was dug to test a 4 to 46 ppb gold anomaly detected east of the Golden Horseshoe Reef over granite.  Sixteen samples were collected and analyzed for gold by MMI assay.  One sample returned 8.8 ppb Au, three samples ranged from 1.3 to 1.5 ppb Au and the remaining samples reported grades ranging from 0.33 to 0.97 ppb Au.


In 1996, Geodass of South Africa was contracted by the owner of the Bulyanhulu Mine and Tancan to complete an airborne magnetic and radiometric surveys over the Bulyanhulu, Itetemia, Itetemia North and Ngula prospecting licenses.  Over the Tancan licenses the flight line direction was northeasterly and the flight line spacing was 200 m. The magnetic survey confirmed the northerly trending structure.  The radiometric survey

 

27

 


highlighted the south-southeasterly trending linear structures and two separate granite intrusions. A HLEM survey was completed over the established grids on the license areas. Several northwesterly trending conductors were identified. A magnetic survey was conducted over the established grid on the Golden Horseshoe Reef.  The magnetics further defined the reef and extended the reef for more than one kilometre.  The reef appears to be folded and faulted. Twenty five kilometres of IP were completed over the Golden Horseshoe Reef, which further defined the reef. Selected IP profiles were also completed in the southwestern portion of the Itetemia license covered by conductive overburden.


In January 1995, Pangea was mistakenly granted a prospecting license partially overlapping the southwest corner of Itetemia prospecting license.  During the time it took to rectify the error Pangea drilled six reverse circulation (“RC”) holes (BR-1 to BR-6), totalling 375 m, over gold soil anomalies in the southwest corner of the Itetemia license to test the southeast extension of the Bulyanhulu deposit.  Gold mineralization grading up to 3.3 g/t Au was obtained. The first RC drilling program carried out by Tancan also began in 1995.  A fence of four holes (TR-1 to TR-4), totalling 374 m, was completed in the southwest corner of the Itetemia license in the area previously tested by Pangea. Subeconomic intersections were intersected with a maximum of 0.31 g/t Au over 0.5 m being intersected in hole TR-3.


The next phase of RC drilling continued with 39 holes, totalling 3,596 m, drilled between October 1995 and July 1996 (ITRC-1 to 39) covering the main HLEM anomalies.  Most of the conductors were explained by the presence of argillite horizons containing 1-50% sulphides (pyrrhotite ± pyrite and chalcopyrite).  Anomalous gold values are directly associated with these horizons.  Massive to semi-massive sulphides, mostly composed of pyrrhotite were intersected in hole ITDD-06.  The best gold intersection was cut in hole RC-18 which returned 0.9 g/t Au over 3.0 m, including 2.1 g/t Au over 1.0 m associated with semi-massive sulphides containing 10-40% pyrrhotite logged at the contact with dacite.  Hole RC-26 intersected anomalous copper (2,080 ppm), arsenic (3,950 ppm) and silver (8.5 g/t) over one metre in three separated samples.


During the same period, a fence of 66 RC holes, totalling 2,188 m, were drilled to test several geochemical gold anomalies on line 20+00S in the southern portion of the Itetemia prospecting license.  The best gold value was intersected in hole GA-57 and returned 1.28 g/t Au over the first metre of laterite.  This grade may be related to the contamination due to archival crushing activities in this area. The gold soil anomalies in this area may also be due in part to these activities. From August to November 1998, two additional RC drilling campaigns were completed. Fourteen holes RC-40 to RC-54, totalling 1,350 m, were drilled in the southwest corner of the Itetemia prospecting license to test several I.P. anomalies. Tancan believes one of the anomalies could be a reflection of the southeastern extension of the Bulyanhulu Reef 2.  The best results were intersected in holes RC-43 and RC-45, returning 0.65 g/t Au over 9.0 m and 1.1 g/t Au over 8.0 m, respectively.  The second phase of drilling was conducted in the area of the Golden Horseshoe Reef.  Fourteen holes, RC-55 to 68, totalling 831 m, were drilled to test I.P. anomalies and the southeastern extension of the reef near the granite contact.  The holes RC-61 and RC-62 intersected the reef and holes RC-65 and RC-66 intersected 0.7g/t Au over 3.0 m and 0.5g/t Au over 5.0 m respectively, west of the reef. Strong silicification was noted during the logging of the chips recovered from holes north of the Golden Horseshoe Reef.


The two first phases of diamond drilling were completed from May to June and from September to October 1996.  Twelve holes, totalling 3,584 m, were drilled to test HLEM conductors, the Pangea gold anomalies, the southeastern extensions of the Reefs 1 and 2 of Bulyanhulu and the Cycle 2 rhyolite.  The holes drilled in the southwest corner of the Itetemia license, along the Cycle 2 rhyolite, intersected thick sequences of felsic crystal lapilli tuff.  The other holes intersected numerous argillite horizons, in contact with felsic and mafic volcanic rocks, which explains most of the conductors.  Hole DD-06 intersected massive to semi-massive sulphides composed of 30-80% pyrrhotite, less than 5% pyrite, chalcopyrite and sphalerite, and what appears to be a felsic/quartz breccia material with sulphide breccia fillings.  Weak copper, arsenic and silver anomalies were associated with these sulphides and/or argillite exhibiting low gold content.

 

28

 



The next phases of diamond drilling focused on the Golden Horseshoe Reef.  From August 1997 to May 1998, 21 holes, totalling 2,032 m, were drilled to test the gold showing at a vertical depth of 50 m (ITDD-12 to 21, 23, 24, 27, 29, 30) and the depth extension at -100 m (ITDD-22, 28, 31 to 34).  The holes were drilled at a spacing ranging from 15 m to 50 m over a distance of 500 m. Within the mineralized zone, good intersections were obtained. The Golden Horseshoe Reef appears to be terminated to the southeast by an intrusion and seems to be pinching to the northwest. The reef appears to be open at depth. Two additional holes, ITDD-25 and 26, totalling 282 m, were drilled in the southwest corner of the Itetemia license during this period.  Both holes were collared to test the gold anomalies intersected in RC-43 and RC-45.  Results were disappointing but a strong carbonatization was noted in hole ITDD-26.


In February-March 1999, Tancan completed a rotary air blast (“RAB”) drilling program of 151 holes, totalling 6,660 m, in seven fences.  One fence was located south of the Golden Horseshoe Reef.  Three fences, spaced 350 to 400 m apart, were completed in the northwest portion of the license.  Three other fences were drilled west of the Golden Horseshoe Reef, along what is called the Cycle 2 rhyolite.  The two areas drilled represent different felsic to intermediate packages.  The northwestern extension of the Golden Horseshoe Reef has been intersected on line 14+00 E with an intersection of 0.28 g/t Au over 33 m.


During the period from 1992 to 2000, Tancan carried out exploration of the Ngula prospecting license. This work included prospecting and mapping, ground magnetometer and HLEM surveys, soil geochemical surveys and RC drilling.  The initial phase of exploration was encouraging and Tancan initiated an RC drilling program consisting of 12 RC holes (NRC-01 to NRC-12), totalling 837 m, to test the best geophysical anomalies typically associated with gold soil anomalies.  No economic mineralization and/or veins were intersected.  The best results were intersected in hole NRC-10 which returned 0.85 g/t Au and 0.25 g/t Au over 1.0 m and hole NRC-01B which intersected 0.15 g/t Au and 0.12 g/t Au over 1.0 m.  The conductors were explained by a northerly trending and northwesterly dipping (20-30°) argillite horizon. At present, no work is ongoing on the Ngula prospecting license.


Very little exploration work has been carried out on the Itetemia East, Itetemia Village and Mwingilo prospecting licenses. Only limited mapping and soil sampling have been carried out.


Recent Exploration (Including Drilling)


2000 Exploration Program


Barrick provided the funds for the 2000 program to the Company through share subscriptions, as provided in the Barrick Venture Agreement.  Pursuant to the Barrick Venture Agreement, 80% of the funds subscribed for are required to be incurred in respect of the Itetemia Property. The total cost of the 2000 program, including support services was $809,148.


On behalf of Barrick, the Company carried out the following exploration program in 2000: A total of 211 geochemical soil samples were collected on 21 line segments utilizing a 50 m sample interval. Twenty-eight samples came from Itetemia, 90 from Itetemia North, 9 from Itetemia Village and 84 from Mwingilo.  This soil survey confirmed most of the main anomalies, and some secondary and isolated anomalies interpreted from the earlier survey.  Some of the confirmed anomalies are large and have locally high gold values. Others are extensions of soil anomalies detected during earlier surveys.  Some of the anomalies can be correlated to HLEM conductors.


A RAB drilling program, comprising 448 holes and totalling 9,862 m was undertaken on the Itetemia and Ngula licenses during the period from May 23 to June 19, 2000.  The main targets of this drilling were gold

 

29

 


soil anomalies, HLEM conductors, I.P. anomalies and mafic/felsic contacts. With respect to the Ngula prospecting license, two fences, NA and NB, were drilled to test HLEM conductors located in the central part of the license. These conductors are thought to reflect a north-northwest shear zone.  The fences intersected the shear zone, but did not encounter any significant gold mineralization. On the Itetemia prospecting license, three areas were designated for RAB drilling during the 2000 program, namely, (i) the Golden Horseshoe Reef area, (ii) the southwest corner area and (iii) the southeast corner area.  In total, 440 holes were drilled for an aggregate total of 9,286 m.


Five main trends and isolated gold anomalies were targeted by 5 fences of various lengths ranging from 0.2 km to 1.2 km.  Two fences 1A and 1B reported holes with anomalous gold values.  Fence 1A tested an isolated gold anomaly on Line 22500E.  Holes ITRB-154 and ITRB-155 returned 0.54 g/t Au over 10 m and returned 0.47 g/t over 9 m, respectively. Fence 1B tested two trends on Line 23000E.  Four holes ITRB-222, 227, 229, and 230 returned anomalous gold values ranging from 0.34 g/t Au over 6 m in Hole ITRB-222 to 0.46 g/t Au over 13 m intersected in hole ITRB-227.  The gold anomalies intersected in the RAB drilling confirmed that most of the gold soil anomalies can be correlated to structures and/or contacts.


Four fences 1E, 1F, 1G and 1H, being 250 to 400 m long, were drilled on the Golden Horseshoe Reef grid. Fences 1E and 1F tested the northwest extension of the Reef on lines 660E and 1000E and 1H tested the southeast extension of the reef in the granite on line 31000E.  Fences 1E and 1F targeted the felsic volcanic/basaltic contact correlated to the reef where discordant north-northeast to northeast structures were interpreted.  Hole ITRB-445 on fence 1E returned  0.74 g/t Au over 14 m, including 2.2 g/t Au over 3 m in a feldspar crystal tuff possibly the Golden Horseshoe Reef structure.  Hole ITRB-460 on fence 1F also returned very encouraging results being 2.97 g/t Au over 8 m, including 6.63 g/t Au over 3 m in saprolite (quartz crystal tuff).  Holes on fence 1G and 1H returned geochemically anomalous gold values.


Three fences 1I, 1J and 1L, being 150 to 400 m long, were drilled in the southwest corner of the Property. Several of the holes drilled on these fences returned anomalous gold values.  All of the holes encountered essentially the same sequence of carbonatized mafic volcanics.  The felsic volcanic horizon initially interpreted in the area are absent or thinner than expected. In addition, one fence, 1K, being 200 m. long, was drilled in the southeast corner of the property.  This area of the property is essentially unexplored.  The fence unexpectedly intersected a thick argillite horizon and felsic crystal tuff similar to those intersected northwest along strike.


A multi-purpose drilling program, consisting of a combination of RC and diamond drilling in the same hole, was carried out during the period from June 28 to August 5, 2000 on the Itetemia prospecting license.  Four holes were drilled for an aggregate total of 1,558.2 m comprising 526.0 m of RC drilling and 1,032.2 m of diamond drilling.  Two holes ITDD-69 and 70 tested the “QFP/Reef 2” located in the southwest corner of the license, targeting the lateral and depth extensions of the QFP intersected in diamond drill hole ITDD-37, grading 0.40 g/t Au over 40.1 m.  Holes ITRC-71 and 72 holes tested the northwest extension of the Golden Horseshoe Reef. A subsequent diamond drilling program was carried out during the period from August 17 to October 20, 2000 and consisted of 12 holes totalling 2,376.8 m. The objective of this program was to test the Golden Horseshoe Reef at depth and along strike to the west, the southwest corner area and 7 anomalies identified during the 1999 soil sampling program.  The significant assays greater than 0.1 g/t Au and greater than 1,000 ppm CuZnPb are summarized in the table below:

 

30

 



2000 MULTIPURPOSE AND DIAMOND DRILLING PROGRAM

(significant assays >0.19 g/t Au and >1,000ppm Cu+Zn+Pb)

HOLE

FROM

TO

INTERVAL

Au

Cu

Zn

Pb

 

(m)

(m)

(m)

g/t

(ppm)

(ppm)

(ppm)

               

ITRC–69

248.8

252.0

3.2

0.217

n/a

n/a

n/a

ITRC-71

453.5

467.5

14.0

0.140

390

7,140

3.850

ITRC-72

370.3

377.0

6.7

0.106

170

1,330

40

ITDD-40

335.9

366.5

30.6

3.65

365

639

n/a

  including

337.8

343.8

6.0

7.75

867

1,359

n/a

  including

337.8

342.2

4.4

9.80

1,109

1,290

n/a

  including

351.0

359.0

8.0

5.49

449

806

n/a

  including

351.0

354.4

3.4

8.84

496

1,158

n/a

ITDD-41

309.0

330.4

21.4

1.55

86

481

n/a

  including

311.9

316.6

4.7

2.63

166

1,512

n/a

ITDD-42

115.5

118.1

2.6

1.07

534

837

n/a

ITDD-43

134.0

135.5

1.5

1.22

n/a

n/a

n/a

ITDD-44

128.0

131.2

3.2

2.50

n/a

n/a

n/a

ITDD-46

117.9

120.9

3.0

0.98

n/a

n/a

n/a


2001 Exploration Program


During 2001, the Company carried out, on behalf of Barrick, the following exploration program.  Barrick provided the funds for the 2001 program to the Company through share subscriptions, as provided in the Barrick Venture Agreement.  Pursuant to the Barrick Venture Agreement, 80% of the funds subscribed for are required to be incurred in respect of the Itetemia Property.  The total cost of the 2001 program, including support services was $554,046.


In May 2001, the Company reported that two NQ core holes, totalling approximately 1,100 meters, were drilled to evaluate the down dip potential of gold mineralization in the Golden Horseshoe Reef deposit. The results of this drilling are summarized in the following table:


MINERALIZED INTERVAL

DDH#

Grade (g

Au/T)

Width (m)

Interval (m)

Zone

GHDD-25

2.10

27.20

479.40-506.60

Mineralized Envelope

2450E; 100S

       

Location Includes:

3.14

16.45

483.45-499.90

 
         

Contains:

4.58

6.50

484.35-490.85

South Zone

 

6.73

1.40

498.00-499.90

North Zone

         
 

11.0

1.00

518.50-519.50

Quartz Feldspar Poryphyry

GHDD-25W

2.15

49.8

464.50-514.30

Mineralized Envelope

2450E; 100S

       
 

4.42

2.9

470.50-473.40

South Zone

Contains:

5.59

2.2

476.10-478.30

North Zone


31

 


The recent deep core drilling of the Golden Horseshoe has confirmed that gold mineralization over widths of approximately 50 meters has been traced from surface to a vertical depth of 440 meters. The gold mineralization occurs primarily within two discrete gold zones, the South and North zones, and appears to plunge 55° to the northwest. Gold mineralization intersected in Hole GHDD-26 indicates that the geologic structure hosting the gold mineralization of the Golden Horseshoe Reef deposit may transect the felsic package of rocks. This suggests that the gold mineralization may extend further to the west, beyond the basaltic rocks that were previously thought to represent the western limit of the gold mineralization.


The Company is of the opinion that the drill results correlate well with the geology and gold mineralization identified by previous surface trenching and shallow core drilling. Additional drilling is required to provide adequate information of the continuity of the geometry and grade of the gold mineralization for updating the current resource estimate.


2002 and 2003 Exploration Programs


During the 2002 fiscal year, the Company has carried out only minor surface work on the Itetemia Property at a cost of $250,364.  No drilling was conducted and no significant new results were reported.  During the 2003 fiscal year, the Company incurred only minor geochemical and geophysical work of $13,910 on the Itetemia Property.


Sampling, Analysis, and Security of Samples


Soil Sample Preparation, Analyses and Security of Samples


A typical soil geochemical sample consists of 0.5 to 1 kg of soil collected at the bottom of a 0.5 m deep hole.  The samples are bagged and analyzed for gold using either mobile metal ion (“MMI”) or fire assay techniques.  The MMI method is a geochemical analysis based on soluble element concentrations in the sample.  This method provides a very fast and cost effective way to analyse a large number of reconnaissance soil samples.  Samples selected for fire assay are analysed by the SGS Laboratory, an ISO approved facility in Mwanza. The soil sampling was carried out by a technician under the supervision of the project manager to ensure quality control.


RAB and Diamond Drilling Sampling


Sampling of RAB and diamond drill core was completed by Company personnel under the supervision of the project manager to ensure quality control.  Samples are sent to the SGS Laboratory, an ISO approved laboratory in Mwanza, for fire assay.  Every 10 to 15 samples, SGS Laboratory took a second split from the pulp for a check assay.  Tancan has traditionally taken the second assay value (second split) and averaged this value with the first assay value.  The assay data was compared against the original drill logs to ensure that any anomalous values could be explained based on the reported geology. Steffen, Robertson and Kirsten Consulting (Canada) Inc. (“SRK”) has reviewed the data and believes the quality of the data is good and that the sample preparation, analysis and security was carried out in accordance with best industry standards. Nevertheless, SRK suggests that averaging the sample assays is inappropriate because an averaging approach leads to a larger sample size for assay and, therefore, a different grade distribution (i.e., larger samples have less volatility in grade values).


Data Verification


SRK examined the spilt core from several drill holes on the Itetemia Property and identified 11 sections of core to be re-split for independent analysis.  At all times, the samples were under the care and control of SRK,

 

32

 


until they were submitted for analysis to SGS Laboratories, an ISO approved laboratory in Mwanza. Although only a limited number of samples were taken, the assays results correlate well with the typical grades and metal ratios reported by Tancan.


Geology


Regional


The Lake Victoria area contains 12 Archean Nyanzian greenstone belts which are surrounded by and have been interrupted by numerous granitic intrusions.  The Nyanzian belts comprise a volcano-sedimentary sequence composed of mafic to felsic volcanics (lavas and tuffs), BIF and shales. The greenstone belts have been grouped into locally distinct geographic regions.  One of these regions is the Southwest Mwanza Region which includes a large area south of town of Mwanza, located on the south shore of Lake Victoria.  There are five greenstone belts in the Southwest Mwanza Region, one of which is the Ushirombo belt. The Ushirombo belt is an east-west trending belt, the eastern end of which is located approximately 25 km west of the southern end of Smith Sound on Lake Victoria. The eastern end of the belt is arcuate in shape and trends northerly tangential to the northwestern flank of the Siga Hills.  The Bulyanhulu Mine and the Itetemia Property are located on the northern trending portion of the Ushirombo greenstone belt.  Approximately 25 km west of the northern tip of the Ushirombo greenstone belt is the Sarama-Rwamagaza belt which hosts numerous gold occurrences including the Buck Reef deposit.


The Bulyanhulu Mine is owned by Barrick and has been developed as an underground mine.  Construction of the US$280 million mine began in the 3 rd quarter of 1999.  The mine entered into production in 2001 and produced 241,575 oz of gold in 2001 and 356,319 oz of gold in 2002.  Production is expected to increase to 415,000 oz of gold in 2003.  Total cash cost was US$197 per oz in 2001 and US$198 per oz in 2002, but is expected to decrease to US$151 per oz over the 21 year life of the mine.


Property


The Itetemia Property is underlain by the northerly trending eastern portion of the Ushirombo Nyanzian greenstone belt.  Granite underlies the eastern and northern portions of the property.  The greenstone/granite contact trends northerly through the east-central portion of the Itetemia prospecting license and through the central portion of the Itetemia East prospecting license onto the Itetemia Village license; at which point, the contract tends westerly through the Mwingilo license cutting the northeast corner of the Ngula license. Sixty percent of the Itetemia, Itetemia North and Ngula licenses are underlain by the Nyanzian greenstone belt.  The remaining 40% is underlain by granite.  Granite variably underlies 90 to 100% of the Itetemia East, Itetemia Village and Mwingilo prospecting licenses. The mbuga soil covers 10 to 40% of the property.


Lithology


The lithologies encountered on the Itetemia and Itetemia North prospecting licenses can be divided into three volcano-sedimentary domains: (i) Northeast Domain, (ii) Central Domain and (iii) Southwest Domain. The granite truncates these domains to the east. The Northeast Domain is composed of basalt, felsic flows, thick to thin sequences of argillite and dykes/sill of gabbro.  The domain is up to 3 km thick, exhibits a north to north-northeasterly trend and has numerous extensive HLEM conductors.  The conductors are related to argillite dominantly located in one horizon at the top of the sequence.  A massive sulphide unit/zone is situated at the bottom of this horizon marking change in the volcanism.


West of the Northeast Domain, the Central Domain is dominantly composed of a thick sequence of basalt. Based on the previous RC drilling, three mafic cycles can be defined in this domain.  The middle cycle,

 

33

 


characterized by higher contents in chlorite reflecting probably a magnesium composition, separates the two cycles. However, it is not clear if the MgO increase is an alteration product or a primary composition.  North-northwest to north trending conductors are associated with and define the trend of this domain.  Dykes/sills of gabbro/diabase/pyroxenite are also interpreted in this sequence.


The main characteristic of the Southwest Domain is the presence of felsic crystal tuffs and felsic crystal lapilli tuff.  Four horizons (cycles) have been identified which are usually separated by mafic to intermediate flows and or the argillite beds.  These units exhibit a well defined northwest to north-northwest trend. The first basal cycle, crystal tuff (tops to the west) is dacitic in composition exhibiting feldspar crystals and thin interbeds of dacite and argillite. The base of this unit defines the boundary with the Central Domain. The Golden Horseshoe Reef is hosted by a dacitic unit within the first crystal tuff near the contact with the granite.  The second cycle, commences with a felsic crystal tuff exhibiting quartz crystals.  This unit is reported to be more felsic in composition than the first cycle crystal tuff.  The third cycle, felsic crystal tuff is separated from the second cycle by an andesite/basalt sequence. The fourth cycle, felsic tuff is a crystal lapilli tuff and is separated from the third by a carbonatized basaltic sequence; the matrix, appears to have the same composition as the second and third quartz crystal tuff.  This cycle corresponds to the stratigraphic sequence reported in the footwall of the Reefs 1 and 2 at Bulyanhulu.  The Bulyanhulu Reef 1 is hosted by an argillite horizon at the top of the sequence.


Alteration


At the property scale, the main alterations observed are sericitization, carbonatization, silicification and hematization.  A weak to strong sericitization affects the felsic volcanic rocks intersected in the holes drilled in the southwest corner of the Itetemia prospecting license. These units are white cream to yellowish in color.  The carbonatization, mostly observed in the basalt and andesite, has also been observed in certain intermediate/felsic tuffs.  The rock appears lighter in colour and has a reaction to the 10% hydrochloric acid.  The strongest carbonatization is observed in the southwest corner.  The silicification and hematitization are sporadic and appear in the vicinity of the granite contact.  A moderate to strong silicification is observed in mafic units and the hematitization appears in the quartz feldspar porphyry and the granite.  Finally the epidotization is locally noted in the pillowed mafic flows.


On the Golden Horseshoe Reef, the albitization and the silicification are the most important alterations. The yellowish to brownish color alteration and a strong hardness suggests albitization.  The lithogeochemical analysis should confirm this type of alteration.  Albitization appears in the felsic crystal tuffs and dacite at different intensity.  The silicification may be related to the albitization, but is difficult to identify when this alteration is too strong.  Otherwise the silicification appears along crosscutting fractures in both felsic units.  The silicification has also been identified in the basalt located to the North of the Golden Horseshoe Reef.  The basalt is dark green and has a very strong hardness. Other types of alteration like epidotization, chloritization and ankeritization are observed but they are limited and/or weak to very weak.  The epidotization is associated with pillowed mafic flows, the chloritization affects some basalt and felsic/intermediate tuffs, and the ankeritization is noted in felsic crystal tuffs located in the southwest corner of the Itetemia license.


A sericitic hydrothermal alteration is characterized by a sodium depletion (<1%) and a gain in potassium corresponding to <0.1% Na2O and >2.5% K2O in felsic volcanic rock (>60% SiO2).  It could be outlined by the Sericitic Index being (K2O/ (K2O +Na2O)) x 100.  Sericitic index greater than 70% is considered anomalous for felsic rock.  The sericitic alteration visually observed in the felsic rocks of the holes ITDD-01 and 11 is not confirmed by the lithogeochemistry.  The Sericitic index is generally less than 40% with four samples ranging 52-61%.  However, the carbonatization is confirmed in the mafic units.  Additionally, high contents in CaO (9-12%) and high loss on ignition (8 to 16%) were noted.

 

34

 


Structure


The volcanic and sedimentary rocks have a northwest to north-northwest trend and typically dip 85 to 90° to the northeast.  The known polarity was to the southwest for all the units but a northeast polarity for the area of the Golden Horseshoe Reef is possible.  This change in the polarity may be explained by folding. Evidence of folding has been observed in the field and in the diamond drill holes.  Some outcrops showed “S” folds in argillite horizons with axial plan parallel to the main schistosity which follows the NW-NNE trend.  Also, numerous argillite horizons intersected in the diamond drill holes, exhibit micro folding. Two phases of deformation can be identified.  On outcrop CB99-05, the first phase (S1) is very well developed oriented at around 300°/70-90°. The second phase schistosity (S2) less developed characterized by crenulations (kink bands) at 320°/40°.  Generally the schistosity S1 is weakly to moderately developed in all the volcanic and sedimentary units.  Locally, S1 appears more developed when related to shearing.


Mineralization


The sulphide mineralization encountered on the Itetemia Property comprise massive to semi-massive, stringers, veins and veinlets, disseminated and nodular mineralization.  The types of mineralization are (i) sulphides associated with volcanism activity; (ii) remobilized sulphides associated with deformation (shear hosted); and (iii) sulphides associated with sedimentation.  The gold and metallic contents associated with this mineralization are variable and the relation between the grades and the mineralized type is not well known at this stage.


The massive to semi-massive sulphide mineralization seems to be related to volcanism.  It occurs in two areas on the Property.  One area is located in the northern part of the licenses and has been intersected by the hole ITDD-06.  More than 30 m. of sulphides were intersected at the contact between a QFP and an argillite horizon separating two pillowed basalts.  The sulphide content ranges from 10 to 90% pyrrhotite, 2 to 5% pyrite, trace to 5% sphalerite, trace to 1% copper.  Five to twenty percent of felsic material (ash tuff/quartz) and less than 3% argillite are associated with and brecciated by the sulphides.  The pyrite-sphalerite-chalcopyrite appears in stringers and/or blebs in the pyrrhotite and ash tuff.  The massive sulphides have also been intersected by RC holes, but the relation with the other units is less evident. Massive to semi-massive sulphides were also mapped in the Golden Horseshoe Reef where a 1 to 4m thick sulphide zone, containing 20 to 80% pyrite-pyrrhotite, was intersected in a number of holes.  Most of these zones are located close to or at the northeastern contact.  Furthermore, hole ITDD-33 intersected a sulphide zone having 15 to 30% pyrite from 204.7 to 205.15 m. These sulphides, presenting laminations that suggest a possible exhalite environment, are also located to the northeastern contact.  Along the southwest contact, argillite, brecciated by stringers of sulphides, has been intersected by drilling.


The stringer, vein and veinlet sulphides may be related to the volcanism and to remobilization.  They appear in quantities ranging generally from trace amounts to 5% and can reach 10-20%.  The pyrite and the pyrrhotite are the most usual sulphides.  Chalcopyrite-sphalerite-arsenopyrite and rare galena are present in weak quantities, generally less than 1%.  This type of mineralization can be found in the felsic volcanic rocks and in argillite. The Golden Horseshoe Reef mineralization occurs as massive sulphide veins locally ranging from 15-30 cm wide.  Sulphides dominantly appear in veins/veinlets less than 5 cm wide in felsic volcanic rocks.  Five to thirty percent pyrite-pyrrhotite is common over sections of 1 to 15 m along the holes.  They are sub-concordant and parallel to the schistosity.  The strong shearing at the Golden Horseshoe Reef probably represents a remobilization of the sulphides.  Those parallel to the schistosity may represent, in part, that type of mineralization. Argillite units are generally affected by a strong deformation associated with at least two folding phases, S1 and S2.  The sulphides (pyrite-pyrrhotite) along the schistosity, S1, may represent remobilized and/or primary sulphides affected by a second deformation.  Massive to semi-massive veins (mm to cm) are also

 

35

 


reported in the argillite.  They appear parallel to sub-parallel to the schistosity and are probably related to the volcanism since, as the stringers observed, they give a breccia aspect to the hosted rock.


Disseminated sulphides, fine grained, coarse grained or in blebs of less than 1 cm can be related to the three types of mineralization.  They appear in all lithologies, including mafic dykes and granite.  The main sulphide encountered is pyrite.  It is common to see trace to 1% disseminated pyrite in altered and unaltered units.  At the Golden Horseshoe Reef, 5% to 15% disseminated sulphides are reported.  They are composed of pyrite and pyrrhotite and are associated with the other sulphides.  The nodular sulphides are related with a sedimentation period indicated by argillite horizons.  Up to 5% of the sulphides in the argillites appear nodular.  It corresponds to  less than 3% of the total sulphide content in rock.  Mostly composed of pyrite, the sulphides exhibit a nodular shape, generally less than 1 cm, and elongated along the schistosity.  The nodular sulphides are associated with quartz-carbonate material, which fills the cavities around the nodules.


Mineral Processing and Metallurgical Testing


Preliminary mineral processing and metallurgical test work has been completed by International Metallurgical and Environmental Inc. (“IME”) under the direction of Minestart Management Inc. (“Minestart”).  The metallurgical samples were prepared by IME from assay laboratory rejects.  The samples tested ranged in grade from 0.87 g/t Au to over 4.0 g/t Au; however, most of the samples ranged from 3 to 4 g/t Au.  A majority of the test work focused on determining the gold extraction from coarsely crushed material.  The leach tests of crushed material resulted in low gold extractions, due to non-liberation of the contained gold, as a result of poor exposure to the leach solution.  The gold recovery in these tests ranged from 25% to 47%.  The particle size distribution was shown to be very significant in determining the overall gold extraction from the mineralized material.  A standard bottle roll test was also carried out on this material.  A composite sample, grading 3.67 g/t Au, was crushed and finely ground as feed for the test.  Following the test, the residue assayed 0.06 g/t Au, which yields an overall gold recovery of 98%.


The material was shown to contain fresh sulphide mineralization and consideration was given to pre-concentrating the gold, through a bulk sulphide flotation stage.  Using an industry standard bulk sulphide flotation process in a laboratory flotation test, the sulphur recovery was very good, in excess of 94% of the available sulphur. Gold recovery, however, was shown to be much less than the sulphur recovery, indicating that the gold appears to be contained in silicate minerals. The results of the metallurgical work indicate that grinding and agitated tank cyanide leaching of the material will be required to maximize gold recovery. Additional test work will be required as the deposit is further explored and defined.


Mineral Resource Estimation


In 1998, Minestart was retained by Tancan to prepare a mineral resource estimation for the Golden Horseshoe Reef.  The mineral resource was calculated based on 13 diamond drill holes which were drilled at 25 m. intervals along strike for approximately 300 m. and to a depth of approximately 50 m. The mineral resource was calculated using polygons on cross-sections incorporating a 2.0 g/t gold cutoff and a constant bulk density of 2.7 tonnes/cubic meter. Minestart estimated the mineral resource for the Golden Horseshoe Reef to be 511,000 tonnes grading 7.09 g/t gold.  As an integral part of its review, the Company hired Steffen, Robertson and Kirsten Consulting (Canada) Inc. (“SRK”) to review the mineral resource estimate prepared by Minestart, and SRK provided the following observations:

 

 

36

 


experience it may be required to weigh the assays during compositing and estimating the bulk tonnage of the

mineralized and unmineralized zones.

 

 

SRK believes the mineral resource estimation prepared by Minestart to be an inferred mineral resource as defined by standards set by the Canadian Institute of Mining, Metallurgy and Petroleum.


Luhala Property


The following discussion regarding both the Luhlala and Lunguya Properties below is summarized from a technical report prepared in accordance with the requirements of NI 43-101F dated February 28, 2003 entitled, “Report on the 2002 Exploration of the Luhala Concessions and the Lunguya Concessions, Lake Victoria Goldfields District, North-Central Tanzania” by Dr. Jim L. Oliver, Ph.D., P. Geo. (the “Luhlala and Lunguya 2002 Report”).  The reader is referred to the complete text of the Luhala and Lunguya 2002 Report, which is available at www.sedar.com .


Property Description and Location


The Luhala property is located in Misungwi District of Mwanza Region of Tanzania. It lies approximately 70 kilometres south of the city of Mwanza.  The Luhala property consists of four (4) prospecting licenses (namely, the Luhala PL 1450/00, Shilalo PL 1303/99, Ngobo PL 1559/00 and Sima PL 1560/00).  These prospecting licenses are in good standing with respect to required filings and payments with the Government of Tanzania, although the Shilalo is currently under application for renewal.


The Company has a 100% interest in the Luhala prospecting license, and has the right to acquire a 100% interest in the Ngobo and Sima prospecting licenses by making a series of payments to the property holder, Widescope Promotion Ltd. (“Widescope”), totaling US$120,000 over six years for the Ngobo license and US$84,000 over six years for the Sima license.  Widescope retains a 2% net smelter returns royalty on both the Ngobo and Sima licenses, which the Company may buy back, in each case, one-half (i.e. 1%) for US$1,000,000. For the Shilalo license, the Company has the right to acquire a 100% interest by making a series of payments to the property owner totaling US$16,000.  The Shilalo property owner retains a 2% net smelter return royalty, of which the Company may buy back one-half (i.e.1%) for US$ 250,000.


Each of the prospecting licenses forming the Luhala property has the following mandatory annual work and rental payments:


Prospecting License

Work Program

Rentals

Minerals Covered

Luhala (PL 1451/00)

None

*

all excluding building materials and gems

 

 

37

 



Shilalo (PL 1303/99)

None

*

all excluding building materials and gems

Ngobo (PL 1559/00)

None

US$406

all excluding building materials and gems

Sima (PL 1560/00)

None

US$940

all excluding building materials and gems

*These requirements are unknown at this time because application has been made for the renewal of the relevant license, which renewal is pending at this time.


The Luhala property covers an area of approximately 129.5 square kilometers.  The target on the Luhala property is gold stockwork mineralization associated with felsic rock units in dilational structures.  There is widespread gold mineralization on the property over a 6.25 square kilometer area.  Grab samples of rock from the property have run up to 7.8 grams per tonne gold.  Trench samples have run up to 22.1 grams per tonne gold over 2.5 meters.  One diamond drill intersection on the property ran 1.76 grams per tonne gold over 27 meters.


Accessibility, Climate, Local Resources, Infrastructure and Physiography


Access to the Luhala Property is via the main Mwanza – Shinyanga road, which is a single lane, good to excellent quality, asphalt highway.  Approximately 45 kms south of Mwanza, a dirt road from a junction at the settlement of Manawa, leads southwest to the town of Misasi.  The property has year round access, although seasonal winter rains, December to March, may result in flooding in low lying areas which are dominated by mbuga (black organic rich laustrine flood soils).  Most lowland areas are under active cultivation, corn, rice, beans and mixed crops, by subsistence farmers.  Low scrub and thorn bushes cover the small hills.  The area has been, for many years, deforested by local agricultural practices.


At Luhala, the mean elevation is approximately 1,200 m above sea level, with a series of small sub-rounded hills, rising up to one hundred metres above the surrounding plain.  These hills are typically formed by either resistive iron formations or felsic volcanic rocks.  Mafic volcanic rocks weather recessively and are typically only exposed in trenches through well formed laterite profiles.  Laterite development is extensive with brick-red laterites overlying weak mottled zones and saprolites at a depth of approximately 3-5 m’s.  Deep weathering penetrates 45 - 60 m’s vertically within the subsurface.


An enthusiastic and competent labor force is available through the surrounding villages, and local people have been routinely hired during the trenching, drilling and soil sampling programs conducted on this property.  However, no other significant infrastructure is available.


History


Luhala has had a significantly more protracted exploration history than Lunguya, beginning with the initial exploration by the then Tanganyikan Geological Survey in 1947.  The exploration history of Luhala may be summarized as:


LUHALA EXPLORATION HISTORY SYNOPSIS


Year

Operator

Work Performed

1947

Tanganyikan
Geological Survey

Underground adit, Shilalo West

1960’s

Unknown

Minor test pits and trenches

1994

Tan Range

Grab sampling and panning, Luhala Hills

 

38

 



1996

Tan Range

Airbourne magnetic survey, 505 m diamond drilling in two drillholes

1997

JCI/Tan Range

MMI survey, 5,700 samples collected, geological mapping and sampling, 243 grab samples, gradient array IP over Lahula Hills, 5 DDH’s for 549 m

2000

Newmont/Tan Range

251 Rotary Air Blast (RAB) drillholes

2001

Tan Range

10 DDH’s, 1204  m, trenching and sampling, 32 RAB holes, totaling 1969 m. Regional mapping

2002

Tan Range

Property mapping.

2003

Tan Range

Updated geological model


The sole activities conducted on the Luhala project during 2002 were mapping and surface sampling. No drilling programs were completed on the property in 2002.  The work programs at Luhala to date have greatly enhanced the Company’s understanding of the geological and structural environment on the property.  Future drill targets in the South Shilalo and Kisunge areas are now based on an updated geological model.


Geology


The Tanzania craton is surrounded by Proterozoic and younger orogenic belts, and consists of volcano-sedimentary greenstone sequences deposited between 2.8 and 2.5 Ga.  The oldest rocks in the Lake Victoria - Sukumaland Greenstone belt (basement gneisses) have been historically interpreted to be part of the Dodoman System, which was interpreted to be significantly older than the enclosing supracrustal rocks (Quennnel et al., 1956).  This interpretation has been called into question by the recent single zircon age dates developed by Borg and Krogh (1999) and the Dodoman sequence is now suggested to be emplaced or completely reworked coevally.


Supracrustal rocks were divided into the Nyanzian System (a dominantly volcanic sequence) and the unconformably overlying Kavirondian System (dominantly sedimentary molasse deposits, Stockley, 1943; Clifford, 1970).  The Sukumaland Greenstone Belt is one of eight belts of Nyanzian stratigraphy recognized in the Tanzanian Craton by Borg and Shackleton (1990).  It has a two fold arcuate shape with aninner (Lower Nyanzian) belt characterized by tholeiitic basalts and the outer (Upper Nyanzian) by volcaniclastics and chemical sediments.  Lunguya is located within the inner arc and Luhala in rocks of the outer arc.


Metamorphism of Nyanzian Greenstone Belt rocks is generally of lower to middle Greenschist metamorphic grades, and two deformational episodes have been suggested by Borg and Krogh (1999).  Amphibolite grade metamorphic rocks are exposed in the eastern portions of the belt near Tulawaka, but in general higher grade metamorphic complexes are rare. Differences in the regional scale environment, Luhala Outer Arc – Upper Nyanzian section and Lunguya, Inner Arc Lower Nyanzian section are also strongly reflected in the occurrence scale geological features at both Luhala and Lunguya license areas.


Luhala is found within the eastern portion of the Buhungukira Belt, a local place name assigned to one to the eight greenstone belts in the Lake Victoria District.  These rocks are believed to be the eastern continuation of the Geita  Greenstone Belt and consist of dominantly Upper Nyanzian rock sequences.


In the Luhala area, the predominant structural grain is dominated by an early deformational event which has deformed all supracrustal rocks into tight, south to southwest plunging, west overturned, synforms and antiforms.  The short limbs of these folds may have east-west strikes and modest, 40 degree south dips. The long limbs of these folds have north to northeast strikes and generally much steeper, 60 – 80 degree, and east dips (Oliver, 2001).

 

39

 



At Luhala, three principal mineralized zones have been identified. These include Kisunge, – Shilalo South, and Shilalo West.  All of the three principal mineralized areas are linked by a common southwest plunging antiform, the limbs of which are separated by 500 to 800 m’s and converge just south of Line 6200 E and 3800 N.


(i)

Kisunge:


Geological relationships at Kisunge Hill were developed by rapidly stratigraphically mapping and structurally logging all available diamond drill boreholes.  Most of the gold mineralization at Kisunge Hill is associated with a chert-felsic volcanic contact.  The chert-felsic volcanic contact strikes 080 ° and dips 40 ° south. Hyaloclastic breccias are common, within the felsic volcanic rocks of this section, and these may be overlain by more massive flow members and underlain locally by stratified tuffaceous sediments. Graded beds within these sediments indicate that the Kisunge section is upright. Several felsic flow breccias are noted throughout the section and iron rich, very incompetent, deeply weathered zones often separate these. At Kisunge, the top of the felsic section may be contemporaneous with a massive chert member, which occupies the same stratigraphic position. The felsic section overlies a spectacularly brecciated and sulphidized mafic unit. The breccia matrix composition and textural features of these breccias suggests that they are derived from autogenous flow processes.


(ii)

Shilalo South:


At this locale, structurally controlled gold mineralization closely tracks the position of a massive to locally well-bedded chert or cherty iron formation. Although it is relatively thin, averaging less than 10 metres true thickness, the unit appears to have good lateral continuity and it may be mapped consistently across the 800 metres of this map area. The marker has been deformed into a smaller scale southwest plunging synform, The northwest, shallow limb of the synform unit has an average strike of 030 °  and dips 50 ° to the southeast. The southerly limb appears to have a much steeper orientation, dipping sub-vertically 80 ° .


(iii)

West Shilalo:


Shilalo West is located approximately 800 metres northwest of Shilalo South.  Here the section generally strikes 170 ° to 195 ° and dips 55 ° to 70 ° east. Like Shilalo South, rapid strike rotations may be noted. For example, near line 3450 N and 6475 East, strikes shift to 070 ° with 70 ° south dips.  This occurrence has many similarities to the Shilalo South occurrence, including:


1.

A felsic flow, not chert, forms the dominant host stratigraphy to gold mineralization. The unit is strongly brecciated and flooded with secondary quartz. Quartz vein fragments, which display strong rotational growth asymmetries, are noted within the felsic flow unit. Vein fragments have been subsequently brecciated after their formation.


2.

A small less than 1.0 m thick, poorly preserved dark grey chert horizon was located at the structural base of the felsic flow sequence.


3.

A brick red, fine grained, strongly hematitic rock forms the immediate structural hangingwall to the mineralized zone. These rocks appear similar to the “red tuff” unit noted in the hangingwall of the Shilalo South mineralized zone

 

                                                      40

 


Quartz rich clastic or volcaniclastic units are absent in the hangingwall position to the mineralized zone. These units were noted in the proximal hangingwall at South Shilalo.


4.

Quartz-feldspar rich, waxy, pale green-grey, well bedded ash and crystal tuffs as well as more

quartz rich volcaniclastic rocks form a thick greater than 50 m footwall to the mineralized zone.

The volcaniclastic sediments found in the proximal footwall at South Shilalo are much less quartz

rich than those at West Shilalo.


5.

Although many graded beds are noted in the footwall rocks at West Shilalo, no reliable younging

information could be obtained from the badly fragmented, broken and rotated core logged in LSD

08A.


The results of diamond drilling in this area strongly outline the importance of the felsic volcanic – chert – structural sites and gold association. LSD – 08A is collared in the hangingwall to the mineralized zone, traverses the host rhyolite-chert lithology and terminates in the footwall. This borehole cuts significant, 3.55 g/T Au over 5 m’s, 60.0 - 65.0 m, near the hangingwall contact of the felsic volcanic rocks and is mineralized repeatedly at over gram ranges throughout much of the felsic host interval, which in this borehole is over 35 metres thick, Figure 5.


The felsic volcanic rock package once again presents an excellent structural site for the development of dilatant sites and gold mineralization.  As at South Shilalo, a well defined planar, brittle-ductile structural zone was not identified.  Gold distribution is likely related to volumes of extensional and shear extensional veinlets, which are developed within the felsic volcanic rocks at or near, the felsic volcanic-”red tuff” contact.


Exploration


Exploration at Luhala has included the following material work:


1.

The development of a strong, 1:5,000 scale geological map base tied to sub-surface geological data.

 The geological base has strong predictive value and may be used to guide and interpret both the

results of historical drilling and plan future programs.


2.

RC and diamond drilling conducted during 2001 on the Luhala property was successful in “ground

truthing” the interpreted structural style and conclusively demonstrating the association of multi-gram

per tonne gold mineralization at well defined structural and stratigraphic sites, particularly antiform –

synform closures near felsic volcanic –  tuff contacts.


Mineralization


At Luhala, gold mineralization is associated with zones of diffuse silicification, localized around small cm and mm scale fractures within competent chert and felsic volcanic rock units.  Major discordant vein structures are not identified and planar high strain zones are absent.  The width of these intersections may be estimated as approximately true width but this may only be ascertained through the construction of a complete set of geological sections which reconcile sub-surface and surface geological data.  Currently these kinds of sections are available for only a few of the total required areas.


No specific gravity data have been calculated for any of the rocks cored in these intervals and without strong cross sectional control, no reliable resource estimate for any of the principal mineralized zones at Kisunge, South Shilalo and West Shilalo may be calculated.

 

41

 


Drilling


Drilling programs were completed on the Luhala prospecting license in 2001, consisting of nine diamond drill holes, totaling 1,865 metres with an average depth of 207 metres.  The holes were planned along the three best RAB section lines (7400E, 7600E and 8000E) on Kisunge Hill, as well as some testing of a lower ranked target on the Shilalo South.  Some gold mineralization was encountered, including 4.3 metres at 1.84 g/t, 8.5 metres at 1.23 g/t, and 14.4 metres at 5.72 g/t, using a 1g/t cut-off.  Diamond drilling has shown that these gold zones do not continue at depth.  The distribution of gold at Kisunge would appear to be flat or near flat dipping.  There is insufficient drill hole coverage to tie up the numerous different rock types found at depth.  Most of the drill holes stopped in fresh rock, but it is not possible to model the significance of these rock types at depth.


No drilling programs were conducted during 2002 or 2003 on the Luhala Property.


Sampling, Analysis and Security of Samples


Diamond Drilling


Sample intervals for the Luhala drilling in 2001 ranged from 0.7 to 2.0 m’s, and averaged about 1.0 m. Intervals were marked in the core box with the sample tag number indicating the onset of the sampled interval.  Sample intervals for reverse circulation (RC) drilling at both Lunguya and Luhala were done on intervals ranging from 1.0 to 3.0 m.


Sampling in core with visible gold was done in a “non-partisan” fashion.  No effort was made to select core pieces with higher visual estimates of coarse particulate gold.  Or in other words, half of the sawn core sample was run for assay, while the other half was retained with no particular selection process regarding which sample would be assayed.  Boreholes cut the mineralized reefs approximately orthogonal to the dip of the veins, and therefore the width of assay intervals may be interpreted approximately as true thicknesses.


Highly weathered diamond drill core, was split using a hammer and chisel.  A standard diamond blade was used to cut fresh core and where possible all significant vein intersections.  Samples were submitted to SGS’s laboratory in Mwanza for assay.  No specific gravity determinations were done on either the Luhala or Lunguya core.


All core was transported from the drill site to a secure field camp by technicians or geologists under the employ of the Company. At the camp, which is an enclosed compound under 24 hour guard, the core was logged, split, or sawn by the procedures previously described.  Split core was bagged, with the sample number placed inside the bag and also written on the outside of the bag and then secured with a twist tie.  Samples were transported from the camp to the Mwanza assay lab by Land Rover, typically by one of the Company’s field managers. Core is stored at the Itetemia Camp in durable aluminum boxes.


At no time did any of the directors of the Company have sole control over the handling, transport or selection of drill core or core samples between the time of acquisition of the core to the time the samples were in the possession of the Mwanza assay lab.  Directors of the Company did have the opportunity to briefly examine split drill core on site prior to the receipt of assay results.


Samples appear to have been collected using well accepted methodologies and this sampling has been carried out in accordance with best practices to accepted industry standards.

 

42

 


Lunguya Property


Property Description and Location


The Lunguya Property is located in the Kahama District of Tanzania, and the Company’s interest therein is held indirectly through Tanzam.  The Lunguya Property is situated in the Lake Victoria Greenstone Belt, approximately 100 kms by air to the southwest of Mwanza and about 15 kms south of  Bulyanhulu.  The Lunguya Property consists of six (6) prospecting licenses (namely, the Lunguya 1766/01, Lunguya East 1887/02, Shilela North 2059/02, Shilela 1307/99, Lunguya West PL 2193/03 and PL 1990/02).  These prospecting licenses are in good standing with respect to required filings and payments with the Government of Tanzania, although the Shilela prospecting license is under application for renewal.


With respect to Lunguya PL 1766/02, in January, 2003, a Shareholder’s Agreement was entered into wherein a new company, Lunguya Mining Company Limited (“LMC”), was created to form a joint venture between Northern Mining Consultancy Company Limited (“NMCCL”), Tanzam and LMC.  Tanzam will be entitled to a 60% shareholding and NMCCL will be entitled to a 40% shareholding in LMC.


The Lunguya Property covers an area of 329 square kilometers.  Work programs and property payments on each of licenses are as follows:

Prospecting License

Work Program

Annual Rentals &
Preparation Fees 

Minerals Covered

Lunguya 1766/01

None

$ 1,628.00

all excluding building
materials and stone

Lunguya East 1887/02

None

$ 1,896.8

as above

Shilela North 2059/02

None

$ 885.60

as above

Shilela 1307/99

None

$1,248.00

as above

Lunguya West PL 2193/03

None

$1,622.80

as above

PL 1990/02

None

$205.80

as above

*These requirements are unknown at this time because application has been made for the renewal of the license, which renewal is pending at this time.


Through prospecting and mining option agreements, the Company has options to acquire interests ranging from 60% to 75% in the six (6) licenses.  To maintain the options, the Company is required to make certain expenditures and fund all exploration costs of the properties.  During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003, the Company abandoned one of the licenses, and wrote-off $35,342 in costs deferred to such license.  There are no royalties to the original license holder.  At Shilela North, through a Prospecting and Mining Option Agreement signed by Tanzam dated June 25, 1999, the Company is obligated to make annual payments of US$7,000 until commencement of exploration or abandonment, with no royalties, and a right to obtain a 70% working interest in this project.  The payment schedule is identical at Shilela.  At Lunguya East, US$12,000 annual payments are required until commencement of exploration or abandonment, the Company can earn up to an 80% interest and no royalty is required.  For PL 1990/02, through a Prospecting and Mining Option Agreement dated June 10, 1999, the Company can earn a right to obtain a 75% working interest in this project and no royalty is required; an initial payment of US$50,000 was made and no annual payments are required.


Internal to the Lunguya prospecting license (1766/01) is a small approximately 1.0 square kilometre primary mining license (“PML”).  The PML is currently held by Mr. Joseph Magunila who is exploiting the Nyamakwenge Reefs.  Negotiations for control and the validity of this license is currently under discussion with relevant private and government third parties.  Portions of the currently known veins at Lunguya and some of the RC and Lunguya diamond drilling, conducted by the Company in 2002, lie within this mining license.

 

43

 



Accessibility, Climate, Local Resources, Infrastructure and Physiography


The Lunguya Property can be reached by plane from Mwanza to an airstrip accommodating Bulyanhuylu or by road via Geita up to the Bulyanhulu/Kahama road intersection. From Kahama, the property is located approximately 8 kms to the south, toward Lunguya village. Secondary roads and trails traverse the property. The Nyamakwenge Reef, located in the northeastern part of the property, can be accessed using a 12 kms dirt tract passing to the north of the property.  Climate and elevation are similar to the Luhala Property.


Very little outcrop (less than 1%) has been identified at Lunguya.  The entire property is flat and covered largely by granitic sands and grey orange laterities derived from granitic sources.  Like Luhala, Lunguya is actively cultivated, but also is being actively mined by a few score artisenal miners along the trend of the Nyamakwenge Reefs.  No significant infrastructure, power or water is available on site.  However, the entire infrastructure of the region including electricity, air transport, health clinics, schools, and improved road networks, have been greatly improved due to the proximity to the Bulyanhulu mine, some 20 kms to the north.


History


Exploration in the Lunguya area has had a much briefer history than the exploration of the Luhala area.  Reconnaissance overviews of this area are documented by Nutt, T. and Erick, R. (2000), but no significant historical exploration activities are known to the Company.  The license was acquired by the Company in 2001 and a program of bulk leach extractable gold (BLEG) sampling, geological mapping, rock sampling, reverse circulation (RC) and diamond drilling was initiated.


Geology


The very limited outcrop exposures on the Lunguya concession necessitate development of a geological and interpretive environment largely based on geophysical interpretations (Klein, 2002).


Regionally, Lunguya is located near the eastern terminus of the inner volcanic arc, lower Nyanzian, of the Sukumaland Greenstone belt.  The succession is dominated by tholeiitic volcanic rocks containing lesser felsic tuffaceous rocks and  argillaceous horizons cut by thin quartz porphyry dykes and sills.  The thick, banded iron formation and felsic flows characteristic of the outer arc Upper Nyanzian sequence are absent. Most of the map scale granite – greenstone contacts strike north-south.  No information is available with respect to the orientation of sub-surface contacts.


Airbourne magnetic interpretations have suggested the presence of both serpentinized intrusions and discordant mafic plugs (McMullan, 2002). Ground traverses have not substantiated the presence of these ultramafic bodies.


Aeromagnetic interpretations (Klein, 2002) suggest that several NW – SE shear zones, which can be traced for up to 4 km on filtered magnetic maps, occur across the northeastern corner of the property. This trend line has regional significance. In fact, 320 ° mineralized trends lines are common in the Bulyanhulu area located to the north of Lunguya (Chamberlain et al., 2000).


At Lunguya, all currently known, auriferous structural zones track at an oblique angle, the eastern granodiorite-mafic volcanic contact.  Auriferous veins strike at 020 ° to 030 ° with the dominant intrusive volcanic contact trending at approximately 360 ° .  These veins do not follow the 320 ° Bulyanhulu trend, a trend which sub-parallels stratigraphy.  On the property scale, two 330 ° trending fault  structures are interpreted to offset the Lunguya vein into two fault repeated vein segments, having strike lengths of  approximately 180 and 300 m.  The

 

44

 


most definitive of these faults appear to have dextral and reverse movements and do follow the mineralized trends at Bulyanhula, 320 ° .


A few score artesinal miners have exploited these veins to a depth not exceeding 30 vertical m’s subsurface. A second set of auriferous reefs, the Nyikoboko Reefs, are located 12 kilometres to the south. This area is associated with a smaller set of largely inactive artisanal dumps and workings.


Principal rock units at Lunguya are as follows:


Granite : The main granitic stock is formed by a medium to light cream well foliated granodiorite to granite.  Abundant plagioclase +/- quartz phenocrysts are common throughout the matrix.  Lesser potassic feldspar may be noted as irregular patches and washes throughout the matrix; most of these appear to be primary rather than secondary in origin.


Mafic Volcanic : These rocks are likely basaltic-andesites based on their medium to dark green color, the presence of a moderate to strong chloritic foliation surface and by the absence of feldspar phenocryts. Traces of disseminated pyrite are present throughout the unit.


Banded Iron Formations : These rocks are only identified by their airbourne geophysical signature (Klein, 2002).  An east-west to northeast striking band of highly magnetic rocks cuts the extreme southeast corner of prospecting license 1307/99.


Feldspar Porphyritic Dykes : Abundant, 10% euhedral feldspar phenocryts are present throughout a grey pink granodiorite compositioned rock matrix. Foliation development appears weaker in dyke rocks than in the main granodiorite stock.


Syenite – Hematitic Dykes :  A series of typically narrow, <5.0 m, red-orange potentially potassium rich dykes likely post-date the main granitic intrusive. These dykes trend sub-parallel to the strike orientation of the Lunguya veins. They may, however, be contemporaneous and represent a minor phase of the main granitic intrusion.


Exploration


Exploration at Lunguya has included the following material work:


1.

Rock geochemical surveys were successful in defining the principal mineralized trends of auriferous vein

systems at Lunguya.  Reconnaissance mapping programs have established a spatial relationship of granite

greenstone contacts to the localization of auriferous quartz veins.  The proximity of these contacts is clear

at both the Nyamakewnge and Nyikoboko Reefs.


2.

Diamond drilling programs on the Nyamakwenge and Nyikoboko Reefs have been successful in

demonstrating excellent geological continuity of the vein systems. Continuity of gold grades within  these

vein systems is more problematic.


3.

In combination with geological mapping, diamond drill programs have established the strong likelihood that

the Western and Eastern Reefs at Nyamakwange represent a common, fault repeated vein system with

dextral and reverse offsets.  The re-constructed length of the known segments of this vein system is

approximately 475 m’s.  The vein ranges in thickness, cross sectional indicated, from 1.0 to 8.0 m’s.


4.

Using right handed or dextral offsets, several apparently unrelated geochemical anomalies may be tied to

interpreted dextral fault offsets of the Lunguya vein system.

 

 

45



Mineralization


Lunguya is a mineralized brittle ductile strain zone, developing internal to a major granite-greenstone contact. Gold is associated with one fault offset vein which is likely broken into two segments, the Western and Eastern reefs.  Lesser veins are also present.  The veins are interpreted to strike from 030 ° to 040 ° and dip 30 °  - 45 ° to the northwest and range in cross-sectional indicated width from < 1.0 to 8.0 m’s.  Known strike lengths or re-constructed fault offset veins are currently suggested to be approximately 475 metres.  Initial sampling of artisenal vein waste dumps indicated the presence of well mineralized dump samples.  The site contained greater than 200 of these small pits-shafts ranging from 1 to 20 metres deep (Bernier, 2002).  Of 125 grab samples collected, 43% returned grades greater than 5 grams per tonne and 15% exceeded 10 grams per tonne.


Veins are typically cream to light grey in color and often contain irregular hematitic fracture surfaces which are sometimes lined with small aggregates of free gold.  Diamond drill and RC programs at Lunguya have demonstrated excellent geological continuity of the Nyamakwenge West and East Reefs but weaker continuity of grade.  The difficulty in obtaining representative gold grades from small core samples of vein material containing coarse particulate gold is a well documented phenomenon (Clifton et al., 1969; Dominy et al., 2000).  Significant assays obtained during the 2002 diamond drill program at Lunguya are summarized in Table 4 of the Luhala and Lunguya 2002 Report.  Widths in these boreholes are approximately true widths and the boreholes have been collared roughly perpendicular to the strike and dip of the mineralized structural zones.


At least two generations of quartz veins are present at Lunguya.  One of these is characterized by light cream euhedral quartz flanked by a sericite +/- chlorite alteration envelope.  This vein generation is gold mineralized.  Net sulphide contents are low and pyrite is less than 0.5%.  Occasionally, copper carbonates and malachite are identified on fracture surfaces.  A second vein set is defined by extremely fine grained grey quartz, flanked by strong pink potassium feldspar or hematitic silica selvedges.


Drilling


Two programs of drilling where initiated on the Lunguya property during 2002. This included a seven hole RC program totaling 535 metres completed in late August 2002.  A follow-up diamond drill program consisting of 1175 metres of NQ core, in 18 boreholes was completed in November and December of 2002.  Boreholes where collared with respect to an on the ground grid system which was in turn controlled by hand-held, non-differential GPS data.  Collar locations are known to an estimated accuracy of +/- 3 m’s.  Downhole surveys using an Eastman single-shot down hole instrument where done when possible on longer holes. Orientated core samples were used, using a weighted marker, on intact core and vein samples.


Core recovery measurements where made on site by geotechnician of the Company.  RC boreholes (LGRC 01 – 07) utilized the same grid system as the diamond drill program.  The location of all drill collars were marked with concrete monuments.  Drilling was concentrated on the Lunguya Reefs (11 boreholes) with three boreholes completed on the Nyikoboko Reefs.  A series of geological cross-sections and plans (Figures 10 to Figure 18 in the Luhala and Lunguya 2002 Report), summarize the results of these programs.  Both RC and diamond drill data are combined on these sections.  Drill collar locations for 12 diamond holes and 7 RC holes on the Nyamakwenge Reefs are shown on Figure 9 of the Luhala and Lunguya 2002 Report.  Drill logs for diamond drill holes are compiled on Appendix III and for RC holes in Appendix IV of the Luhala and Lunguya 2002 Report.  Assay results for diamond drill holes are compiled in Appendix V and RC assay data in Appendix VI of the Luhala and Lunguya 2002 Report.

 

46

 


Initial interpretations of the orientation of the Nyamakwenge Reefs suggested that two reefs where present, the West and East Reefs.  Utilization of 3, 4 and 5 point sub-surface solutions to the orientation of the strike of the West Reef indicate that this reef has a strike of 035 ° and dips modestly northwest.  The inferred 005 ° strike of the West Reef, based on preliminary data, is not supported.  If the West Reef strikes at approximately 035 ° , then it should cross the two northeasterly drill fences located in the hangingwall to the East Reef.  It does not.  This strongly suggests that the West Reef is offset across a 330 ° trending fault and continues along strike as the East Reef.  This interpretation does not preclude the presence of multiple reefs, the existence of which is highly probable.


Section Through LGDD –10, 10A, 11, 12 and LGRC-02


Five boreholes, 4 diamond and 1 RC borehole, are shown on this section.  The boreholes on the section cut the most southwestern continuation of the known Lunguya Reefs.  The following points are significant on this section:


1.

The main vein has a down dip extent of approximately 80m’s.  Its southwestern terminus is likely fault terminated.  This fault strikes 330 ° and dips 40 ° northeast.


2.

Vein widths, cross-sectional indicated, vary from approximately 2 to 8 m’s.  A thin chlorite schist often forms the footwall to the principal vein. The best intersection in this vein is 2.5 m’s of 11.3 g/t Au cut in LGDD-10. DDH LG10a was abandoned after intersecting shallow underground workings.


3.

A series of steeply northwest dipping pink potassium or hematite rich dykes are emplaced approximately parallel to the main granodiorite rock mass.


Section Through LGDD-04, 05 and 06


Strong geological continuity of the vein shown with a planar 1.0 to 2.0 m wide quartz vein was repeatedly cored on this section. The vein is again underlain by a footwall chlorite schist package of a similar width to the overlying quartz vein. Highest gold grades are most often associated with the footwall chlorite schist and not the quartz reef per se. Gold grades and widths within this portion of the vein are modest, with the best interval cut in LGDD – 04 at 0.9 m of 4.65 g/T Au.


Section Through LG RC – 01 and LG RC – 03


The two RC holes on this section are projected approximately 22 m’s onto a common cross-sectional plane.  Borehole LG RC – 01 is the only borehole on the section which appears to cut the faulted repetition of both the “West” and “East” Nyamakwenge Reef.  The highest intersection, 0.5 g/ 3.0 m, occurs at the 21 to 24 metre mark in this borehole.  The reef is again cut between 76 and 80 m’s, where the best intersection of 3.74 g/t Au of 1.0 m is cut.  A quartz vein zone at 62.5 to 64.5 m’s is the interpreted position of the northwest dipping fault which repeats this section.  The “East Reef” is intersected in LG RC – 03 at the 17 to 20 m’s mark and like the “West Reef” is also flanked on both the hanging and footwall contacts by a quartz –chlorite schist.  It is interpreted to have a shallow 25 ° northwest dip.


Section Through LGDD –01, 02, 03 and LGRC – 05 “East Reef”


The four boreholes on this section demonstrate strong structural continuity of the Nyamakwenge Reef.  The reef is easily defined over a down-dip distance of approximately 130 m’s.  It retains an approximately 040 ° to 045 ° northwest dip over much of its distance.  The relationship between the development of best gold grades,

 

47

 


towards the footwall contact of the vein, is again noted. Quartz-chlorite+/-sericite schist development is also documented.  Continuity of gold grade within this continuous vein system is absent.  Best intersections within the vein range from 26.7 g/tonne over 0.9 m in LGDD-03 to 0.27 g/tonne over 2.7 m in LGDD-01.  The reef has bifurcated in two segments in DDH LGRC– 05.  A second paired vein set is also noted in LGDD-03.


Section Through LGDD-07, 08, 09 and LGRC –04, LGRC – 06, and LGRC – 07 , “East Reef”


The six boreholes on this section cut the granodiorite – mafic volcanic contact near the southeastern terminus of the section in addition to cutting a 120 m down-dip section through the Nyamakwenge Reef.  In conjunction with surface data, the mafic volcanic – intrusive contact on this section may be approximated to be subvertical or steeply, 80 ° west dipping.


The vein dips consistently northwest at 38 ° - 40 ° degree angles and varies in width from 2.0 to 6.0 m’s.  Like the “West Reef”, a quartz-chlorite-sericite alteration envelope is persistently noted along the footwall contact. On this section, best gold grades are again localized at or near this contact. The highest grade intersection on this section is cut by DDH LGDD-08 which cuts 0.7 m of 5.39 g/t Au.  Small potassic or hematite rich dykes are common across the western half of the section with weakly altered, post-mineral (?) feldspar porphyritic dyke cut near the bottom of LGRC-06.


Nyikoboko Reefs – Shilela License (1307/99)


Late in the December 2002 program (2003 fiscal year), a short diamond drill test of the Nyikoboko Reefs was initiated.  This occurrence was located by the presence of small artesinal pits and workings.  Nyikoboko lies approximately 12 km’s due south of the Nyamakwenge Reefs.  Significantly, these reefs develop in a similar geological environment, immediately inboard or west of a mafic volcanic-granodiorite contact.  Embayments or offsets along this contact may be another regional scale exploration parameter.  Three boreholes SHDD–01, 02 to 03 were collared on the down-dip expression of the mineralized quartz vein core exposed in the artesinal workings.


All three boreholes intersect the Nyikoboko Reef, establishing a known strike distance of approximately 110 metres.  The main Nyikoboko Reef is similar on all three sections, dipping steeply, 85 ° to the west, approximately 2.0 m’s, cross-sectional indicated thickness.  A second smaller quartz vein is located 15 m’s east of the main reef and has a similar dip orientation.


Gold grades within the reef range from < 0.2 g/t Au to 7.06 g/t Au over narrow 0.3 m widths, and the chlorite-sericite envelope noted in the hangingwall and footwall to the main veins are absent.  All assay data for these boreholes are plotted directly on the drillhole trace.  Testing of this occurrence is at very preliminary stage and its real significance can only be realized with follow-up evaluation.


Sampling, Analysis, and Security of Samples


BLEG Soil Samples :


Soil geochemical samples were collected along GPS grid lines at Lunguya.  Samples averaged 0.5 to 1.0 kg and were typically collected from the base below lag deposits of a 0.5 to 0.75 m deep hole.  These samples were forwarded to SGS’s ISO approved facility in Mwanza for sample preparation and analysis.

 

48

 


RC Drilling :


An RC drill rig, under contract from Drill Corp. Tanzania was utilized in the seven hole RC program conducted at Lunguya in August of 2002 (Bernier, 2002c).  A total of 261 samples were analyzed including 11 standards.  Samples of 2-3 kg were collected at every 1.0 m of drilling and a composite sample of 1 – 2 kg was subsequently split by the Company’s technicians at the secure Itetemia camp.  Distal to mineralized zone samples where combined to 3 m aggregates, with 1 m samples being utilized proximal to interpreted mineralized zones.


The 11 standards inserted by the Company were derived from a CDN Resource Lab set containing between 0.79 to 10.97 g/t Au.  The samples were also analyzed by SGS’s laboratory in Mwanza.


Bulk samples of approximately 2 – 3 kg were collected at the cyclone over 1.0 metre intervals as instructed by the driller.  Not all intervals were sampled and some intervals were composited over three metre distances.  These samples were delivered by personnel to the Mwanza lab of SGS for sample preparation and analysis.


RC samples appear to have been collected using well accepted methodologies and this sampling has been carried out in accordance with best practices to accepted industry standards.


Diamond Drilling :


At Lunguya, drill recoveries in fresh rock, below the saprolite, where generally excellent, above 90%.  Drill recoveries in laterite profiles were significantly reduced.  Most of the drill recoveries in mineralized veins were hosted in intrusive rock which was either saprolite or fresh rock and hence recoveries were generally quite good.


Intervals were marked in the core box with the sample tag number indicating the onset of the sampled interval.  Sample intervals for RC drilling at both Lunguya and Luhala were done on intervals ranging from 1.0 to 3.0 metre.  At Lunguya, 663 samples, representing 52% of the drill core, were collected and analyzed for gold by SGS labs, utilizing a Fire Assay “50” method with a detection limit of 0.01 g/t.  Sampling in core with visible gold was done in a “non-partisan” fashion.  No effort was made to select core pieces with higher visual estimates of coarse particulate gold. Or in other words, half of the sawn core sample was run for assay, while the other half was retained with no particular selection process regarding which sample would be assayed.


Highly weathered diamond drill core, was split using a hammer and chisel. A standard diamond blade was used to cut fresh core and where possible all significant vein intersections. Samples were submitted to SGS’s laboratory in Mwanza for assay.  No specific gravity determinations were done on either the Luhala or Lunguya core.


All core at Lunguya was obtained using a “Val d’ Or” type hydraulic drill rig under contract from Major Drilling Inc.  These rigs have 10 foot strokes and are particularly useful in improving recoveries from clay rich laterite and saprolite profiles.  All core was boxed and washed at the drill site by the drilling contractor.


All core was transported from the drill site to a secure field camp by technicians or geologists under the employ of the Company. At the camp, which is an enclosed compound under 24 hour guard, the core was logged, split, or sawn by the procedures previously described.  Split core was bagged, with the sample number placed inside the bag and also written on the outside of the bag and then secured with a twist tie.  Samples were transported from the camp to the Mwanza assay lab by Land Rover, typically by one of the Company’s field managers.  Core is stored at the Itetemia Camp in durable aluminum boxes.

 

49

 


At no time did any of the directors of the Company have sole control over the handling, transport or selection of drill core or core samples between the time of acquisition of the core to the time the samples were in the possession of the Mwanza assay lab.  Directors of the Company did have the opportunity to briefly examine split drill core on site prior to the receipt of assay results.


Sample preparation consisted of drying the sample, crushing to 6 mm, splitting a 200 gram sub-sample, pulverizing to 75 microns and fusing with a litharge based flux to produce a cupel.  The prill was then dissolved in aqua regia, and the gold determined by flame AAS with a detection limit of 0.01 ppm.


During 2003, an extensive sampling program over various artisanal workings showed that gold distribution on the property was widespread.  Of the 125 grab samples submitted for assay, 43% returned grades higher than five grams per tonne, while 15% had values exceeding 10 grams per tonne.  Several samples were noted to have disseminated visible gold in quartz-filled fracture planes.


Six of seven diamond drill holes completed in the last phase of drilling on the Lunguya Property confirmed the presence of two gold-bearing quartz reefs (veins) that extend for at least 350 metres along strike.  These reefs are almost 50 feet apart and returned gold values from 0.56 to 11.3 grams per tonne, across intervals of one to five metres.


Tulawaka Project


The Tulawaka Project is located in the Biharamulo District of Kagera Region of Tanzania and is approximately 160 kilometers west-southwest of Mwanza town.  The Tulawaka Project consists of eight (8) prospecting licenses, including two (2) licenses held through Tanzam.  These prospecting licenses are in good standing with respect to required filings and payments with the Government of Tanzania.


The Tulawaka Project covers an area of approximately 334 square kilometers.  The property lies on an east-west magnetic trend, between the Kakindu gold discovery (Ashanti) and the Tuluwaka gold discovery (Pangea).  RAB (rotary air blast) drilling on the Mnekezi property intersected mineralized chert sequences which included intersections of 5 meters @ 0.26 grams/tonne gold, 3 meters @ 0.24 grams/tonne gold and 1 meter @ 0.37 grams/tonne gold.  The majority of this project has been joint ventured to MDN.


Geita Project


The Geita Project is located in Geita District of Mwanza Region, Tanzania, approximately 80 kilometers west-southwest of Mwanza town.  The Geita Project is made up of five (5) prospecting licenses, including three licenses held through Tanzam.  These prospecting licenses are in good standing with respect to required filings and payments with the Government of Tanzania.


The Geita Property covers an area of approximately 325 square kilometers.  RAB (rotary air blast) drilling on the Geita East prospecting license indicates anomalous gold values within rocks adjacent to a basalt-granodiorite contact.  Drill testing has been recommended in several areas where folded greenstone units with adjacent shearing exhibit similar strike directions to the nearby 1.6 million ounce Kukuluma deposit of Ashanti.  Drill testing has also been recommended in the southeastern area of the Geita East prospecting license on a large gold soil anomaly coincident with a magnetic high adjacent to a sheared granite contact.


Lake Victoria Goldfield Properties


The following discussion regarding the Lake Victoria Goldfield Properties below is summarized from a technical report prepared in accordance with the requirements of NI 43-101F dated March 21, 2002 entitled,

 

50

 


“Project Technical Review on 52 Prospecting Licenses, Lake Victoria Goldfields Tanzania” by Stephen R. McMullan, P. Geo. of  Poseidon Geophysics (Pty) Ltd. (the “52 PL Report”).  The reader is referred to the complete text of the 52 PL Report, which is  available at www.sedar.com .


Property Description and Location


Tanzam, a privately held mineral investment company wholly-owned by the Company, currently holds various interests in 46 prospecting licenses and reconnaissance licenses in the Lake Victoria Goldfields Belt of north-western Tanzania (the “LVGB”) in order to explore for economic mineral deposits.  The total land area currently held under license is 3374.13 km 2 .


Tanzam engaged Geodass (Pty) Limited of Johannesburg, South Africa (now Fugro Airborne Surveys (Pty) Limited) to undertake and manage an integrated mineral exploration program in the LVGB in August 1999. The exploration program was designed primarily to explore for gold mineralisation, without bias for mode of occurrence. Other commodities including base metals, diamonds and industrial minerals were also considered and suitable exploration methods were adopted for a multi-commodity approach.


As of the date hereof, Tanzam holds interests in the following 46 licenses:


Book #

JV Partner

JV%

District

PL#

New #

Sq Km

1

Wazawa

65%

Ushirombo, Kahama

752/97

1846/2001

40.2

2

Martedo Investment

65%

Diabohika Bukombe

1254/99

1795/2001

24.01

3

Afrigold Limited

65%

Igando, Biharamulo

1221/99

1798/2001

68.39

4

Tanzam

100%

Bwanga, Kahama

1163/98

1946/02

72.36

5

Jope Buisness/ Mineral Industries

65%

Nyambale, Geita

1226/99

 

100

6

Tanzam

100%

Runazi, Biharamulo

1252/99

2198/03

34.41

7

Tesemining/F-Bminerals

51%

Runazi, Biharamulo

750/97

2102/02

90.3

8

Jope Business

65%

Kisengo, Biharamulo

1275/99

 

80

9

Jope Business

65%

Nyaesero, Biharamulo

1218/99

2182/03

82.31

10

Tanzam

100%

Kaniha, Biharamulo

1164/98

1947/02

120.4

12

Tanzam

100%

Kaniha, Biharamulo

1162/98

1944/02

85.72

13

Tanzam

100%

Kaniha, Biharamulo

1250/98

2192/03

132.6

15

Tese Mining/ F-B Minerals

51%

Ikola, Bukombe

936/98

2040/02

83.99

16

Bazo Enterprises

65%

Msasa, Bukombe

947/98

1775/2001

39.77

17

Afrigold Limited

65%

Msasa, Kahama

1223/99

1796/2001

84.0

18

Martedo Investment

65%

Mulehe, Kahama

1400/99

 

34.28

19

Tanzam

100%

Kigosi, Kahama

1251/99

2191/03

147.4

20

Abby’s Mining Co

65%

Kigosi, Kahama

1180/98

1854/2001

154.3

21

Madaba Minerals

70%

Kasubuya, Kahama

33/92

1887/02

84.84

22

Wazawa

65%

Ushirombo, Kahama

751/97

1749/2001

67.24

23

Martedo Investment

65%

Ushirombo, Kahama

1253/99

1794/2001

52.62

24

Charles Shumbi

70%

Ushirombo, Kahama

1192/98

1762/2001

33.6

25

Abby’s Mining Co

65%

Bwenda, Bukombe

675/97

1758/2001

17.14

26

Tese Mining/ F-B Minerals

51%

Mwalo, Kahama

537/96

1754/2001

111.4

27

Tese Mining/ F-B Minerals

51%

Nikonga, Kahama

533/96

1930/02

51.4

28

Northern Mining

60%

Lunguya, Kahama

454/96

1766/2001

71.43

29

Reapa Bus. Assoc. Inc.

65%

Mbogwe, Geita

1225/99

1942/02

154.3

 

51

 



30

Abby’s Mining Co/Nasso Civil Works

65%

Shilela, Kahama

639/97

2193/03

81.14

31

Abby’s Mining Co/ Nzega Imp/Exp

65%

Bwelwa, Kahama

RL196/99

2194/03

138.2

32

Abby’s Mining Co/ Nzega Imp/Exp

65%

Isebya, Kahama

RL195/99

2192/03

161.2

33

Tanzam

70%

Ngula, Geita

1300/99

 

13.

34

Dalles & Shamwada

65%

Pembwe, Kahama

1269/99

 

100

35

Germina Lukuvi

65%

Kanegele, Kahama

736/97

1815/2001

37.47

36

Zahabu Investments

70%

Lunguya, Kahama

1320/99

2059/02

34.28

37

Fenite Limited

70%

Shilela, Kahama

1307/99

 

52.4

38

Tanzam

70%

Lunguya, Kahama

1308/99

 

143.4

39

Afrigold Limited

65%

Bukombe, Bukombe

1222/99

1797/2001

52.62

40

Fenite Limited

80%

Kakola, Kahama

1291/99

1990/02

10.29

42

Jsn Limited

65%

Bukweni, Kahama

847/97

2056/02

23.14

43

Afrigold Limited

65%

Ntobo, Kahama

1311/99

 

51.4

44

Zahabu Investments

70%

Uyovu, Kahama

1319/99

 

63

45

Sigo Gems

65%

Nikonga, Kahama

66/92

1853/2001

22

46

Digitel Holdings

70%

Geita North, Geita

1087/98

 

59.5

47

Digitel Holdings

70%

Bwanga North, Biharamulo

1086/98

 

50

50

Tamo Geo-Consult

80%

Bushirombo, Kahama

1401/99

 

156

51

Tamo Geo-Consult

80%

Bushirombo, Kahama

1402/99

 

88

(1)

The area of each license has been calculated based on geographic coordinates from the original license application in planar map coordinates.  Prospecting license numbers have been changed after registration under the Mining Act 1998 .

(2)

A Reconnaissance License (RL) is issued for one year and renewed for a period not exceeding a year.  The license preparation fee is US$250, annual rent is US$10/km2 and the renewal fee is US$200. The license may either be exclusive or non-exclusive. Applications should provide a work program. Half yearly reports must be submitted and on expiry of the period, all data, maps and reports under license must be surrendered to the Government. The license holder may apply for a prospecting license covering all or part of the area.

(3)

A Prospecting License (PL) is issued for a period of up to three years and renewable two times for a period up to two years each. At each renewal at least 50% of the area is relinquished.  The license preparation fee is US$200, annual rent is US$20/km2 and the renewal fee is US$200. Applicants must submit particulars of financial and technical capabilities, work program and budget, and proposals for employment and training of Tanzanians. License holders must submit quarterly reports, including copies of all data, maps, logs, interpretations, etc.

(4)

A Mining License (ML) will only be granted to the holder of a prospecting license over the area. The license is granted for a period of 25 years or the life of the mine. It is renewable for a period not exceeding 15 years.  The license preparation fee is US$600, annual rent is US$1500/km 2 and the renewal fee is US$200. The applicant must submit a feasibility report including environmental and health safeguards, plans for local sourcing of goods and services and employment and training of Tanzanians. The license holder must submit regular reports according to regulations.

(5)

A mineral right may be transferred upon application and approval by the Minister.


History


Prior to Tanzam’s acquisition of the original fifty-two prospecting licenses (“PL”) in its current portfolio, little systematic work using modern exploration methods had been undertaken on the licenses. Tanzam acquired the licenses through negotiation with local vendors and prospectors, and by direct application to the Geological Survey (Madini), within the Mineral Resources Department of the Ministry of Water, Energy and Minerals of Tanzania.


Tanzam’s interest in the prospecting licenses is variable, depending on the agreements with the individual vendors. However, it is common to all agreements with the vendors that Tanzam has exclusive rights

 

52

 


to sell the project to a third party without restraint. Compensation to the vendors remains the responsibility of Tanzam.


Tanzam has granted to Barrick Exploration Africa Limited (“BEAL”) an option to acquire the total rights, titles and interests held by Tanzam in the following five (5) prospecting licenses:


PL 1401/99

PL 1612/00

PL 2038/02

PL 2374/03

PL 1308/99


If such option is exercised, Tanzam is entitled to (i) certain payments after the Commercial Production Date (as defined) with respect to the first mine constructed by BEAL on any property covered by the licenses; and (ii) a 1.5% net smelter return (which may, in certain circumstances, be reduced).  Refer to Item 4A for further information on the option granted to BEAL.


Mineralisation


Lake Victoria Goldfields Belt


The Lake Victoria Goldfields have produced the greatest proportion of Tanzania’s mineral wealth and are still the most fertile and prospective for gold exploration.  Ninety percent of Tanzania’s gold production to 1991 had come from the district and new production is likely.


Significant gold resources have been discovered in the Lake Victoria Goldfields in the last decade by other third parties.  The table below sets out the project name, operator, estimated resources, grade and host lithologies for resources discovered in the Lake Victoria Goldfields totaling more than 25 million ounces:



Project


Operator

Estimated

Resource


Grade


Host Lithologies

Geita

Ashanti/Anglo Gold

4.40 Moz

4.05

BIF, granodiorite/diorite with minor andesite and acid volcanics

Kukuluma & Matandani

Ashanti

1.96 Moz

2.87

BIF and chert with minor felsic tuffs, mudstone and siltstone

Golden Ridge

Barrick/Pangea

1.60 Moz

1.4

BIF and felsic volcanics

Bulyanhulu

Barrick

8.80 Moz

13.47

Sulphide- and graphite-bearing mafic/felsic volcanic contact

Kitongo

Ashanti/Spinifex

0.33 Moz

1.34

Sulphide- and graphite-bearing mafic/felsic volcanic contact

Buck Reef

Ashanti/Spinifex

0.36 Moz

3.12

Mafic volcanic

Nyakafuru

Spinifex/EAGC

0.14 Moz

5.72

Mafic volcanic

Buhemba

Tanganyika Gold

0.75 Moz

2.03

Mafic volcanic

Golden Pride

Resolute

2.74 Moz

2.60

Metavolcanic/metasediment contact

North Mara

Afrika Mashariki

2.06 Moz

3.17

Andesite tuff

Chocolate Reef

Anglogold/Pangea

1.90 Moz

2.30

Granite

Tulawaka

Pangea/MDN

(1.0) Moz

(19.0)

Pelitic metasediments

 

 

 

53


Artisanal Gold Mining


Official estimates indicate that artisanal gold mining in Tanzania produces 8 to 15 tonnes of gold per annum. Black market dealers have previously purchased most of this production, but Meremeta (a state-owned gold company) has set up regional buying centres to capture most of this production. The net benefit is both to the State in gaining foreign currency, and to the artisanal miners who can sell gold at set prices based on world commodity markets.


Historically, artisanal miners have only operated on a cash basis, i.e. where the gold grade was less than approximately 40g/t, the artisanals could not profitably mine the ore.  Artisanals actively explored the Lake Victoria Goldfields, and have discovered several significant deposits that are currently being developed commercially. In fact, the three mines currently operating or being developed (Golden Pride, Bulyanhulu and Geita) were all previously artisanal mining sites.


Geology


Tanzania is underlain by the Tanzanian Craton, a crustal block of predominately Archaean (>2,500 Ma) rocks surrounded and overlain by younger sediments and mobile belts.  It is one of the core blocks of Africa, and is essentially a continuation of the Congo Craton.


The Lake Victoria Goldfields consist of a granite greenstone terrain that extends northwards into SW Kenya.  The internal stratigraphy of the greenstone belts is reasonably well constrained.  It consists of a lower, essentially mafic, volcanic unit in which ultramafic rocks are rare, overlain by chemical and classic sediments and then felsic volcanics.  This assemblage is called the Nyanzian Group.  The Nyanzian Group is unconformably overlain by a classic sedimentary sequence, also Archean, known as the Kavirondian Group.  These sediments contain clasts of all Nyanzian lithogies, some of which appear to have been deformed before erosion.  In addition they contain debris of some granitoids.  However, the main period of granitoid emplacement post-dates the Kavirondian.  Although there was early tectonism, the main pervasive deformation post-dates the bulk of the granites, imparting a foliation to all these lithogies.  Some Archaean granitoids of the Belt appear to pot-date this foliation.  Further discussion on the regional and local geology is set out above, under the section on “Geology” for the Itetemia Property.


“Clifford’s Rule” states that (economically) diamondiferous kimberlites occur only within Archaean Cratons with deep, cool mantle roots.  Having established the diamond potential of a region or craton, it is pertinent to consider structural features that may have controlled the location of kimberlite emplacement.  Such fractures and faults systems may have been active during kimberlite intrusion: equally they may simply act as passive conduits to the surface.  The crustal structural features which may control the emplacement of kimberlites are difficult to recognize because of their age, tectonic history, recent cover, and the fact that deep crustal structures may not be reflected in the geology close to the surface.


The primary exploration technique used in the past was regional soil sampling for Kimberlite Indicator Minerals (“KIMs”).  Because of the multiple overlapping erosional surfaces in the Lake Victoria Greenstone Belt (“LVGB”), deflation sampling or drainage sampling for KIMs would not necessarily be spatially related to the primary kimberlite on a regional scale.  Perhaps the greatest improvement in the chances for success in locating kimberlites was the aeromagnetic gradiometer survey flown on behalf of Tanzam.  However, not all kimberlites have a magnetic structure.  In the Mwadui kimberlite field, more than half of the known kimberlite pipes do not show a magnetic signature; Mwadui itself is one of these bodies.  Because kimberlites are know to occur in clusters, it is considered sufficient to locate only a few kimberlites to focus detailed KIM soil sampling.

 

54

 


Exploration


The exploration program on behalf of Tanzam comprised the following elements:


Component

Description

No of Samples/Kilometres

Desk Studies

   

Literature database

Compilation of all available technical literature on geology and mineralisation of Tanzania, document scanning, indexing and OCR

>300 references;

10,000 pages

Air Photography Interpretation

Government uncontrolled panchromatic airphotos used as reference for field mapping

450 photos @ 1:50,000 scale

Geographic Information System

All available published Government topocadastral, geophysics and geology maps scanned, georeferenced and digitised

35 topocadastral maps;

10 geology maps; and

30 geophysics maps

Landsat TM

Georeferencing using map control points, calculation of iron oxide, clay ratios, various band combinations, principal component analysis (Crosta alteration index)

One scene 160 X 185km

SPOT satellite imagery

Georeferencing using map control points, scene mosaic, digital base map, structural analysis, identification of artisanal workings

Eight scenes 60 X 60km

Orientation Program

Soil profile mapping

Mapping of the soil profile in trenches and artisanal workings

Trenches in PL1846/01

Lunguya Kimberlite Orientation

Examination of previous Open File exploration work, indicator mineral sampling

Lunguya kimberlite area

Mine visits

Geological tours of Golden Pride (Resolute) and Chocolate Reef (Anglo American/Pangea)

2 tours

 

55



Airborne Geophysics

Magnetic gradiometer, radiometrics and VLF-EM

Fugro Airborne Surveys Triax® aeromagnetic gradiometer, 256 channel radiometrics and VLF-EM

36714 line kilometres @ 250m line spacing;

approximately 8500km 2

GEOTEM test survey

Fugro Airborne Surveys (Geoterrex Canada), Utambala, Musindikwa and Katente artisanal workings in PL1401/99 near Ushirombo village.

200 lkm @ 250m line spacing; 6 X 8 km area

Field Program

Regional Aeromagnetic Interpretation

Identification of magnetic lineaments indicative of structure, magnetic fabric indicating foliation, shearing and stratigraphy, pseudo-geology mapping

36714 line kilometres;

approximately 8500km 2

Soils Mapping

Combination of Landsat TM imagery, airborne radiometrics, and DEM to identify soils and erosional surfaces for interpretation of underlying geology and planning geochemical programs

Entire project area; approximately 8500km 2

Artisanal Mapping

Identification of artisanal workings from SPOT imagery and records from airborne survey

139 artisanal workings identified

Regional mapping

Integrated interpretation of Air photos, geophysical and satellite imagery and geophysics, regional structural interpretation, identification of areas of alteration, detailed interpretation of high ranked prospecting licenses

Entire project area;

approximately 8500km 2

Gold Analysis Samples

726 samples fire assay Humac Laboratory Mwanza

1045 samples Aqua Regia wet chemical assay Humac laboratory Mwanza

726 samples fire assay;

1045 samples wet chemical method

Multi element geochemistry Samples

726 samples 45-element ICP-MS Omac Laboratory Ireland

726 samples

License boundary survey

OmniStar differential GPS survey on corners of prospecting licenses

184 points

Kimberlite program

Identification of discordant sub-circular aeromagnetic targets

195 targets identified;

98 targets sampled

 

56




Prospecting License Ranking Criteria


The fifty two prospecting licenses in the Tanzam portfolio in Phase I have been ranked according to the following criteria for potential to host gold mineralisation:


(a)

Regional structural controls for mineralisation (including relative ages) interpreted from airborne geophysics and satellite imagery should be present.


(b)

The presence of artisanal mining on a prospecting license, especially if it is currently active.


(c)

Underlying “prospective” lithologies (eg. banded iron formation that had been sheared is a known host for gold).


(d)

Indications from assay data that gold or a marker element present in anomalously high concentrations. This criterion will take into consideration possible near-surface leaching, nature of the sample (regolith, grab rock specimen, etc).


(e)

Indication of hydrothermal alteration associated with mineralisation.


(f)

Proximity to known gold occurrences.


From the Phase I program, nine prospecting licenses have been ranked high potential for gold mineralization, and an additional nine have been categorized as moderate-high potential for gold mineralization. Within the high ranking prospecting licenses, twenty-four targets over a 505.85km 2 area warrant detailed follow-up.


Prospecting Licenses Ranked “High”

Prospecting Licenses Ranked “Moderate-High”

1846/01 (1)

1762/01

1798/01

1225/99

1218/98

RL120/99

1854/01

RL139/99

1749/01

1269/99

1766/01

1320/99

2374/03 (1)

1307/99

1308/99 (1)

1853/01

1401/99 (1)

1644/00

(1)

Prospecting licenses over which BEAL has an option.


Kimberlite Exploration Program


The aeromagnetic data was used to identify anomalies characteristic of kimberlite intrusives. One hundred and ninety five magnetic targets were identified, and ninety-eight were sampled for kimberlite indicator mineral content by wet sieving to remove the fine fraction (-425mm). Heavy minerals were separated using bromoform heavy liquid, and surface textures were examined microscopically.

 

57

 


Results indicated that seven of the selected targets contained kimberlite indicator minerals (ilmenite), and surface textures indicated a proximal source. Electron microprobe analysis of the ilmenite chemistry indicated that only one grain from DB36 (PL1253/99) was confirmed to be kimberlitic origin, although the FE 2 O 3 is high which would be poor for diamond preservation in the kimberlitic melt. Two other samples DA30 (PL1180/98) and DE8 (PL1086/98) are close to kimberlite composition, but have low Cr content.


Although the composition of the DB36 grain is unfavourable for diamond preservation, Mwadui kimberlites have only marginal to fair composition, and the ilmenite composition by itself may not be conclusive in determining the economic viability of kimberlites in the Tanzania craton. Evaluation of diamond preservation from a single grain is statistically invalid, as a population of grains is required to obtain a spread of points on the diamond preservation curve (Fe 2 O 3 / MgO plot). Even in kimberlites with an unfavourable composition, diamonds may be only partially reabsorbed in the melt and economic grades may be present (eg. Tshibua, Democratic Republic of Congo as an example).


Garnets are the primary indicator mineral for kimberlites, but none were found in the sampling program. This is a function of the deep weathering environment that is not conducive to garnet preservation in the soil profile. Garnets are seldom found in soil samples in Tanzania, even directly over kimberlite bodies.


Conclusions from Phase I


The LVGB is generally under explored using modern exploration methodology. The Tanzam exploration program tested the effectiveness of several exploration techniques and has assembled a considerable database of literature, digital data and exploration methodologies Greenstone rocks that are favourable hosts to gold mineralisation are more widespread than previously mapped.  Thick soil development obscures virtually all bedrock exposures, and geophysics is the only effective geological mapping tool. Areas that were mapped previously as granite based on soils and float are seen to be underlain by greenstone rocks which are favourable for gold mineralization.


Soil geochemical techniques are an effective exploration tool, but considerable care must be taken during sampling in the complex soil environment. The mottled zone is the most favourable sampling medium, but gold tends to be nuggety and individual samples may yield anomalously low assays that could be misleading. Gold is more uniformly distributed in the overlying limonitic zone, albeit in lower concentrations.


In addition to gold analysis, several pathfinder elements may be more evenly distributed in the soil profile and provide a more effective target for exploration. In particular, As, Cu and K show a high correlation with gold and could be effective pathfinder elements. Other elements that could be used include W, Mo, Bi, Te, Zn, Pb, and Ag, although statistically the correlation with gold is unproven.


The LVGB area is prospective for kimberlites, although the mineral chemistry suggests that diamonds would be poorly preserved in the kimberlite melt. The discovery of kimberlitic ilmenites at DB36 (PL1253/99) indicates the first reported kimberlite west of Lunguya, and could be a new kimberlite field.


Artisanal miners in PL 1180/98 have led to the discovery of an unknown mineralized occurrence previously mapped as granitic terrain with low potential for gold mineralization.

 

58

 


Sampling, Analysis and Security of Samples


Gold Samples


Whole rock grab and channel samples consisted of a minimum 1kg grab sample from mineralization, altered rock and fresh rock.  Regolith samples were taken either as grab samples or from artisanal and other pits, and a limited number of termite mounds were also sampled.  Rock samples were sawn in half for a portion for assaying and a portion for retention for physical properties’ measurements, reference, thin section etc.  Assay samples were crushed in jaw crusher and pulverized using a combination of ball and ring mills.  Crusher and mills brushed and air blown followed by clean quartz wash between samples.  Gold fire assay on 50 gram aliquots and an AA finish.  Pulverized samples were separated into three components using a riffle splitter.  One portion of the sample was sued for gold assay, one for multi-element analysis, and the remainder kept as a reference sample.


Kimberlite Samples


Samples were taken at four cardinal points and in the centre of the interpreted magnetic anomaly and were amalgamated.  Soil samples were taken from the deflation layer on the surface to approximately 2-3 cm in depth, and wet sieved 1 mm to 425 microns to yield a minimum 2kg fraction.  Heavy mineral separation was completed using heavy liquid (bromoform) density separation.  Microscopic analysis of KIMs for colour and surface textures was completed.  KIMs selected as possibly from a kimberlite source were sent to the Council for Geoscience for electron microprobe analysis.


All samples were collected in the field were shipped by Tanzam vehicle on a bi-weekly basis back to Mwanza, and immediately dispatched to the laboratory.  All sample splits and pulversized rejects returned from the laboratory were securely stored in the Mwanza office compound.


Item 5.

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects


This discussion and analysis of the operating results and the financial position of the Company for the quarters ended November 30, 2003 and 2002, and the years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes attached hereto.


Critical Accounting Policies


The Company is in the process of exploring its mineral properties and has not yet determined whether these properties contain mineral deposits that are economically recoverable.  The continued operations of the Company and the recoverability of the amounts shown for mineral properties and related deferred costs are dependent upon the existence of economically recoverable reserves, securing and maintaining title and beneficial interest in the properties, obtaining necessary financing to explore and develop the properties, and upon future profitable production or proceeds from disposition of the mineral properties.


In accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles, acquisition costs and exploration and development costs relating to mineral properties are deferred until the properties are brought into production, at which time they are amortized on a unit-of-production basis, or until the properties are abandoned or sold or management determines that the mineral property is not economically viable, at which time the deferred costs are written off.  Option payments on mineral properties are exercisable at the discretion of the Company and, accordingly, are only recognized as paid.


Amounts recovered from third parties to earn an interest in the Company’s mineral properties are applied as a reduction of the deferred exploration and development costs.

 

59

 



Overhead costs directly related to exploration and development are allocated to the mineral properties explored during the year and are deferred and amortized using the same method applied to property-specific exploration and development costs.  All other overhead and administration costs are expensed in the year they are incurred.


The amounts shown as deferred expenditures and property acquisition costs represent net costs to date, less amounts amortized and/or written off, and do not necessarily represent present or future values.


For the purposes of United States generally accepted accounting principles, the Company expenses all exploration and development expenditures made prior to commercially mineable deposits being identified.  See Note 12 of the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company.


The Company’s financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue on a going concern basis.  The Company has incurred losses since inception and the ability of the Company to continue as a going concern depends upon its ability to develop profitable operations and to continue to raise adequate financing.  The Company’s sole source of financing is by the issue of common stock.  The Auditors’ report on the Consolidated Financial Statements includes additional comments that state that conditions and events exist that cast substantial doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.  The financial statements do not contain any adjustments as a result of this uncertainty.


Management notes that its ability to finance additional exploration on its resource properties is contingent on the outcome of exploration and the availability of financing in capital markets, factors which are beyond the Company’s control.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to continue to raise funds in which case the Company may be unable to meet its obligations and commitments.  Should the Company be unable to realize on its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business, the net realizable value of its assets may be materially less than the amounts recorded on the Company’s balance sheets and insolvency and liquidation with a total loss to shareholders could result.


The Consolidated Financial Statements utilize estimates and assumptions principally regarding mineral properties and going concern that reflect management’s expectations at the date of preparation.  Events or circumstances in the future, many of which are beyond the control of the Company, may impact these expectations and accordingly could lead to different assumptions and estimates from those utilized.  Factors that could impact the estimates and assumptions that were made at the date of preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements have been previously discussed under the headings “Exploration and Development Risk Factors” and “Financing Risk Factors”.


A.

Operating Results


The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and operating results of the Company for the three years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 and the first quarter ended November 30, 2003 (the “MD&A”) should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes to the financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP.  The discussion and analysis set for the below covers the results measured under Canadian GAAP.  Material differences between the application of Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP to the Company’s audited financial statements exist as described in Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

60

 


First Quarter ended November 30, 2003 as compared to First Quarter ended November 30, 2003


The Company incurred a net loss of $553,896 for the first quarter ended November 30, 2003 or $0.01 per share, compared to a net loss of $452,952 for the first quarter ended November 30, 2002.  The increase in net loss in the quarter-to-quarter comparison is $100,944, which is due primarily to the increase in property investigation costs for the quarter of $129,207 ($228,289 for 2003 compared to $99,082 in 2002), along with a decrease of salaries and benefits of $42,594, from $147,696 in 2002 to $105,102 in 2003.  Salaries and benefits decreased due to a reduction in administrative staff in North America.  The Company incurred a foreign exchange loss of $39,646 due to the holding of US dollar denominated short term investments while the US dollar weakened relative to the Canadian dollar over the quarter.  Offsetting this was a gain on sale of short term investments of $9,015.


Fiscal year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to fiscal year ended August 31, 2002


The Company incurred a net loss for year ended August 31, 2003 of $3,014,778 or $0.04 per share, compared to a net loss of $1,343,958 or $0.02 per share in 2002.  The increase in net loss in the year-to-year comparison is $1,670,820.  The increase in net loss prior to future income tax recovery is $2,110,820.  Throughout the fiscal year ending August 31, 2003, exploration staff performed exploration over the territory acquired from Tanzam and on new properties acquired for the Company’s account during the year.  At the end of the fiscal year, a total of ten licenses were relinquished.  The write-offs associated with these licenses of $1,031,436 comprise the largest expense category for the 2003 fiscal year, while the write-off in the 2002 fiscal year was only $59,014.  A license within the Itetemia Property area accounted for the largest portion ($729,309) of this write-off.  In addition, the expense to investigate new properties for the Company’s portfolio increased by $175,134 from the prior year’s amount of $204,952, to a total of $380,086.  Administration expenses amounted to $1,978,041 in 2003 compared to $1,144,038 in 2002.  The increase is primarily due to an increase in consulting and management fees, office rentals, professional fees and salaries and benefits, as a result of an increase in activities in all these areas.


Consulting and management fees increased to $170,468 in 2003, compared to $98,899 in 2002 mainly due to the increase in property acquisition and exploration activities of the Company.  The increase is a result of the Company’s increased focus and efforts on property acquisitions in Tanzania.  Office and administration costs decreased to $110,123 in 2003, from $116,264 in 2002, and office rentals increased to $142,148 in 2003, from $88,467 in 2002, the increase in office rentals relating to the Company’s offices in Tanzania as a result of the Tanzam acquisition.  The Company is looking to decrease rental costs through a sublease agreement. Professional fees increased to $309,556 in 2003, from $90,202 in 2002 mainly due to the increase in property acquisition, exploration, and financing activities of the Company, increase in auditing costs associated with the acquisition of Tanzam, and legal fees associated with an outstanding law suit.  Promotions and shareholder relations expense increased to $92,876 in 2003, from $83,790 in 2002.  Salaries and benefits costs increased to $637,327 in 2003, from $351,975 in 2002, mainly due to increased staffing levels.


Travel and accommodation costs increased to $78,906 in 2003, from $53,875 in 2002 mainly due to increased travel as a result of more activity in Tanzania.  Foreign exchange loss increased to $104,989 in 2003, from $13,509 in 2002 mainly due to a weaker Tanzanian schilling versus the Canadian dollar.


Fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 as compared to fiscal year ended August 31, 2001


The Company incurred a net loss for the year ended August 31, 2002 of $1,343,958 or $0.02 per share, compared to a net loss of $792,773 or $0.02 per share in 2001.  The increase in net loss in the year-to-year comparison is $551,185, which is due primarily to an increase in administrative expenses of $270,294 and an increase in property investigation costs of $204,952.  Administration expenses, net of recoveries amounted to

 

61

 


$1,144,038 in 2002 compared to $873,744 in 2001.  The increase in property investigation costs of $204,952 expensed in 2002 (Nil in 2001), related to investigation at Mabale Hills and the increase in administration expenses is related to the increased corporate activities associated with the acquisition of Tanzam.  Amortization increased to $92,227 in 2002 from $37,406 in 2001 due to equipment purchases during the year, mainly the assets acquired in the Tanzam acquisition.


Consulting and management fees decreased from $100,939 in 2001 to $98,899 in 2002 as a result of lower financing activities.  Office and administration costs increased to $116,264 in 2002, from $37,705 in 2001 mainly due to a write-off of $42,821 of amounts due from a director and a company controlled by a former director.  There was also an increase in office and administration costs relating to the Company’s offices in Tanzania as a result of increased activities.  Office rentals expense increased to $88,467 in 2002, from $54,270 in 2001 mainly as a result of increased rent expense in the Company’s Tanzanian offices.  Press release expense decreased to $12,448 in 2001, from $38,979 in 2001 due to less volume of news releases in the year.  Information and shareholder relations expense increased to $83,790 in 2002, from $36,552 in 2001 mainly due to increased communications to shareholders, website maintenance and investor relations costs to promote the Company.  Property investigation costs of $204,952 in 2002 relate to costs incurred to investigate the Mabale Hills property and were expensed as the Company decided not to pursue this property further.  There were no such costs in 2001.  Salaries and benefits costs increased to $351,975 in 2002, from $268,857 in 2001 mainly due to an increase in the number of staff in Tanzania.


Transfer agent and listing costs decreased to $36,236 in 2002 from $140,741 in 2001 mainly due to costs of $105,397 that related to a prospectus in 2001 that are not applicable in 2002.  Expense recoveries were nil in 2002 compared to $45,479 in 2001.  All option payments received from joint venture partners are offset against the carrying value of the mineral properties for Canadian GAAP.  The Company incurred a write-down of mineral properties of $59,014 in 2002.  Management reviewed the carrying value and recoverability of all mineral properties and deferred exploration and development costs and wrote-off deferred costs relating to certain licenses of the Bukwimba, Mbogwe and Tulawaka properties.


Inflation


Historically, inflation has not affected the Company’s business in the current locations where it is doing business and the Company does not expect it to affect the Company’s operations in the future.


B.

Liquidity and Capital Resources


The Company had $1,169,811 in cash at November 30, 2003, as well as $996,130 in short term investments, compared to $1,550,072 in cash at August 31, 2003 and $2,027,272 in cash at August 31, 2002.  The Company had working capital of $1,901,936 at November 30, 2003, compared to $2,092,912 at August 31, 2003 and $1,921,418 at August 31, 2002.  Although the Company is in a positive working capital position, the Company will need to obtain additional financing to sustain operations at the present rate of activity.


At this time, the Company has no operating revenues, and does not anticipate any operating revenues unless the Company is able to find, acquire, place in production and operate a profitable mining property.  Historically, the Company has raised funds through equity financing, entering into joint venture or royalty agreements with other mining companies, and the exercise of options and warrants to fund its operations.


The Company has completed the following eleven (11) tranches of a twenty-four (24) tranche private placement pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated March 5, 2003 made between the Company and James E. Sinclair:

 

62

 


(a)

March 19, 2003 - 58,480 common shares at a price of $1.71 per share;

(b)

April 11, 2003 - 73,368 common shares at a price of $1.363 per share;

(c)

May 15, 2003 - 101,875 common shares at a price of $1.227 per share;

(d)

June 26, 2003 - 77,930 common shares at a price of $1.604 per share;

(e)

July 30, 2003 - 88,968 common shares at a price of $1.405 per share;

(f)

August 27, 2003 - 73,443 common shares at a price of $1.702 per share;

(g)

September 26, 2003 - 65,445 common shares at a price of $1.91 per share;

(h)

October 21, 2003 - 68,757 common shares at a price of $1.818 per share;

(i)

November 21, 2003 - 76,876 common shares at a price of $1.626 per share;

(j)

December 12, 2003 - 66,525 common shares at a price of $1.879 per share; and

(k)

January 13, 2004 – 77,785 common shares at a price of $1.607 per share.


On March 6, 2001, the Company closed an issue of 5,875,000 special warrants priced at $0.40 per special warrant.  Each special warrant was exchangeable into one unit of the Company, comprising one common share and one-half of one share purchase warrant.  Each whole share purchase warrant entitled the holder to purchase an additional common share at a price of $0.60 for a period of 18 months.  The share purchase warrants have now expired.  A prospectus filed to qualify these special warrants cleared on June 4, 2001.  The gross proceeds of $2,350,000 were reduced by an agents’ commission of $164,500.  The agents were also issued 46,266 common shares upon clearance of a qualifying prospectus.  Additional expenses relating to the offering of the special warrants and qualifying prospectus were $268,310.


On May 30, 2001, the Company completed a private placement for the issuance of 162,000 units at a price of $0.55 per unit.  These units comprised one common share and one non-transferable share purchase warrant for a further 162,000 common shares exercisable at a price of $0.60 per share until May 30, 2003.  As of May 31, 2003, none of these warrants remained unexercised or outstanding.


Under the terms of a property acquisition agreement dated December 6, 1999 (see note 4(a) of the financial statements), on November 30, 1999, Barrick Gold Corporation (“Barrick”) purchased 1,428,571 shares at a price of $0.70 each for total proceeds of $1,000,000.  On May 11, 2000, Barrick purchased a further 1,176,471 shares at a price of $0.85 each for total proceeds of $1,000,000.  On October 23, 2000, Barrick purchased a third placement of 1,000,000 shares at $1.00 each for total proceeds of $1,000,000.  On June 14, 2001, Barrick purchased a final placement of 740,741 shares at $1.35 each for total proceeds of $1,000,000.


On May 9, 2000, the Company completed a private placement for the issuance of 200,000 special warrants at a price of $0.50 per special warrant.  These special warrants were exchangeable into one common share and one non-transferable share purchase warrant for a further 200,000 common shares exercisable at a price of $0.60 per share until May 9, 2001 and $0.70 per share until May 9, 2002.  On September 12, 2000, these special warrants were exchanged for common shares and warrants.  The expiry date on the 2000 warrants exercisable at $0.70 per share were extended to October 9, 2002.  All of the warrants were subsequently exercised.


Mineral Property Projects:


As at November 30, 2003, amounts capitalized in respect of mineral properties were $18,833,790, an increased from August 31, 2003 when the balance was $18,672,446 and August 31, 2002 when the balance was $18,552,555.


During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003, the Company capitalized under Canadian GAAP $1,151,327 (net of option payments received of $184,965) for property acquisition and exploration work, of which $450,912 was incurred on the Lunguya Property.  The Company also wrote-off $1,031,436 in exploration expenditures, of which $729,309 related to claims relinquished in the Itetemia Property area.

 

63

 



During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002, the Company capitalized mineral property acquisition costs of $8,297,805.  Of this amount, $8,166,292 related to the acquisition of Tanzam.  The Company also completed $1,238,635 in exploration work on its mineral resource properties, including $443,603 on the Itetemia Property and $491,724 on the Luhala Property.  On Itetemia, the exploration work was primarily trenching and drilling and on Luhala, it related primarily to geophysical and geochemcial analysis.


During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2001, the Company capitalized mineral property acquisition costs of $95,094 and completed $2,133,631 of exploration work on its mineral resource properties, including $1,208,685 on the Itetemia Property and $910,000 on the Luhala Property.


For information on the Company’s commitments for property and rental payments, refer to Item 4.


C.

Research and Development, Patents and License, etc.


Not Applicable.


D.

Trend Information


No known trend.


E.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements


The Company has no material off balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition.


F.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations


The following table sets out the Company’s known contractual obligations as of the latest fiscal year end:


Contractual Obligations

Payments Due by Period

Total

Less than
1 year

1-3 years

3-5 years

More than
5 years

Mwanza Office Lease (1)

US$12,000

US$1,000/mo

Nil

Nil

Nil

Dar es Salaam Office Lease (2)

US$5,760

US$480/mo

Nil

Nil

Nil

Vancouver Office Lease (3)

CDN$14,000

CDN$3,500/mo

Nil

Nil

Nil

Field Staff House Lease (4)

 

US$4,800

US$400/mo

Nil

Nil

Nil

(1)

Renewable annually in October, 2004.

(2)

Renewable annually in January, 2005.

(3)

Expires on May 31, 2004.

(4)

Renewable annually in July, 2004.


G.

Safe Harbor


The Company claims litigation protection for any forward-looking statements made in this Registration Statement under the statutory “safe-harbors” provided in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

64

 



Item 6.

Directors, Senior Management and Employees


A.

Directors and Senior Management


The following is a list of the Company’s current directors and officers.  The directors named below were elected by the Company’s shareholders on February 24, 2003, except for Ulrich E. Rath and Rosalind Morrow, who were appointed as additional directors by the Board of Directors on October 7, 2003 and October 20, 2003, respectively.


Name, Municipality of Residence and Position With the Company

Principal occupation or employment and, if not a previously elected director, occupation during the past
5 years

Served as a Director Continuously Since

James E. Sinclair

Sharon, Connecticut


Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Chairman and CEO, Tanzania American International Development Corporation 2000 Limited

April 30, 2002

Victoria Luis

Kent, Connecticut


Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Director

CFO, Tanzania American International Development Corporation 2000 Limited; Process Improvement Manager, General Electric Capital

April 30, 2002

Marek J. Kreczmer

Vancouver,

British Columbia


Director

President of the Company from 1991 to December, 2003; Chairman of the Technical Committee since October, 2003

July 24, 1991

Ulrich E. Rath

Toronto, Ontario


Director

Chief Executive Officer, Compania Minera Milpo (Peru) from May, 1999 to April, 2002; Chief Executive Officer, EAGC Ventures Ltd. from May, 2002 to April, 2003; Director, Chariot Resources Ltd. from December, 2002 to present

October 7, 2003

Anton Esterhuizen

Johannesburg, South Africa


Director

Managing Director, Pangea Exploration (Pty)

January, 2001

William Harvey

Sharon, Connecticut


Director

Psychologist

April 30, 2002

 

65

 



Rosalind Morrow
Willowdale, Ontario

Director

Lawyer; Partner, Borden Ladner Gervais LLP

October 20, 2003


Penalties or Sanctions


No directors or officers of the Company, or a shareholder holding a sufficient number of securities of the Company to affect materially the control of the Company has:


(a)

been subject to any penalties or sanctions imposed by a court relating to Canadian securities legislation or by a Canadian securities regulatory authority or has entered into a settlement agreement with a Canadian securities regulatory authority; or


(b)

been subject to an other penalties or sanctions imposed by a court or regulatory body that would likely be considered important to a reasonable investor in making an investment decision;


except for Mr. James E. Sinclair who entered into a settlement agreement dated July 22, 1998 with the British Columbia Securities Commission and paid a fine of $2,000 in connection with the issuance of a news release and proxy circular prepared in connection with a proxy contest for Sutton Resources Ltd. (“Sutton”), a reporting issuer of which Mr. Sinclair was a director, which contained a statement which was not accurate, since the statement was not properly qualified to distinguish between the acquisition cost and current market cost of the Sutton shares in question.


Personal Bankruptcies


No director or officer of the Company, or a shareholder holding a sufficient number of securities of the Company to affect materially the control of the Company, or a personal holding company of any such persons has, with the 10 years before the date of this Registration Statement, became bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency or was subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold its assets of the director or officer; except for Victoria Luis who was discharged from personal bankruptcy on September 18, 1995.


Conflicts of Interest


There is no existing material conflict or interest between the Company or its subsidiaries and a director or officer of the Company or its subsidiaries.  However, certain directors and officers of the Company are and may continue to be involved in the mining and mineral exploration industry through their direct and indirect participation in corporations, partnerships or joint ventures which are potential competitors.  Situations may arise in connection with potential acquisitions and investments where the other interests of these directors and officers may conflict with the interests of the Company.  As required by law, each of the directors of the Company is required to act honestly, in good faith and in the best interests of the Company.  Any conflicts which arise shall be disclosed by the directors and officers in accordance with the Business Corporation Act (Alberta) and they will govern themselves in respect thereof to the best of their ability with the obligations imposed on them by law.

 

 

66

 



B.

Compensation


The following table sets forth particulars concerning the compensation of the executive directors as defined in Form 51-904F prescribed by the “Regulations” under the Securities Act of the Province of British Columbia for the Company’s fiscal year ended August 31, 2003:


The Company has two (2) executive officers, namely James E. Sinclair, Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Victoria Luis, Chief Financial Officer of the Company.


Name and Principal Position

Fiscal Year

Annual Compensation

Long Term Compensation

All Other Compen-
sation ($)

Salary
($)

Other Annual Compen-
sation
($)

Bonus
($)

Awards

Restricted Shares or Restricted Share Units

Payouts

Securities under Options Grants (#)

LTIP Payouts

James E. Sinclair,
Chief Executive
Officer

2003
2002

$105,968
$46,406

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

Victoria Luis,
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

2003
2002
2001

$61,886
Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil

$5,625
Nil
Nil

Nil
75,000
Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil

Marek J. Kreczmer
Former President

2003
2002
2001

$161,483
$161,079
$149,484 (1)

Nil
Nil
Nil

$29,700
Nil
$53,900 (2)

Nil
250,000
160,000

Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil

(1)

Including amounts paid in common shares (but not including stock options).

(2)

Paid with approval of the Board of Directors in recognition of service and prior reductions in compensation.


The Company has not set aside or accrued any funds for pension, retirement or similar benefits.


Long Term Incentive Plan Awards to Named Executive Officers


The Company has made no long-term incentive plan awards during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003, to any executive officers of the Company, and none are proposed.


Options and SAR’s Exercised by Named Executive Officers


The following options were exercised during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003 by the named executive officers:


Name
(a)

Securities
Acquired on
Exercise
(#)
(b)

Aggregate
Value
Realized
($)
(c)

Unexercised
Options/SARs
at August 31, 2003
(#)
Exercisable/
Unexercisable
(d)

Value of
Unexercised
in-the-Money
Options/SARs
at August 31, 2003 ($)
Exercisable/
Unexercisable
(e)

James E. Sinclair,
CEO

Nil

N/A

Nil

N/A

Marek J. Kreczmer,
Former President

405,000

$265,900

630,000

822,100

 

(1)   Subsequent to August 31, 2003, Mr. Kreczmer exercised the right to purchase 260,000 shares for an aggregate value realized of $403,000, leaving 370,000 shares available for further exercise.

 

67



C.

Board Practices


The directors of the Company serve a one year term and are elected at the Annual General Meeting of shareholders.  At the Annual General Meeting, held on February 24, 2003, the shareholders elected James E. Sinclair, Marek J. Kreczmer, Victoria Luis, Albert C. Gourley, Oliver Lennox-King, Anton Esterhuizen and William Harvey as directors.  The officers of the Company are elected by the Board serve at the pleasure of the Board.  Subsequent to the 2003 Annual General Meeting, Albert C. Gourley and Oliver Lennox-King resigned, and Ulrich E. Rath and Rosalind Morrow were appointed as directors by the Board of Directors.


The Company has an audit committee consisting of Ulrich E. Rath, Rosalind Morrow and William Harvey.  The roles and responsibilities of the audit committee have been specifically defined and include responsibilities for overseeing management reporting on internal control.  The audit committee has direct communication channels with the external auditors.


The Company also has a compensation committee comprised of Ulrich E. Rath, Rosalind Morrow and William Harvey.  The Compensation Committee periodically reviews the compensation paid to directors, management, and employees based on such factors as time commitment, comparative fees paid by other companies in the industry in North America and Africa, level of responsibility and the Company’s current position as an exploration company with limited operating revenue.


The Company has formed a Technical Committee comprised of Marek J. Kreczmer (Chairman), Ulrich E. Rath, Anton Esterhuizen, and John Deane.  The Committee sets the definitive exploration policy for the Company and reports directly to the Board of Directors.


Stock Option Plan


The Company has no standard arrangement pursuant to which directors are compensated by the Company for their services in their capacity as directors other than a Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”).  The Plan is administered by the Company’s Board of Directors and options are granted at their discretion.  The number of shares reserved and available for issue under the Plan shall not exceed 8,144,132 or such greater number of shares as may be determined by the Board and approval, if required, by the shareholders of the Company and by any relevant stock exchange or other regulatory authority.  Options must expire no later than five years from the date such options are granted.  As of April 3, 2003, the Board resolved that the Company will not to grant any further options under the Plan, subject to further resolutions of the Board.  There has been no other arrangement pursuant to which directors were compensated by the Company in their capacity as directors.

 

68

 


Employee Share Ownership Plan


By an agreement dated May 1, 2003, the Company appointed Olympia Trust Company of Calgary, Alberta, as trustee (the “Trustee”) to manage and administer an employee share ownership plan (“ESOP”).  Under the ESOP, eligible employees, directors, and consultants can elect to contribute up to 30% of their salary or compensation on a monthly basis for investment by the Trustee in shares of the Company.  The Company will contribute funds equal to 100% of the employee’s contribution up to an amount equal to 5% or less of the employee’s salary.  The Company will contribute funds equal to 50% of the employee’s contribution for the next 6% to 30% inclusive of the employee’s salary.  All share purchases will be at market prices at the time of purchase, through the facilities of the Toronto Stock Exchange using registered representatives.  To date, eight employees have purchased a total of 5,500 common shares under the ESOP.  Monthly employee contributions are $3,905.21, and the Company’s matching contribution currently is $3,803.98 per month.


Employment Agreements


There are currently no service or employment contracts with directors or officers of the Company.


D.

Employees


The Company has three full time employees located in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, and 31 full time employees located in Mwanza, Tanzania.


The Company also contracts three or more persons on a full time or part time basis as dictated by the exploration activities on its properties.  The full time and temporary employees of the Company as at the most recent fiscal year end can be grouped according to main category of activity and geographic location as follows:


Location

Category

Full Time Employees

Temporary Employees

Full Time Consultants

Part Time Consultants

Vancouver, Canada

Administration

2

Nil

1

Nil

Exploration

1

Nil

Nil

Nil

Mwanza, Tanzania

Administration

6

Nil

Nil

Nil

Exploration

25

Nil

2

1

Dar es Salaam,
Tanzania

Administration

1

Nil

1

Nil

Exploration

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Connecticut, USA

Administration

Nil

Nil

2

Nil

Exploration

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil


E.

Share Ownership


The following table sets for the share ownership of the directors and officers of the Company as of January 31, 2003:


Name of Owner

Number of Shares

Percent

James E. Sinclair

1,451,730

1.77%

Marek J. Kreczmer

560,887

0.69%

Victoria Luis

200,000

0.24%

Ulrich E. Rath

Nil

--

Anton Esterhuizen

150,000

0.18%

William Harvey

350,000

0.43%

Rosalind Morrow

404,100

0.49%

 

 

69

 



Options Granted to Directors and Officers During the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2003


No stock options were granted to directors or officers during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003, or subsequent thereto, to the date of this Registration Statement.


Outstanding Options


The following information as of December 31, 2003, reflects outstanding options held by directors and officers of the Company:


Name

No. of Shares

Date of Grant

Exercise Price

Expiration Date

James E. Sinclair

Nil

     

Marek J. Kreczmer

120,000

March 1, 1999

$0.50

March 1, 2004

250,000

May 3, 2002

$0.79

May 3, 2007

Victoria Luis

75,000

May 3, 2002

$0.79

May 3, 2007

William Harvey

75,000

May 3, 2002

$0.79

May 3, 2007

Options held by officers
and directors as a group:

   520,000


Item 7.

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions


A.

Major Shareholders


As far as it is known to the Company, it is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by any other corporation or by the Canadian Government, or any foreign government.  The Company has no knowledge of any arrangements which at a subsequent date would result in a change of control.   All of the Company’s issued common shares rank equally as to voting rights, dividends, and any distribution of assets on winding-up or liquidation.


As of December 31, 2003, the Company knows of no person who owned more than five (5%) of the outstanding shares of each class of the Company’s voting securities other than:


Name

Number of Common Shares Owned

Percentage of Class

JCI East African Exploration

4,892,600

6%


The above major shareholder has held its shares interests in the Company for over the past three years.  The major shareholder does not have different voting rights.


The following table sets out the portion of common shares of the Company held by shareholders of record in Canada, the United States of America, and all other countries by total number of holders, total shareholdings, percentage of total issued shares, and percentage of total holders:

 

70

 



Jurisdiction
Shareholders of Record

No. of Shareholders

No. of Common Shares

Percentage of Total Issued Shares

Percentage of Total Holders

United States

2,556

34,182,318

41.7%

70.7%

Canada

1,043

39,255,491

47.9%

28.8%

Other Countries

18

8,441,399

10.4%

0.5%

TOTAL:

3,617

81,879,208

100%

100%


B.

Related Party Transactions


Financing


Pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated March 5, 2003 made between the Company and James E. Sinclair, Mr. Sinclair has elected to proceed with his earlier commitment to purchase common shares of the Company over a two-year period representing a value between $1,500,000 and $3,000,000.  Mr. Sinclair has agreed to conduct these share purchases in 24 separate tranches, each tranche having a minimum subscription price of $62,500.  At the sole option of Mr. Sinclair, each tranche may be increased to a maximum of $125,000.


The price paid for the shares will be equal to the weighted average trading price of the Company’s shares for the last five consecutive trading days of each month immediately preceding the closing of each tranche.  Each tranche is subject to approval by the Toronto Stock Exchange.


As at the date of this Registration Statement, Mr. Sinclair has completed the following eleven (11) tranches:


(a)

March 19, 2003 - 58,480 common shares at a price of $1.71 per share;

(b)

April 11, 2003 - 73,368 common shares at a price of $1.363 per share;

(c)

May 15, 2003 - 101,875 common shares at a price of $1.227 per share;

(d)

June 26, 2003 - 77,930 common shares at a price of $1.604 per share;

(e)

July 30, 2003 - 88,968 common shares at a price of $1.405 per share;

(f)

August 27, 2003 – 73,443 common shares at a price of $1.702 per share;

(g)

September 26, 2003 - 65,445 common shares at a price of $1.91 per share;

(h)

October 21, 2003 - 68,757 common shares at a price of $1.818 per share;

(i)

November 21, 2003 - 76,876 common shares at a price of $1.626 per share;

(j)

December 12, 2003 - 66,525 common shares at a price of $1.879 per share; and

(k)

January 13, 2004 – 77,785 common shares at a price of $1.607 per share.


Other


During the year ended August 31, 2003, $178,894 (2002 - $143,635; 2001 - $362,596) was paid or payable by the Company to certain directors and a former director for consulting fees.


Accounts receivable include advances to related parties of nil (2002 - $42,599; 2001 - $72,846), which consisted of funds advanced to officers and directors for exploration and corporate activities conducted in the normal course of business.  Also included in accounts receivable is an amount of $16,081 (2002 - $52,000; 2001 - $10,747) payable to certain directors and a former director for consulting fees.

 

71

 


C.

Interest of Experts and Counsel


Not Applicable.


Item 8.

Financial Statements


A.

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information


This Registration Statement contains the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 with Audit Reports and Comments by Auditors for U.S. Readers on Canada-U.S. Reporting Differences, comprised of:


(a)

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of August 31, 2003 and 2002;

(b)

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Deficit for the years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001;

(c)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001; and

(d)

Notes to the consolidated financial statements.


This Registration Statement also contains unaudited consolidated interim financial statements of the Company for the three month periods ended November 30, 2003 and 2002 including:


(a)

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of November 30, 2003 and 2002;

(b)

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Deficit for the three months ended November 30, 2003 and 2002;

(c)

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Financial Position for the three months ended November 30, 2003 and 2002; and

(d)

Notes to the consolidated financial statements.


This Registration Statement also contains the audited financial statements of Tanzanian American International Development Corporation 2000 Limited for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, together with the Report of the Auditors, comprised of:


(a)

Income Statements for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000;

(b)

Balance Sheets as at December 31, 2001 and 2000;

(c)

Cash Flow Statements for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000;

(d)

Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000; and

(e)

Notes to the financial statements.


Dividend Policy


The Company has never paid dividends and does not intend to in the near future.


Litigation


On November 12, 2002 a former officer of the Company filed a constructive dismissal action against the Company, seeking damages in the amount of $141,000 plus interest and costs.  The Company denies any liability and will defend the action.


B.

Significant Changes

None.

72

 



Item 9.

The Offering and Listing

A.

Offering and Listing Details

The common stock of the Company was listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol “TNX” on October 29, 2001, and prior to that date the Company’s common stock was listed on the Canadian Venture Exchange (“CDNX”).


As of January 31, 2004, there were 2,556 record holders in the United States holding 41.7% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, representing approximately 70.7% of the total number of shareholders.  The Company’s Common stock is issued in registered form and the percentage of shares reported to be held by record holders in the United States is taken from the records of the Computershare Trust Company of Canada in the City of Vancouver, the registrar and transfer agent for the common stock.


The high and low prices expressed in Canadian dollars on the Toronto Stock Exchange for the Company’ common stock for the last six months and for each quarter for the last three fiscal years:


 

  Toronto Stock Exchange

      (Canadian Dollars)

Last Six Months

High

Low

January, 2004

$1.90

$1.46

December, 2003

$1.90

$1.46

November, 2003

$2.00

$1.46

October, 2003

$1.83

$1.51

September, 2003

$2.10

$1.71

August, 2003

$2.10

$1.63

2003-2002

High    

Low           

Fourth Quarter ended August 31, 2003

$1.86

$1.44

Third Quarter ended May 31, 2003

$1.66

$1.15

Second Quarter ended February 28, 2003

$1.44

$1.05

First Quarter ended November 30, 2002

$0.89

$0.69

2002-2001

High

Low

Fourth Quarter ended August 31, 2002

$0.86

$0.63

Third Quarter ended May 31, 2002

$0.81

$0.54

Second Quarter ended February 28, 2002

$0.45

$0.24

First Quarter ended November 30, 2001

$0.38

$0.23

2000-2001

High

Low

Fourth Quarter ended August 31, 2001

$0.52

$0.41

Third Quarter ended May 31, 2001

$0.47

$0.33

Second Quarter ended February 28, 2001

$0.49

$0.33

First Quarter ended November 30, 2000

$0.44

$0.32

 

 

 

73

 



Last Five Fiscal Years

High

Low

2003 Annual

$1.80

$1.35

2002 Annual

$0.63

$0.41

2001 Annual

$0.48

$0.35

                            2001 Annual                                                            $0.37                       $0.33 (CDNX)

                            2001 Annual                                                            $0.45                       $0.41 (CDNX)

B.

Plan of Distribution


Not Applicable.


C.

Markets


The Company’s common stock is listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “TNX”.


D.

Selling Shareholders


Not Applicable.


E.

Dilution


Not Applicable.


F.

Expenses of the Issue


Not Applicable.


Item 10.

Additional Information


A.

Share Capital


As of April 3, 2003, the Board resolved that the Company authorize for issuance up to a maximum 91,000,000 common shares, subject to further resolutions of the Company's Board of Directors, from time to time.  Of the 91,000,000 common shares authorized, without par value, 81,879,208 shares were issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2004, as a result of the exercise of 710,000 common shares under stock options, and 977,666 common shares for share subscriptions since the August 31, 2003 fiscal year end.


Each of the common shares has equal dividend, liquidation and voting rights.  Voters of the common shares are entitled to one vote per share on all matters that may be brought before them.  Holders of the common shares are entitled to receive dividends when declared by the Board from funds legally available therefor.  The common shares are not redeemable, have no conversion rights and carry no pre-emptive or other rights to subscribe for additional shares.  The outstanding common shares are fully paid and non-assessable.

 

74

 


The following table reconciles the total number of shares outstanding for the three fiscal years:


 

No. of Shares

Amount

Total Outstanding Shares at August 31, 2000

40,026,971

$22,606,604

Add:

Stock Options Exercised for cash

129,000

$       53,650

Issued for cash

1,902,741

$  2,089,100

Issued for debt

125,000

$       56,250

Issued for director services

60,000

$       24,367

Issued on conversion of Special Warrants

2,596,000

--

Special warrants issued and converted to shares- net of   issue costs

5,875,000

$  1,917,190

Issued for a finder’s fee

46,266

--

Total Outstanding Shares at August 31, 2001

50,760,978

$26,747,161

Add:

Stock Options Exercised for cash

1,756,000

$     795,995

Issued on Exercise of Warrants

2,197,225

$  1,380,550

Issued on acquisition

20,000,000

$  7,000,000

Subscriptions receivable

--

$  (102,000)

Total Outstanding Shares at August 31, 2002

74,714,203

$35,821,706

Add:

Stock Options Exercised for cash

2,454,000

$  1,255,700

Issued on Exercise of Warrants

2,549,275

$  1,544,565

Issued for cash

474,064

$     700,000

Collection of previous years subscription receivable

                0

$     102,000

Total Outstanding at August 31, 2003

80,191,542

$39,423,971


Due to the issuance of 20,000,000 common shares for the acquisition of Tanzam in April, 2002, more than 10% of the total outstanding shares have been issued for non-cash consideration within the last five years.


B.

Articles of Incorporation


The Company was originally incorporated under the corporate name “ 4245547 Alberta Ltd .” in the Province of Alberta on July 5, 1990, under the Business Corporations Act (Alberta).


The Articles of 4245547 Alberta Ltd. were amended on August 13, 1991 as follows:

  • the name of the Company was changed to its present name, “ Tan Range Exploration Corporation”;

  • the restriction on the transfer of shares was removed; and

  • a new paragraph regarding the appointment of additional directors was added as follows:

 

75



“(b)

The Directors, may, between annual general meetings, appoint one or more additional directors of the Company to serve until the next annual general meeting, but the number of additional Directors shall not at any time exceed one-third (1/3) of the number of Directors who held office at the expiration of the last annual meeting of the corporation.”


The Company was registered in the Province of British Columbia as an extra provincial company under the Company Act (British Columbia) on August 5, 1994.


The Articles of the Company were further amended on February 15, 1996 as follows: 

  • the provisions of the Articles authorizing the issue of Class “B” Voting shares, Class “C”Non-Voting shares and Class “D” Preferred shares were deleted;

  • Class “A” voting shares were redesignated as Common shares; and

  • a provision was added to allow meetings of shareholders to be held outside Alberta in either of the cities of Vancouver, British Columbia or Toronto, Ontario.


Common Shares


All issued and outstanding common shares are fully paid and non-assessable.  Each holder of record of common shares is entitled to one vote for each common share so held on all matters requiring a vote of shareholders, including the election of directors.  The holders of common shares will be entitled to dividends on a pro-rata basis, if and when as declared by the board of directors.  There are no preferences, conversion rights, preemptive rights, subscription rights, or restrictions or transfers attached to the common shares.  In the event of liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of common shares are entitled to participate in the assets of the Company available for distribution after satisfaction of the claims of creditors.


Powers and Duties of Directors


The directors shall manage or supervise the management of the affairs and business of the Company and shall have authority to exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the Company Act or by the Memorandum or the Article, required to be exercised by the Company in a general meeting.


Directors will serve as such until the next annual meeting.  In general, a director who is, in any way, directly or indirectly interested in an existing or proposed contract or transaction with the Company whereby a duty or interest might be created to conflict with his duty or interest director, shall declare the nature and extent of his interest in such contract or transaction or the conflict or potential conflict with his duty and interest as a director.  Such director shall not vote in respect of any such contract or transaction with the Company in which he is interested and if he shall do so, his vote shall note be counted, but he shall be counted in the quorum present at the meeting at which such vote is taken.  However, notwithstanding the foregoing, directors shall have the right to vote on determining the remuneration of the directors.


The directors may from time to time on behalf of the Company:  (a) borrow money in such manner and amount from such sources and upon such terms and conditions as they think fit; (b) issue bonds, debentures and other debt obligations; or (c) mortgage, charge or give other security on the whole or any part of the property and assets of the Company.


The majority of the directors of the Company must be persons ordinarily resident in Canada and one director of the Company must be ordinarily resident in British Columbia and be of the full age of 18 years. There

 

76

 


is no minimum share ownership to be a Director.  No person shall be a Director of the Company who is not capable of managing their own affairs; is an undischarged bankrupt; convicted of an offense in connection with the promotion, formation or management of a corporation or involved in fraud within the last five years; or a person that has had a registration in any capacity under the “BC Securities” or the BC Mortgage Brokers Act” canceled within the last five years.


Shareholders


An annual general meeting shall be held once in every calendar year at such time and place as may be determined by the directors.  A quorum at an annual general meeting and special meeting shall be two shareholders or one or more proxy holder representing two shareholders, or one shareholder and a proxy holder representing another shareholder.  There is no limitation imposed by the laws of Canada or by the charter or other constituent documents of the Company on the right of a non-resident to hold or vote the common shares, other than as provided in the Investment Canada Act, (the “Investment Act”) discussed below under “Item 10. Additional Information, D. Exchange Controls.”


In accordance with British Columbia law, directors shall be elected by an “ordinary resolution” which means (a) a resolution passed by the shareholders of the Company in general meeting by a simple majority of the votes cast in person or by proxy, or (b) a resolution that has been submitted to the shareholders of the Company who would have been entitled to vote on it in person or by proxy at a general meeting of the Company and that has been consented to in writing by such shareholders of the Company holding shares carrying not less than 3/4 of the votes entitled to be cast on it.


Under British Columbia law certain items such as an amendment to the Company’s articles or entering into a merger, requires approval by a special resolution which shall mean (a) a resolution passed by a majority of not less than 3/4 of the votes cast by the shareholders of the Company who, being entitled to do so, vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting of the company (b) a resolution consented to in writing by every shareholder of the Company who would have been entitled to vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting of the Company, and a resolution so consented to is deemed to be a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the Company.


C.

Material Contracts


The Company has no material contracts, other than in the ordinary course of business, except for a Subscription Agreement dated March 5, 2003 made between the Company and James E. Sinclair as more particularly described in Item 7(B) “Related Party Transactions” herein.


D.

Exchange Controls


Canada


There is no law, governmental decree or regulation in Canada that restricts the export or import of capital or affects the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to a non-resident holder of common shares other than withholding tax requirements.  Any such remittances to United States residents are subject to withholding tax.  See “Taxation.”


There is no limitation imposed by the laws of Canada or by the charter or other constituent documents of the Company on the right of a non-resident to hold or vote the common shares, other than as provided in the Investment Act.  The following discussion summarizes the principal features of the Investment Act for a non-resident who proposes to acquire the common shares.

 

77

 


The Investment Canada Act generally prohibits implementation of a reviewable investment by an individual, government or agency thereof, corporation, partnership, trust or joint venture (each an “entity”) that is not a “Canadian” as defined in the Investment Canada Act (a “non-Canadian”), unless after review, the Director of Investments appointed by the minister responsible for the Investment Canada Act is satisfied that the investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada.  An investment in the common shares by a non-Canadian other than a “WTO Investor” (as that term is defined by the Investment Canada Act, and which term includes entities which are nationals of or are controlled by nationals of member states of the World Trade Organization) when the Company was not controlled by a WTO Investor, would be reviewable under the Investment Canada Act if it was an investment to acquire control of the Company and the value of the assets of the Company, as determined in accordance with the regulations promulgated under the Investment Canada Act, was $5,000,000 or more, or if an order for review was made by the federal cabinet on the grounds that the investment related to Canada’s cultural heritage or national identity, regardless of the value of the assets of the Company.  An investment in the common shares by a WTO Investor, or by a non-Canadian when the Company was controlled by a WTO Investor, would be reviewable under the Investment Canada Act if it was an investment to acquire control of the Company and the value of the assets of the Company, as determined in accordance with the regulations promulgated under the Investment Canada Act was not less than a specified amount, which for 1996 was any amount in excess of $168 million.  A non-Canadian would acquire control of the Company for the purposes of the Investment Canada Act if the non-Canadian acquired a majority of the common shares.  The acquisition of one third or more, but less than a majority of the common shares would be presumed to be an acquisition of control of the Company unless it could be established that, on the acquisition, the Company was not controlled in fact by the acquirer through the ownership of the common shares.


Certain transactions relating to the common shares would be exempt from the Investment Canada Act, including:  (a) an acquisition of the common shares by a person in the ordinary course of that person’s business as a trader or dealer in securities; (b) an acquisition of control of the Company in connection with the realization of security granted for a loan or other financial assistance and not for a purpose related to the provisions of the Investment Canada Act; and (c) an acquisition of control of the Company by reason of an amalgamation, merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization following which the ultimate direct or indirect control in fact of the Company, through the ownership of the common shares, remained unchanged.


Foreign Investments and Exchange in Tanzania


Tanzania adopted in 1997 an Investment Act under which the Tanzania Investment Centre (TIC), as agency for investment promotion and facilitation, was established.  Foreign investment is welcome and in order to enjoy certain tax benefits under the Investment Act, the minimum equity contribution whether in kind or in cash must be not less than US$300,000.


In 1992, the stringent foreign exchange legislation was repealed and the restriction on foreign commercial banks abolished. Any person whether resident or not may establish foreign currency accounts with any of the commercial banks and transfer foreign currency outside Tanzania without restriction.  The Bank of Tanzania regulates commercial banks and approves the establishment of offshore foreign currency accounts by residents.  There are no controls on foreign exchange rates or interest rate on loans and overdrafts.


E.

Taxation


Canadian Federal Income Tax Consequences


The following summarizes the principal Canadian federal income tax consequences applicable to the holding and disposition of common shares in the capital of the Company by a United States resident, a corporation or partnership created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political

 

78

 


subdivision thereof which has elected to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, an estate whose income is taxable in the U.S. irrespective of source, or a trust subject to primary supervision of a court within the U.S. and control of a U.S. fiduciary, and who holds common shares solely as capital property and who owns (directly and indirectly) no more than 5% of the value of the total outstanding stock of the Company (a “U.S. Holder”).  This summary is based on the current provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”), the regulations thereunder, all amendments thereto publicly proposed by the government of Canada, the published administrative practices of Canada Revenue Agency, and on the current provisions of the Canada-United States Income Tax Convention, 1980, as amended (the “Treaty”).  Except as otherwise expressly provided, this summary does not take into account any provincial, territorial or foreign (including without limitation, any U.S.) tax law or treaty.  It has been assumed that all currently proposed amendments will be enacted substantially as proposed and that there is no other relevant change in any governing law or practice, although no assurance can be given in these respects.


Each U.S. Holder is advised to obtain tax and legal advice applicable to such U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances.


Every U.S. Holder is liable to pay a Canadian withholding tax on every dividend that is or is deemed to be paid or credited to the U.S. Holder on the U.S. Holder’s common shares.  The statutory rate of withholding tax is 25% of the gross amount of the dividend paid.  The Treaty reduces the statutory rate with respect to dividends paid to a U.S. Holder for the purposes of the Treaty.  Where applicable, the general rate of withholding tax under the Treaty is 15% of the gross amount of the dividend, but if the U.S. Holder is a company that owns at least 10% of the voting stock of the Company and beneficially owns the dividend, the rate of withholding tax is 5% for dividends paid or credited after 1996 to such corporate U.S. Holder.  The Company is required to withhold the applicable tax from the dividend payable to the U.S. Holder, and to remit the tax to the Receiver General of Canada for the account of the U. S. Holder.


Pursuant to the Tax Act, a U.S. Holder will not be subject to Canadian capital gains tax on any capital gain realized on an actual or deemed disposition of a common share, including a deemed disposition on death, provided that the U.S. Holder did not hold the common share as capital property used in carrying on a business in Canada, and that neither the U. S. Holder nor persons with whom the U.S. Holder did not deal a arms length (alone or together) owned or had the right or an option to acquire 25% or more of the issued shares of any class of the Company at any time in the five years immediately preceding the disposition.


United States Federal Income Tax Consequences


The following is, in the opinion of the Company after consultation with its professional advisors, a discussion of material United States federal income tax consequences, under current law, generally applicable to a U.S. Holder (as defined above) of common shares of the Company. This discussion does not address all potentially relevant federal income tax matters and it does not address consequences peculiar to persons subject to special provisions of federal income tax law. In addition, this discussion does not cover any state, local or foreign tax consequences. (See “Taxation – Canadian Federal Income Tax Consequences” above). Accordingly, holders and prospective holders of common shares of the Company are urged to consult their own tax advisors about the specific federal, state, local, and foreign tax consequences to them of purchasing, owning and disposing of common shares of the Company, based upon their individual circumstances.


The following discussion is based upon the sections of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations, published Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rulings, published administrative positions of the IRS and court decisions that are currently applicable, any or all of which could be materially and adversely changed, possibly on a retroactive basis, at any time and which are subject to differing

 

79

 


interpretations. This discussion does not consider the potential effects, both adverse and beneficial, of any proposed legislation which, if enacted, could be applied, possibly on a retroactive basis, at any time.


Passive Foreign Investment Company.


The Company believes that it is a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for United States federal income tax purposes with respect to a U.S. Holder (as defined above).  The Company will be a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which such U.S. Holder held the Company’s shares, either (i) at least 75 % of the gross income of the Company for the taxable year is passive income, or (ii) at least 50% of the Company’s assets are attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.  In each case, the Company must take into account a pro rata share of the income and the assets of any company in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the stock by value (the “look-through” rules).  Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents (other than rents and royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business and not derived from a related person), annuities, and gains from assets that produce passive income.  As a publicly traded corporation, the Company would apply the 50% asset test based on the value of the Company’s assets.


Because the Company is a PFIC, unless a U.S. Holder who owns shares in the Company (i) elects (a section 1295 election) to have the Company treated as a “qualified electing fund” (a “QEF”) (described below), or (ii) marks the stock to market (described below), the following rules apply:


1.

Distributions made by the Company during a taxable year to a U.S. Holder who owns shares in the Company that are an “excess distribution” (defined generally as the excess of the amount received with respect to the shares in any taxable year over 125% of the average received in the shorter of either the three previous years or such U.S. Holder's holding period before the taxable year) must be allocated ratably to each day of such shareholder’s holding period.  The amount allocated to the current taxable year and to years when the corporation was not a PFIC must be included as ordinary income in the shareholder’s gross income for the year of distribution.  The remainder is not included in gross income but the shareholder must pay a deferred tax on that portion.  The deferred tax amount, in general, is the amount of tax that would have been owed if the allocated amount had been included in income in the earlier year, plus interest.  The interest charge is at the rate applicable to deficiencies in income taxes.


2.

The entire amount of any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of the shares will be treated as an excess distribution made in the year of sale or other disposition and as a consequence will be treated as ordinary income and, to the extent allocated to years prior to the year of sale or disposition, will be subject to the interest charge described above.


A shareholder that makes a section 1295 election will be currently taxable on his or her pro rata share of the Company’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain (at ordinary income and capital gains rates, respectively) for each taxable year of the Company, regardless of whether or not distributions were received. The shareholder’s basis in his or her shares will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed income.  Distributions of income that had previously been taxed will result in a corresponding reduction of basis in the shares and will not be taxed again as a distribution to the shareholder.


A shareholder may make a section 1295 election with respect to a PFIC for any taxable year of the shareholder (shareholder’s election year).  A section 1295 election is effective for the shareholder’s election year and all subsequent taxable years of the shareholder.  Procedures exist for both retroactive elections and filing of protective statements.  Once a section 1295 election is made it remains in effect, although not applicable, during those years that the Company is not a PFIC.  Therefore, if the Company re-qualifies as a PFIC, the section 1295 election previously made is still valid and the shareholder is required to satisfy the requirements of that election.  

 

80

 


Once a shareholder makes a section 1295 election, the shareholder may revoke the election only with the consent of the Commissioner.


If the shareholder makes the section 1295 election for the first tax year of the Company as a PFIC that is included in the shareholder’s holding period, the PFIC qualifies as a pedigreed QEF with respect to the shareholder.  If a QEF is an unpedigreed QEF with respect to the shareholder, the shareholder is subject to both the non-QEF and QEF regimes.  Certain elections are available which enable shareholders to convert an unpedigreed QEF into a pedigreed QEF thereby avoiding such dual application.


A shareholder making the section 1295 election must make the election on or before the due date, as extended, for filing the shareholder’s income tax return for the first taxable year to which the election will apply. A shareholder must make a section 1295 election by completing Form 8621; attaching said Form to its federal income tax return; and reflecting in the Form the information provided in the PFIC Annual Information Statement or if the shareholder calculated the financial information, a statement to that effect.  The PFIC Annual Information Statement must include the shareholder’s pro rata shares of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the PFIC for the PFIC’s taxable year or information that will enable the shareholder to calculate its pro rata shares.  In addition, the PFIC Annual Information Statement must contain information about distributions to shareholders and a statement that the PFIC will permit the shareholder to inspect and copy its permanent books of account, records, and other documents of the PFIC necessary to determine that the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the PFIC have been calculated according to federal income tax accounting principles.  A shareholder may also obtain the books, records and other documents of the foreign corporation necessary for the shareholder to determine the correct earnings and profits and net capital gain of the PFIC according to federal income tax principles and calculate the shareholder’s pro rata shares of the PFIC’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain.  In that case, the PFIC must include a statement in its PFIC Annual Information Statement that it has permitted the shareholder to examine the PFIC’s books of account, records, and other documents necessary for the shareholder to calculate the amounts of ordinary earnings and net capital gain.  A shareholder that makes a Section 1295 election with respect to a PFIC held directly or indirectly, for each taxable year to which the Section 1295 election applies, must comply with the foregoing submissions.


Because the Company’s stock is “marketable” under section 1296(e), a U.S. Investor may elect to mark the stock to market each year.  In general, a PFIC shareholder who elects under section 1296 to mark the marketable stock of a PFIC includes in income each year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the PFIC stock as of the close of the taxable year over the shareholder’s adjusted basis in such stock.  A shareholder is also generally allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the PFIC stock over the fair market value as of the close of the taxable year.  Deductions under this rule, however, are allowable only to the extent of any net mark to market gains with respect to the stock included by the shareholder for prior taxable years.  While the interest charge regime under the PFIC rules generally does not apply to distributions from and dispositions of stock of a PFIC where the U.S. Investor has marked to market, coordination rules for limited application will apply in the case of a U.S. Investor that marks to market PFIC stock later than the beginning of the shareholder's holding period for the PFIC stock.


Special rules apply with respect to the calculation of the amount of the foreign tax credit with respect to excess distributions by a PFIC or inclusions under a QEF.


Distribution on Common Shares of the Company


In general, U.S. Holders receiving dividend distributions (including constructive dividends) with respect to common shares of the Company are required to include in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes the gross amount of such distributions, equal to the U.S. dollar value of such distributions on the date of receipt (based on the exchange rate on such date), to the extent that the Company has current or accumulated

 

81

 


earnings and profits, without reduction for any Canadian income tax withheld from such distributions. Such Canadian tax withheld may be credited, subject to certain limitations, against the U.S. Holder’s federal income tax liability or, alternatively, may be deducted in computing the U.S. Holder’s federal taxable income. (See more detailed discussion at “Foreign Tax Credit” below). To the extent that distributions exceed current or accumulated earnings and profits of the Company, they will be treated first as a return of capital up to the U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in the common shares and thereafter as gain from the sale or exchange of property. Preferential tax rates for long-term capital gains are applicable to a U.S. Holder which is an individual, estate or trust. There are currently no preferential tax rates for long-term capital gains for a U.S. Holder which is a corporation.


In the case of foreign currency received as a dividend that is not converted by the recipient into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder will have a tax basis in the foreign currency equal to its U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Generally any gain or loss recognized upon a subsequent sale or other disposition of the foreign currency, including the exchange for U.S. dollars, will be ordinary income or loss. However, an individual whose realized gain does not exceed $200 will not recognize that gain, provided that there are no expenses associated with the transaction that meet the requirements for deductibility as a trade or business expense (other than travel expenses in connection with a business trip) or as an expense for the production of income.


Dividends paid on the common shares of the Company generally will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction provided to corporations receiving dividends from certain United States corporations.  A U.S. Holder which is a corporation and which owns shares representing at least 10% of the voting power and value of the Company may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to a 70% (or 80% if the U.S. Holder owns shares representing at least 20% of the voting power and value of the Company) deduction equal to the United States source portion of dividends received from the Company (unless the Company qualifies as a “foreign personal holding company” as defined below, or a “passive foreign investment company” (a PFIC) as defined above). The Company does not anticipate that it will earn any United States income, however, and therefore does not anticipate that any U.S. Holder will be eligible for the dividends received deduction.


Foreign Tax Credit


A U.S. Holder who pays (or has withheld from distributions) Canadian income tax with respect to the ownership of common shares of the Company may be entitled, at the option of the U.S. Holder, to either receive a deduction or a tax credit for such foreign tax paid or withheld. Generally, it will be more advantageous to claim a credit because a credit reduces United States federal income taxes on a dollar-for-dollar basis, while a deduction merely reduces the taxpayer’s income subject to tax. This election is made on a year-by-year basis and generally applies to all foreign taxes paid by (or withheld from) the U.S. Holder during that year. There are significant and complex limitations which apply to the credit, among which is the general limitation that the credit cannot exceed the proportionate share of the U.S. Holder’s United States income tax liability that the U.S. Holder’s foreign source income bears to his or its worldwide taxable income. In the determination of the application of this limitation, the various items of income and deduction must be classified into foreign and domestic sources. Complex rules govern this classification process. In addition, this limitation is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income such as “passive income”, “ “high withholding tax interest,” “financial services income,” “shipping income,” and certain other classifications of income. Dividends distributed by the Company will generally constitute “passive income” or, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, “financial services income” for these purposes. The availability of the foreign tax credit and the application of the limitations on the credit are fact specific, and U.S. Holders of common shares of the Company should consult their own tax advisors regarding their individual circumstances.

 

82

 


Disposition of Common Shares of the Company


In general, U.S. Holders will recognize gain or loss upon the sale of common shares of the Company equal to the difference, if any, between (i) the amount of cash plus the fair market value of any property received, and (ii) the shareholder’s tax basis in the common shares of the Company. Preferential tax rates apply to long-term capital gains of U.S. Holders which are individuals, estates or trusts. In general, gain or loss on the sale of common shares of the Company will be long-term capital gain or loss if the common shares are a capital asset in the hands of the U.S. Holder and are held for more than one year. Deductions for net capital losses are subject to significant limitations. For U.S. Holders which are not corporations, any unused portion of such net capital loss may be carried over to be used in later tax years until such net capital loss is thereby exhausted. For U.S. Holders that are corporations (other than corporations subject to Subchapter S of the Code), an unused net capital loss may be carried back three years and carried forward five years from the loss year to be offset against capital gains until such net capital loss is thereby exhausted.


Controlled Foreign Corporations.


Sections 951 through 964 and Section 1248 of the Code relate to controlled foreign corporations (“CFCs”).  A foreign corporation that qualifies as a CFC will not be treated as a PFIC with respect to a shareholder during the portion of the shareholder’s holding period after December 31, 1997, during which the shareholder is a 10% United States shareholder and the corporation is a CFC.  The PFIC provisions continue to apply in the case of PFIC that is also a CFC with respect to shareholders that are less than 10% United States shareholders.


The 10% United States shareholders of a CFC are subject to current U.S. tax on their pro rata shares of certain income of the CFC and their pro rata shares of the CFC’s earnings invested in certain U.S. property.  The effect is that the CFC provisions may impute some portion of such a corporation’s undistributed income to certain shareholders on a current basis and convert into dividend income some portion of gains on dispositions of stock, which would otherwise qualify for capital gains treatment.


The Company does not believe that it will be a CFC.  It is possible that the Company could become a CFC in the future.  Even if the Company were classified as a CFC in a future year, however, the CFC rules referred to above would apply only with respect to 10% shareholders.


Personal Holding Company/Foreign Personal Holding Company/Foreign Investment Company.


A corporation will be classified as a personal holding company (a “PHC”) if at any time during the last half of a tax year (i) five or fewer individuals (without regard to their citizenship or residence) directly or indirectly or by attribution own more than 50% in value of the corporation’s stock and (ii) at least 60% of its ordinary gross income, as specially adjusted, consists of personal holding company income (defined generally to include dividends, interest, royalties, rents and certain other types of passive income).  A PHC is subject to a United States federal income tax of 39.6% on its undistributed personal holding company income (generally limited, in the case of a foreign corporation, to United States source income).


A corporation will be classified as a foreign personal holding company (an “FPHC”) and not a PHC if at any time during a tax year (i) five or fewer individual United States citizens or residents directly or indirectly or by attribution own more than 50% of the total combined voting power or value of the corporation’s stock and (ii) at least 60% of its gross income consists of foreign personal holding company income (defined generally to include dividends, interest, royalties, rents and certain other types of passive income).  Each United States shareholder in a FPHC is required to include in gross income, as a dividend, an allocable share of the FPHC’s undistributed foreign personal holding company income (generally the taxable income of the FPHC, as specially adjusted).

 

 

83



A corporation will be classified as a foreign investment company (an “FIC”) if for any taxable year it (i) is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, as a management company or share investment trust or is engaged primarily in the business of investing or trading in securities or commodities (or any interest therein) and (ii) 50% or more of the value or the total combined voting power of all the corporation’s stock is owned directly or indirectly (including stock owned through the application of attribution rules) by United States persons.  In general, unless an FIC elects to distribute 90% or more of its taxable income (determined under United States tax principles as specially adjusted) to its shareholders, gain on the sale or exchange of FIC stock is treated as ordinary income (rather than capital gain) to the extent of such shareholder’s ratable share of the corporation's earnings and profits for the period during which such stock was held.


The Company believes that it is not and will not be a PHC, FPHC or FIC.  However, no assurance can be given as to the Company’s future status.


U.S. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.


Dividends are generally subject to the information reporting requirements of the Code.  Dividends may be subject to backup withholding at the rate of 28% unless the holder provides a taxpayer identification number on a properly completed Form W-9 or otherwise establishes an exemption.


The amount of any backup withholding will not constitute additional tax and will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder's federal income tax liability, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.


Filing of Information Returns.


Under a number of circumstances, a U.S. Holder acquiring shares of the Company may be required to file an information return.  In particular, any U.S. Holder who becomes the owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the shares of the Company will be required to file such a return.  Other filing requirements may apply, and U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors concerning these requirements.


Tanzania


Taxation


Tax in Tanzania is levied on the income of any person which is deemed to have accrued in or was derived in Tanzania, in the case of individuals, if he was resident in Tanzania during the year of income for a total of 183 days, or an average of 122 days per year over 3 tax years.  Prevailing income tax rate is 30% in the case of both corporate entities and individuals.


Value Added Tax (“VAT”)


Taxable Supplies

Rate

Supply of goods and services in Mainland Tanzania

20%

Import of goods and services in Mainland Tanzania

20%

Export of goods and services from Mainland Tanzania

0%


VAT registrable threshold is Tshs. 20 Million (or about US$20,000 at prevailing exchange rates).

 

84

 


Withholding Tax


Withholding tax is charged at the rates specified below:


 

Resident

Non-Resident

Dividend (unlisted companies)

10%

10%

Interest

15%

15%

Royalty

0%

20%

Management and Professional Fees

0%

20%

Rental Income

15%

20%

Pension/Retirement Annuity

0%

15%

Insurance Commission

7.5%

0%

Goods and Services (not applicable to TIN Cert. Holders)

2%

2%


Special Rates for Persons Engaged in “Mining Operations” Rates


 

Resident

Non-Resident

Dividend

10%

10%

Technical Service Fee

3%

3%

Management Fee up to 2% of Operating Costs

0%

3%

Management Fee – Excess Over 2%

0%

20%

Interest on Foreign Sourced Loans*

0%

0%

Companies listed on the Dar es Salaam Stock Exchange enjoy a preferential withholding tax on 5% on dividends.

   

*

In respect of mining companies having Development Agreements with Government.


Capital Gains Tax


Capital Gains Tax is chargeable on Premises and Financial Assets.  The prevailing rate is 10%.


Stamp duty


Stamp duty is changeable on conveyance of property, shares and registration of securities as follows:


 

Rate

Conveyance

4%

Transfer of Shares or Debenture

1%

Insurance Commission

7.5%


Customs Duty


Imports into Tanzania are subject to duty as follows:

 

85



 

Rate

Capital Goods

5%

Semi-processed inputs and spare parts other than for motor vehicles

10%

Fully processed inputs and motor vehicle spare parts

15%

Consumer Goods

25%

Equipment and supplies imported by persons engaged in mining operations subcontractors – up to one (1) year after production

0%

Thereafter

5% (max)


Mining Sector


There is a special fiscal regime for mining companies which provides for 100% depreciation allowance on all mining capital expenditures.  Losses may be carried forward for an unlimited period of time.  There is also an exemption on import duty for mining equipment and supplies up to one year after start up of production as well as a 10% withholding tax on dividends and maximum 3% withholding tax on management fees up to 2% of operating costs and 20% for any excess over 2% of the operating costs.  Mining companies may opt to keep their books of account in the United States Dollar Currency.  The special regime applies for subcontractors and providers of technical services to the mining sector as well.  The government of Tanzania also imposes a royalty on the gross value of all production equal to 5% for diamonds and 3% for all gold produced.


Double Taxation Agreement


Tanzania has an Agreement to prevent double taxation with Sweden, Denmark, Norway, Zambia, Canada, India, Finland and Italy.  Treaties with Kenya, Uganda, South Africa, South Korea and Zimbabwe have been signed but not yet ratified.


F.

Dividends and Paying Agents


Not Applicable.


G.

Statement by Experts


The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of August 31, 2003 and 2002, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended August 31, 2003, have been included herein in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent accountants, P.O. Box 10426, Pacific Centre, 777 Dunsmuir Street, Vancouver, B.C., V7Y 1K3, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the August 31, 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial statements contains additional comments for U.S. readers on Canada – U.S. reporting difference that states that the Company’s financial statements are affected by conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.  The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of that uncertainty.


The consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended August 31, 2001, have been included herein in reliance upon the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, 250 Howe Street, Suite 700, Vancouver, B.C., V6C 3S7, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.  The audit report covering the August 31, 2001 consolidated financial statements contains additional comments for U.S. readers on Canada – U.S. reporting difference that states that the Company’s financial statements are affected by conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about the

 

86

 


entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.  The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of that uncertainty.


The financial statements of Tanzam as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2001, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG, independent accountants, P.O. Box 1160, PPF Tower, Floor 11, Garden Avenue/Ohio Street, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


H.

Documents on Display


The Company will file annual reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You may read and copy any document that we file at the Commission’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549.  Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the Public Reference Rooms.  The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains a website, www.sec.gov, where you may obtain our reports.  We also file certain reports with the Canadian Securities Administrators that you may obtain through access of the Sedar website, www.sedar.com.


Copies of the Company’s material contracts are kept in the Company’s administrative headquarters.


I.

Subsidiary Information


Not Applicable.


Item 11.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk


The Company is exposed to market risk, primarily related to foreign exchange and metals prices (gold in particular).  The Company uses the Canadian dollar as its reporting currency, but the Company converts Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars, and then U.S. dollars to Tanzanian schillings.  The Company is therefore exposed to foreign exchange movements in Tanzania where the Company is incurring costs in conducting exploration activities.  Most of the Company’s exploration work is conducted in U.S. dollars; however, some general and administrative expenses are paid in Tanzanian schillings.


The following table sets forth the percentage of the Company's administrative expense by currency for the year ended August 31, 2003.


By Currency


 

2003

Canadian Dollar

35%

U.S. Dollar

40%

Tanzanian Dollar

25%

Total:

100%


Such administrative expense by currency may change from time to time, but it has been roughly the same year to year.  Further, the Company incurred exploration costs of $1,151,327 and $1,238,635 for the years ended August 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, which are primarily paid in U.S. dollars.

 

87

 


The Company has not entered into any material foreign exchange contracts to minimize or mitigate the effects of foreign exchange fluctuations on the Company's operations. The Company exchanges Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars to fund its Tanzanian operations.  Based on prior years, the Company does not believe that it is subject to material foreign exchange fluctuations.  However, no assurance can be given that this will continue to be true in the future.


The Company has no long-term debt, therefore, the Company does not believe that the interest rate market risk to be material.


The market prices of most precious metals, including gold, have generally increased over the past three years, but are subject to market fluctuations based primarily on supply and demand.


The following table sets out the cumulative average prices of gold for the past five years, based on the London Metals Market afternoon price fix in U.S. dollars:


1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

$278.98

$279.11

$271.04

$309.73

$363.38


The cumulative average price of gold to February 11, 2004 was $411.03, based on the London afternoon price fix.


Item 12.

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities


Not Applicable.


Part II


Item 13.

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies


None.


Item 14.

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds


None.


Item 15.

Controls and Procedures


Not applicable


Item 16.

[Reserved]


Item 16 A.

Audit committee financial expert – Not Applicable

Item 16 B.

Code of Ethics – Not Applicable

Item 16 C.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services – Not Applicable

Item 16 D.

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees – Not Applicable

Item 16 E.

Purchase of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers – Not Applicable

 

 

88


Part III


Item 17.

Financial Statements


The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles and are expressed in Canadian dollars.  All year end and interim financial statements attached have been reconciled to U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.  See Item 8 (A).


Item 18.

Financial Statements


Not applicable.


Item 19.

Exhibits


(a)

Exhibits


(1)

Articles and Bylaws of Tan Range Exploration Corporation, as amended.

 

(2)

Employee Share Ownership Plan.


(3)

Stock Option Plan.


(4)

Subscription Agreement between the Company and James E. Sinclair.


(5)

Consents of Auditors.

 


89



SIGNATURE


The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Registration Statement on its behalf.



Dated:

February 23, 2004



TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION





By:

“James E. Sinclair”


James E. Sinclair,

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer



Consolidated Financial Statements (Expressed in Canadian dollars)

TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001


AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors of Tan Range Exploration Corporation

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Tan Range Exploration Corporation as at August 31, 2003 and 2002 and the consolidated statements of operations and deficit and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended August 31, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.

In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as at August 31, 2003 and 2002 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the t w o-year period ended August 31, 2003 in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.

KPMG LLP (signed)

Chartered Accountants

Vancouver, Canada

 October 31, 2003

COMMENTS BY AUDITOR FOR U.S. READERS ON CANADA-U.S. REPORTING DIFFERENCE

In the United States, reporting standards for auditors require the addition of an explanatory paragraph (following the opinion paragraph) when the financial statements are affected by conditions and events that cast substantial doubt on the Company's ability to continue as a going concern, such as those described in note 1 to the financial statements. Our report to the board of directors dated October 31, 2003 is expressed in accordance with Canadian reporting standards which do not permit a reference to such events and conditions in the auditors' report when they are adequately disclosed in the consolidated financial statements.

KPMG LLP (signed)

Chartered Accountants

Vancouver, 

Canada October 31, 2003


AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors of Tan Range Exploration Corporation

We have audited the consolidated statements of operations and deficit and cash flows of Tan Range Exploration Corporation for the year ended August 31, 2001. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.

In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of the Company for the year ended August 31, 2001 in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (signed)

Chartered Accountants

 

Vancouver, Canada

November 15, 2001

COMMENTS BY AUDITOR FOR U.S. READERS ON CANADA-U.S. REPORTING DIFFERENCE

In the United States, reporting standards for auditors require the addition of an explanatory paragraph (following the opinion paragraph) when the financial statements are affected by conditions and events that cast substantial doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, such as those described in note 1 to the financial statements. Our report to the board of directors dated November 15, 2001 is expressed in accordance with Canadian reporting standards which do not permit a reference to such events and conditions in the auditors’ report when they are adequately disclosed in the consolidated financial statements.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (signed)

Chartered Accountants

Vancouver, Canada 

November 15, 2001


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)            
             
Consolidated Balance Sheets            
(Expressed in Canadian dollars)            
             
August 31, 2003 and 2002            



 

 
             
    2003     2002  



 

 
             
Assets            
             
Current assets:            
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 1,550,072   $ 2,027,272  
    Short-term investments   926,192     -  
    Accounts and other receivables (note 8)   44,288     56,867  
    Prepaid expenses   31,360     56,261  



 

 
    2,551,912     2,140,400  
             
Mineral properties and deferred exploration costs (note 4)   18,672,446     18,552,555  
             
Equipment and leasehold improvements (note 5)   200,207     219,105  



 

 
             
  $ 21,424,565   $ 20,912,060  



 

 
             
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity            
             
Current liabilities:            
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $ 459,000   $ 218,982  
             
Future income taxes (notes 3 and 6)   647,565     1,087,565  
             
Shareholders’ equity:            
    Share capital (notes 4(a) and 7)   39,423,971     35,821,706  
    Share subscriptions received (note 7(b))   125,000     -  
    Deficit   (19,230,971)     (16,216,193)  



 

 
    20,318,000     19,605,513  



 

 
             
  $ 21,424,565   $ 20,912,060  



 

 
             
Nature of operations (note 1)            
Commitments (note 9)            
Subsequent events (notes 7(b) and 10)            
             
             
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.            
             
             
          1  

TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)                  
                   
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Deficit                
(Expressed in Canadian dollars)                  
                   
Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001                  



 

 

 
                   
    2003     2002     2001  



 

 

 
                   
Expenses:                  
    Amortization $ 63,509   $ 92,227   $ 37,406  
    Annual general meeting   11,889     10,611     15,800  
    Capital tax   125,477     -     -  
    Consulting and management fees   170,468     98,899     100,939  
    Insurance   48,735     40,011     29,402  
    Memberships, courses and publications   14,628     16,192     12,566  
    Office and administration   110,123     116,264     37,705  
    Office rentals   142,148     88,467     54,270  
    Press releases   16,638     12,448     38,979  
    Printing and mailing   9,261     4,658     1,590  
    Professional fees   309,556     90,202     84,312  
    Promotions and shareholder relations   92,876     83,790     36,552  
    Salaries and benefits   637,327     351,975     268,857  
    Sustainable development   18,879     -     -  
    Telephone and fax   42,189     33,420     21,316  
    Transfer agent and listing   85,432     36,236     140,741  
    Travel and accommodation   78,906     53,875     38,788  
    Vehicles   -     14,763     -  



 

 

 
    1,978,041     1,144,038     919,223  
    Expense recoveries   -     -     (45,479)  



 

 

 
    (1,978,041)     (1,144,038)     (873,744)  
                   
Other earnings (expenses):                  
    Foreign exchange   (104,989)     (13,509)     (939)  
    Interest, net   75,876     83,692     89,463  
    Loss on sale of asset   -     (6,137)     -  
    Loss on sale of short-term investment   (36,102)     -     -  
    Property investigation costs   (380,086)     (204,952)     -  
    Write-off of mineral properties and                  
       deferred exploration costs (note 4)   (1,031,436)     (59,014)     (7,553)  



 

 

 
    (1,476,737)     (199,920)     80,971  



 

 

 
                   
Loss before income taxes   (3,454,778)     (1,343,958)     (792,773)  
                   
Future income tax recovery   440,000     -     -  



 

 

 
                   
Loss for the year   (3,014,778)     (1,343,958)     (792,773)  
                   
Deficit, beginning of year   (16,216,193)     (14,872,235)     (14,079,462)  



 

 

 
                   
Deficit, end of year $ (19,230,971)   $ (16,216,193)   $ (14,872,235)  



 

 

 
                   
Basic and diluted loss per share $ (0.04)   $ (0.02)   $ (0.02)  



 

 

 
                   
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.              
                   
                2  

TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)                  
                   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows                  
(Expressed in Canadian dollars)                  
                   
Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001                  



 

 

 
                   
    2003     2002     2001  



 

 

 
                   
Cash provided by (used in):                  
                   
Operations:                  
       Loss for the year $ (3,014,778)   $ (1,343,958)   $ (792,773)  
       Items not affecting cash:                  
             Amortization   63,509     92,227     37,406  
             Loss on sale of asset   -     6,137     -  
             Loss on sale of short-term investments   36,102     -     -  
             Write-off of mineral properties and                  
                deferred exploration costs   1,031,436     59,014     7,553  
             Future income tax recovery   (440,000)     -     -  



 

 

 
    (2,323,731)     (1,186,580)     (747,814)  
       Changes in non-cash working capital                  
             Accounts receivable and other                  
                receivables   12,579     114,314     (98,486)  
             Prepaid expenses   24,901     (41,010)     4,621  
             Accounts payable and accrued                  
                liabilities   240,018     (358,693)     154,632  
             Due to related parties   -     -     (17,900)  



 

 

 
    (2,046,233)     (1,471,969)     (704,947)  
                   
Investments:                  
       Mineral properties and deferred                  
          exploration costs - net of option                  
          payments received   (1,151,327)     (1,370,148)     (2,228,725)  
       Equipment and leasehold improvement                  
          additions   (44,611)     (187,870)     (46,205)  
       Short-term investments   (962,294)     -     -  
       Proceeds on disposal of asset   -     13,150     -  
       Restricted cash   -     500,000     40,000  
       Business acquisition costs, net of cash                  
          acquired of $13,454 (note 3)   -     (95,229)     -  



 

 

 
    (2,158,232)     (1,140,097)     (2,234,930)  
                   
Financing:                  
       Share capital issued - net of issuance                  
          costs   3,602,265     2,074,545     4,059,940  
       Share subscriptions received   125,000     -     -  



 

 

 
    3,727,265     2,074,545     4,059,940  



 

 

 
                   
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash                  
    equivalents   (477,200)     (537,521)     1,120,063  
                   
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year   2,027,272     2,564,793     1,444,730  



 

 

 
                   
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year $ 1,550,072   $ 2,027,272   $ 2,564,793  



 

 

 
                   
Supplementary information:                  
       Interest received, net $ 47,428   $ 76,031   $ 89,463  
      Non-cash transactions:                   
      Issuance of shares for:               3  
       Settlement of debt

-

-

80,617
       Shares issued for acquisition of 
       Tanzam 2000 (note 3)

-

7,000,000

-

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

3


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

1. 

  Nature of operations:

The Company is in the process of exploring its mineral properties and has not yet determined whether these properties contain mineral deposits that are economically recoverable. Consequently, the Company considers itself to be an exploration stage company. The continued operations of the Company and the recoverability of the amounts shown for mineral properties and related deferred costs are dependent upon the existence of economically recoverable reserves, securing and maintaining title and beneficial interest in the properties, obtaining necessary financing to explore and develop the properties, entering into agreements with others to explore and develop the mineral properties, and upon future profitable production or proceeds from disposition of the mineral properties. The amounts shown as mineral properties and deferred exploration expenditures represent net costs incurred to date, being less amounts recovered from third parties and/or written off, and do not necessarily represent present or future values.

These financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis which assumes that assets will be realized and liabilities settled in the normal course. These financial statements do not reflect adjustments that would be necessary if the going concern basis was not appropriate. If the going concern basis was not appropriate for these financial statements, then adjustments could be necessary to the carrying value of assets and liabilities and such adjustments could be material.

2.
  
Significant accounting policies:
These consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles. A reconciliation of material measurement differences under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and practices prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission is provided in note 12.
  (a)
  
Principles of consolidation:
These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Tan Range Exploration Corporation and its subsidiaries. All intercompany amounts are eliminated on consolidation.
  (b)
  
Translation of foreign currencies:
The measurement currency of the Company in these consolidated financial statements is the Canadian dollar. The Company’s subsidiaries are considered integrated foreign subsidiaries and their accounts are translated using the temporal method. Under this method, monetary assets and liabilities are translated at the prevailing year-end exchange rates. Non-monetary assets are translated at historical exchange rates. Revenue and expense items are translated at the average rate of exchange for the year except for those arising from non-monetary assets which are translated at the historical exchange rate. Translation gains and losses are included in the statements of operations and deficit.
  (c)
  

Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with banks or highly liquid short-term interest-bearing securities with maturities at purchase dates of three months or less.

4


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

2.
  
Significant accounting policies (continued):
  (d)
  
Short-term investments:
Interest-bearing securities having a term in excess of three months but less than one year are classified as short-term investments. Short-term investments are stated at the lower of cost and market value and have been written down to market value as at August 31, 2003.
  (e)
  
Mineral properties and deferred exploration costs:
The Company holds various positions in mineral property interests, including prospecting licences, reconnaissance licences, and options to acquire mining licences or leases. All of these positions are classified as mineral properties for financial statement purposes.

Acquisition costs and exploration costs, including option payments, relating to mineral properties are deferred until the properties are brought into production, at which time they are amortized on a unit-of-production basis, or until the properties are abandoned, sold or to be sold or management determines that the mineral property is not economically viable, at which time the unrecoverable deferred costs are written off. Option payments arising on the acquisition of mineral property interests are exercisable at the discretion of the Company and, accordingly, are only recognized as paid.

Amounts recovered from third parties to earn an interest in the Company’s mineral properties are applied as a reduction of the mineral property and deferred exploration costs.

Overhead costs directly related to exploration are allocated to the mineral properties explored during the year and are deferred and amortized using the same method applied to property-specific exploration costs. All other overhead and administration costs are expensed in the year they are incurred.

Under Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (“CICA”) Handbook Section 1581, “ Business Combinations ”, and CICA Handbook Section 3062, “ Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets ”, mining assets without established mineral reserves are required to be classified as intangible assets. Intangible assets should be amortized over their useful lives to the enterprise, unless the life is determined to be indefinite. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives should be tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired. Intangible assets that are subject to amortization should be tested for impairment in accordance with CICA Handbook Section 3063, “ Impairment of Long-Lived Assets ”.

5


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 (Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

2.
  
Significant accounting policies (continued):
  (e)
  
Mineral properties and deferred exploration costs (continued):


Under CICA Handbook Section 3061, “ Property, Plant and Equipment ”, for a mining property, the cost of the asset includes exploration costs if the enterprise considers that such costs have the characteristics of property, plant and equipment. Emerging Issue Committee Abstract

Accounting by Mining Enterprises for Exploration Costs ”, (“EIC-126”) states that a mining enterprise that has not established mineral reserves objectively, and therefore does not have a basis for preparing a projection of the estimated cash flow from the property, is not precluded from considering the exploration costs to have the characteristics of property, plant and equipment. EIC-126 also sets forth the EIC’s consensus that a mining enterprise in the development stage is not required to consider the conditions in Accounting Guideline No. 11 “ Enterprises in the Development Stage ” (“AcG 11”) regarding impairment in determining whether exploration costs may be initially capitalized. With respect to impairment of capitalized exploration costs, EIC-126 sets forth the EIC’s consensus that a mining enterprise in the development stage that has not established mineral reserves objectively, and, therefore, does not have a basis for preparing a projection of the estimated cash flow from the property, is not obliged to conclude that capitalized costs have been impaired. However, such an enterprise should consider the conditions set forth in AcG 11 and CICA Handbook Section 3061 in determining whether a subsequent write-down of capitalized exploration costs related to mining properties is required. 

 

The Company considers that its exploration costs have the characteristics of property, plant and equipment, and, accordingly, defers such costs. Furthermore, pursuant to EIC-126, deferred exploration costs would not automatically be subject to regular assessment of recoverability, unless conditions, such as those discussed in AcG 11, exist.

 

The Company follows these recommendations and therefore the unproven mineral property claim costs are initially capitalized. Such assets are tested for impairment in accordance with the provisions of the CICA Handbook Section 3063, “ Impairment of Long-Lived Assets ”.

The Company has interpreted the adoption of CICA Handbook Sections 1581 and 3062 and has determined that it is not required to change its accounting for the cost of its contract based mineral assets. The CICA may provide additional guidance in the future that requires accounting for mineral assets that differs from the Company’s interpretation.


6


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

2.
  
Significant accounting policies (continued):
  (f)
  
Equipment and leasehold improvements:
Equipment and leasehold improvements, other than mineral properties and deferred exploration and development costs, are recorded at cost and amortization is provided for on a declining balance basis using the following rates:
Assets

Rate

 


 
     
Machinery and equipment 20% to 30%  
Automotive 30%  
Computer equipment 30%  
Leasehold improvements 20%  

  
(g) Stock-based compensation:
Effective September 1, 2002, the Company adopted the new accounting standards of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants with respect to the accounting for stock-based compensation and other stock-based payments. The new standards have been applied prospectively.

As the Company did not grant any stock options or had no other stock-based payments during the year ended August 31, 2003, the new accounting standards have had no effect on the financial statements. Consideration paid on the exercise of stock options is credited to share capital.

 

(h)
  
Income taxes:
The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the asset and liability method, future income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial statement carrying values of existing assets and liabilities and their respective income tax bases (temporary difference) and are measured using the enacted or substantively enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when the temporary differences are likely to reverse. Future tax benefits, such as non-capital loss carry forwards, are recognized if realization of such benefits is considered more likely than not.

7


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

2.
  
Significant accounting policies (continued):
  (i)
  
Loss per share:
Loss per share has been calculated using the weighted average number of common shares issued and outstanding of 78,839,344, 56,759,051 and 39,638,650 for the years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Shares held in escrow subject to performance conditions for release are considered contingently issuable shares and are excluded from the weighted average number of shares used in calculating loss per share. Outstanding stock options, special warrants and share purchase warrants that could potentially dilute basic loss per share have not been included in the computation of diluted loss per share because to do so would be anti-dilutive.
(j)

Financial instruments:

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities consist of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, other receivables and accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities is estimated to approximate their carrying value.

 

(k) Use of estimates:
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingencies at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year. Areas requiring the use of estimates and measurement uncertainties include the valuation and impairment of value of mineral properties and deferred exploration costs and the determination of future income taxes. Actual results may differ from management’s estimates.
(l) Segmented information:
The Company’s principal operations are located in Tanzania. The Company conducts its business in a single operating segment being the investment in and exploration of mineral properties. Substantially all mineral properties (note 4) and equipment and leasehold improvements are situated in Tanzania (note 5).
3.

Acquisition of the business of Tanzania American International Development Corporation Limited (“Tanzam 2000”):

On April 30, 2002, the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of Tanzam 2000 in exchange for 20,000,000 shares of the Company at a value of $0.35 per share, which reflected market price around February 15, 2002, the date the Company agreed to acquire Tanzam 2000 by way of a letter agreement and announced the acquisition. Tanzam 2000 is engaged in gold exploration in the Republic of Tanzania. Of the shares issued as consideration, 5,000,000 shares were held in escrow pursuant to the terms of a performance escrow agreement (note 7(e)). The results of operations and cash flows of Tanzam 2000 have been included in these financial statements from April 30, 2002.


  

8


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

3.
  
Acquisition of the business of Tanzania American International Development Corporation Limited (“Tanzam 2000”) (continued):

The purchase price has been allocated to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition.

Assets acquired:      
    Current assets $ 13,454  
    Equipment   29,323  
    Mineral properties   8,166,292  



 
    8,209,069  
       
Liabilities assumed:      
    Accounts payable   (12,821)  
    Future income tax liability   (1,087,565)  



 
    (1,100,386)  



 
       
Net assets acquired $ 7,108,683  



 
       
Consideration paid:      
    Shares issued $ 7,000,000  
    Acquisition costs   108,683  



 
       
  $ 7,108,683  
 

 
4.
  
Mineral properties and deferred exploration costs:
The Company acquires gold or other precious metal concessions through its own efforts or through the efforts of its subsidiaries. All of the Company’s concessions are located in Tanzania.

For each concession granted in Tanzania under a prospecting or a reconnaissance licence, the Company is required to carry out a minimum amount of exploration work before a mining licence can be granted for further development. A prospecting licence is issued for a period of up to three years and renewable two times for a period up to two years each. At each renewal at least 50% of the area is relinquished. A reconnaissance licence is issued for one year and renewed for a period not exceeding a year. All prospecting licences are granted subject to an annual rental fee of not more than U.S. $30 per square kilometer payable to the government of Tanzania, a minimum exploration work commitment, and employment and training of Tanzanians. In addition, the government of Tanzania imposes a royalty on the gross value of all production at the rate of 3% of all gold produced.

9


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)                                                  
                                                     
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                              
(Expressed in Canadian dollars)                                                  
                                                     
Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001                                              
                                                     
                                                     
                                                     
4. Mineral properties and deferred exploration costs (continued):                                    
                                                     
  The continuity of expenditures on mineral properties is as follows:                                        


 

 

 


 




 

 
                                                     
      Itetemia     Luhala                                        
      Project (a)     Project (b)     Kigosi (c)     Lunguya (d)   Kanagele (e) Tulawaka (f)   Ushirombo (g) Mbogwe (h) Biharamulu (i)   Other (j)     Total  




 

 

 

 

 




 

 
                                                     
  Balance, August 31, 2000 $ 5,519,744   $ 977,935   $ -   $ -   $ - $ 311,456   $ - $ - $ - $ 44,822   $ 6,853,957  
  Exploration expenditures:                                                  
  Camp, field supplies and travel   127,379     74,016     -     -   -   -   - - -   -     201,395  
  Exploration and field overhead   112,486     71,092     -     -   -   -   - - -   20,842     204,420  
  Geological consulting and field wages   201,210     364,552     -     -   -   -   - - -   -     565,762  
  Geophysical and geochemical   (77,590)     95,422     -     -   -   4,152   - - -   -     21,984  
  Property acquisition costs   33,585     61,509     -     -   -   -   - - -   -     95,094  
  Parts and equipment   244     4,486     -     -   -   -   - - -   -     4,730  
  Trenching and drilling   844,956     300,432     -     -   -   -   - - -   -     1,145,388  
  Option payments and expense                                                  
  reimbursements received   -     -     -     -   -   -   - - -   (10,048)     (10,048)  




 

 

 

 


 




 

 
      1,242,270     971,509     -     -   -   4,152   - - -   10,794     2,228,725  




 

 

 

 


 




 

 
      6,762,014     1,949,444     -     -   -   315,608   - - -   55,616     9,082,682  
  Write-o f f s   -     -     -     -   -   -   - - -   (7,553)     (7,553)  




 

 

 

 


 




 

 
                                                     
  Balance, August 31, 2001   6,762,014     1,949,444     -     -   -   315,608   - - -   48,063     9,075,129  
  Exploration expenditures:                                                  
  Camp, field supplies and travel   31,826     8,647     -     5,497   -   -   - - -   698     46,668  
  Exploration and field overhead   155,871     198,784     9,144     140,702   -   -   1,258 18,191 -   9,612     533,562  
  Geological consulting and field wages   70,900     73,104     -     -   -   -   - - -   -     144,004  
  Geophysical and geochemical   30,342     137,157     532     8,572   5,504   -   - 2,287 3,173   20,556     208,123  
  Property acquisition costs   82,583     57,125     1,062,840     1,945,732   780,061   1,111,747   1,328,744 976,320 676,696   275,957     8,297,805  
  Parts and equipment   5,542     150     -     -   -   -   - - -   -     5,692  
  Trenching and drilling   149,122     73,882     -     77,265   -   -   - - -   317     300,586  




 

 

 

 


 




 

 
      526,186     548,849     1,072,516     2,177,768   785,565   1,111,747   1,330,002 996,798 679,869   307,140     9,536,440  




 

 

 

 


 




 

 
      7,288,200     2,498,293     1,072,516     2,177,768   785,565   1,427,355   1,330,002 996,798 679,869   355,203     18,611,569  
  Write-o f f s   -     -     -     -   -   (2,810)   - (12,608) -   (43,596)     (59,014)  




 

 

 

 


 




 

 
                                                     
  Balance, August 31, 2002   7,288,200     2,498,293     1,072,516     2,177,768   785,565   1,424,545   1,330,002 984,190 679,869   311,607     18,552,555  
  Exploration expenditures:                                                  
  Camp, field supplies and travel   2,512     3,747     1,223     15,687   218   42   24,275 2,770 1,659   6,172     58,305  
  Exploration and field overhead   (143)     33,543     6,240     182,437   52,319   185,825   66,311 36,418 17,743   149,041     729,734  
  Geological consulting and field wages   22     314     6,510     47,786   1,234   -   5,376 130 278   397     62,047  
  Geophysical and geochemical   13,910     2,814     3,298     80,985   8,465   -   24,619 16,421 1,896   34,623     187,031  
  Property acquisition costs   -     40,519     36,183     -   6,900   -   - - 12,501   57,850     153,953  
  Parts and equipment   -     -     -     1,454   -   -   1,875 - -   2,937     6,266  
  Trenching and drilling   -     -     -     122,563   -   -   - 16,393 -   -     138,956  
  Option payments received   (11,410)     -     -     -   -   (56,974)   (44,419) (11,410) (60,752)   -     (184,965)  
    Reclassifications   -     -     371,411     -     -     4,270   (371,411)   -   -   (4,270)     -  



 

 

 

 

 

 
 
 
 
 

 
    4,891     80,937     424,865     450,912     69,136     133,163   (293,374)   60,722   (26,675)   246,750     1,151,327  



 

 

 

 

 

 
 
 
 
 

 
    7,293,091     2,579,230     1,497,381     2,628,680     854,701     1,557,708   1,036,628   1,044,912   653,194   558,357     19,703,882  
    Write-o f f s   (729,309)     -     -     (35,342)     -     -   (106,386)   -   (10,744)   (149,655)     (1,031,436)  



 

 

 

 

 

 
 
 
 
 

 
                                                           
    Balance, August 31, 2003 $ 6,563,782   $ 2,579,230   $ 1,497,381   $ 2,593,338   $ 854,701   $ 1,557,708   930,242   1,044,912   642,450   408,702   $ 18,672,446  



 

 

 

 

 

 
 
 
 
 

 

10


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

4.
  
Mineral properties and deferred exploration costs (continued):
The Company has assessed the carrying value of mineral properties and deferred exploration costs as at August 31, 2003. Given increased uncertainty over the ability of the Company to recover the costs deferred against certain licences relating to the Masabi, Simbasori, Biharamulu North, Geita, Lunguya, Itetemia Project and Ushirombo properties, the deferred costs relating to these certain licences were written off as at August 31, 2003 (2002 - Bukwimba, Mbogwe and Tulawaka properties; 2001 - Mulehe property). The Company will retain title of these properties.
  (a)
  
Itetemia Project:
The Itetemia property consists of six contiguous prospecting licences (2002 - seven prospecting licences). Itetemia, Itetemia North, Itetemia Village, Itetemia East, Itetemia Far East, Mwinglo, and Ngula. Collectively, the Company refers to these concessions as the Itetemia Project.

The Itetemia North concession was acquired in exchange for US$35,000 and a 3% net smelter royalty. The Itetemia Village, Itetemia East, Itetemia Far East, Mwinglo and Ngula concessions were acquired by staking, and minimum work requirements have been completed.

 

The Company acquired a 90% interest in the Itetemia concession through an agreement with the State Mining Corporation (“Stamico”) dated July 18, 1994 in exchange for US$57,400 in option payments over seven years and a requirement to spend at least US$300,000. Those requirements have been met.

 

Stamico retains a 2% royalty interest as well as a right to earn back an additional 20% interest in the property by meeting 20% of the costs required to place the property into production. The Company retains the right to purchase one-half of Stamico’s 2% royalty interest in exchange for US$1,000,000.

 

On December 6, 1999, Barrick Gold Corporation (Barrick) closed an agreement with the Company granting Barrick the exclusive option to earn an undivided 60% interest in the Itetemia Project. In exchange for this option, Barrick was required to make three placements within 12 months of the closing date of $1,000,000 each for shares of the Company at prices of $0.70, $0.85 and $1.00, respectively. All three placements were completed by Barrick prior to November 15, 2000. In addition, Barrick was granted a warrant to purchase 740,741 additional shares at a price of $1.35, which it exercised on June 14, 2001. Barrick has the right to maintain its interest in the Company from time to time by way of additional private placements. The Company has agreed that 80% of all proceeds from the above placements will be expended upon the exploration and development of the Itetemia Project. As at August 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company had nil (2001 - $500,000), included in restricted cash, committed to such expenditures.

 

To exercise its option, Barrick must make a positive production decision with respect to the Itetemia Project which contemplates a rate of production of not less than 100,000 ounces per annum by June 14, 2005. In addition, Barrick must finance the entire project, with the Company to repay its portion of the costs from its share of the net proceeds of production. Once a production decision is taken by Barrick, if the property is not in production on a stand-alone basis within 18 months, or within 12 months on a custom-milling basis, Barrick must make penalty payments to the Company as follows:

11


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

4.
  
Mineral properties and deferred exploration costs (continued):
  (a)
  
Itetemia Project (continued):
Year one US$ 500,000  
Year two   750,000  
Year three   1,000,000  
Year four and subsequent years   1,200,000  

Payments due after year five will be adjusted for inflation based on the Canadian Consumer Price Index.

In addition to the above, upon exercise of its option, Barrick will assume the Company’s right to purchase Stamico’s 10% interest in the Itetemia concession. Should this occur, Barrick has agreed to pay the Company’s portion of all production royalties payable from the Itetemia concession to the Tanzanian government.

During the year ended August 31, 2003, the Company abandoned the Itetemia Far East licence and wrote off $729,309 costs deferred to the licence.

(b)
  
Luhala Project:
The Luhala property consists of four contiguous prospecting licences: Luhala, Ngobo, Shilalo and Sima. Collectively, the Company refers to these concessions as the Luhala Project.

The Company was granted a 100% interest in the Luhala prospecting licence on July 2, 1992. To maintain this concession, the Company was required to conduct exploration work of at least US$250,000 before October 25, 1997. This work commitment has been met.

Effective April 25, 1999, the Luhala property was under option to Newmont Overseas Exploration Limited. This option was terminated during the year ended August 31, 2000.

During the years ended August 31, 2001 and 2000, the Company entered into option agreements to acquire three additional licences, named Shilalo, Ngobo and Sima. For Ngobo, the Company must make payments totalling US$120,000 over six years (US$53,000 paid to date) and for Sima, payments totalling US$84,000 over six years (US$36,000 paid to date) in order to maintain the options. The vendor in each case retains a 2% net smelter return royalty, of which the Company may buy back, in each case, one-half (i.e., 1%) for US$1,000,000.

For the Shilalo licence, the Company must make property payments totalling US$16,000 over three years (US$10,000 paid to date). The vendor retains a 2% net smelter return royalty, of which the Company may buy back one-half (i.e., 1%) for US$250,000.

12


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

4.
  
Mineral properties and deferred exploration costs (continued):
  (c)
  
Kigosi:
The Kigosi property consists of nine prospecting licences (2002 - four prospecting licences). During the year ended August 31, 2003, the Company reclassified five licences from the Ushirombo and Ushirombo West with deferred costs of $371,411 (note 4(g)) to the Kigosi property. The Company has a 100% interest in one of the licences and, through prospecting and mining option agreements, has options to acquire between 51% to 90% interests in the other eight licences. The Company must make payments totalling US$162,000 over eight years (US$10,000 paid to date) and is required to fund all costs of exploration of the properties in order to maintain the options.

On July 21, 2003, the Company entered into an agreement with Ashanti Goldfields (Cayman) Limited (“Ashanti”), granting Ashanti the option to acquire the total rights, titles and interests of the Company in the nine prospecting licences in the Kigosi area, save and except for a royalty varying between 0.5% to 2% of net smelter returns, depending on the market price of gold, to be paid by Ashanti to the licence owners. To maintain and exercise the option, Ashanti must expend US$300,000 within the first year and US$800,000 within the second year of closing the agreement, complete various diamond drilling requirements and complete a bankable feasibility report within five years of the closing of the agreement.

Ashanti must also make the following payments to the Company (nil paid to date):

Year one US$ 200,000  
Year two   150,000  
Year three   180,000  
Year four   260,000  
Year five   340,000  

In addition, Ashanti must make payments to the Company of US$25,000 for each licence in excess of three held 24 months subsequent to the closing of the agreement and US$25,000 for each licence held in excess of two in subsequent years.

Should Ashanti complete a bankable feasibility report and make a positive production decision before the fifth anniversary date of the closing of the agreement, then the above payments and drilling by Ashanti shall no longer be required.

(d)
  
Lunguya:
The Lunguya property consists of six prospecting licences (2002 - seven prospecting licences). Through prospecting and mining option agreements the Company has options to acquire interests ranging from 60% to 75% in the six licences. To maintain the options, the Company is required to make certain expenditure requirements and fund all exploration costs of the properties. During the year ended August 31, 2003, the Company abandoned one of the licences and wrote off $35,342 costs deferred to the licence.

13


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

4.
  
Mineral properties and deferred exploration costs (continued):
  (e)
  
Kanagele:
The Kanagele property consists of four prospecting licences. The Company entered into an option agreement requiring payments totaling US$72,000 over eight years (US$9,000 paid to date) in exchange for a 90% interest in one prospecting licence and an option to purchase the remaining 10% upon production decision. The Company has options to acquire a 65% interest in the other three licences acquired through prospecting and option agreements. The Company is required to fund all exploration costs of the properties.
  (f)
  
Tulawaka:
The Tulawaka property consists of eight prospecting licences (2002 – seven prospecting licences; 2001 - two prospecting licences). Four of the licences are held by the Company and through prospecting and option agreements has options to acquire interests ranging from 65% to 90% in the other four licences. The Company is required to fund all exploration costs of the properties. One licence (2002 - three licences) are subject to an option agreement with Barrick Exploration Africa Ltd. (“BEAL”) (note 4(k)) and four licences are subject to an option agreement with Northern Mining Explorations (“Northern”) (note 4(l)).

During the year ended August 31, 2002, the Company abandoned one of the Tulawaka licences and wrote off $2,810 costs deferred to the licence. The Company will continue to hold title to the concession.

During the year ended August 31, 2003, the Company entered into a prospecting and mining option agreement to acquire 90% interest in a prospecting licence. The Company must make payments of US$135,000 over eight years (nil paid to date) and is required to fund all exploration costs of the property to maintain its option.

(g)
  
Ushirom bo and Ushirombo West:
The Ushirombo and Ushirombo West properties consist of eight prospecting licences (2002 -fifteen prospecting licences). The Company holds 100% interest in two of these licences and through prospecting and option agreements has options to acquire interests ranging from 65% to 80% in the other six licences. The Company is required to fund all exploration costs of the properties. Two licences (2002 - eight licences) are subject to the option agreement with BEAL (note 4(k)) and one licence is subject to the option agreement with Northern (note 4(l)).

During the year ended August 31, 2003, the Company transferred five prospecting licences with deferred costs of $371,411 to the Kigosi area to be included in the Ashanti option agreement (note 4(c)).

During the year ended August 31, 2003, the Company abandoned two of the licences and wrote-off deferred costs of $106,386.

14


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

4.
  
Mineral properties and deferred exploration costs (continued):
  (h)
  
Mbogwe:
The Mbogwe property consists of eight licences (2002 - six prospecting licences and two reconnaissance licences). The Company, through prospecting and option agreements, has options to acquire interests ranging from 51% to 80% in these licences. The Company is required to fund all exploration costs of the properties. One of the licences is subject to the option agreement with BEAL (note 4(k)).

During the year ended August 31, 2002, the Company abandoned one of the Mbogwe licences and wrote off $12,608 costs deferred to the licence. The Company will continue to hold title to the concession.


(i)

Biharamulu:

The Biharamulu property consists of six prospecting licences. The Company has a 100% interest in two of these licences and through prospecting and option agreements has options to acquire interests ranging from 51% to 65% in the other four licences. The Company is required to fund all exploration costs of the properties. Four of the licences are subject to the option agreement with Northern (note 4(l)).

(j)

Other:

The other properties consist of several prospecting licences. The Company has options to acquire interests in these properties ranging from 51% to 100%. To maintain these licences, the Company must make future payments of US$347,000 over nine years ($21,000 paid to date) to maintain its options.


  
(k)

Joint venture with Barrick Exploration Africa Ltd. (“BEAL”):
On December 14, 2001, including subsequent modifications, Barrick Exploration Africa Ltd. ("BEAL") closed an agreement with Tanzam 2000 granting BEAL the option to acquire the total rights, titles and interests of the Company in thirteen prospecting licences in different properties, herein called the BEAL project. In exchange for this option, BEAL was required to pay US$100. To maintain and exercise the option, BEAL was required to incur US$250,000 in exploration and development on the BEAL project within a year of closing the agreement (completed), and thereafter, BEAL must expend US$50,000 each year for each retained prospecting licence. In addition, BEAL must make the following annual payments to the Company for each retained prospecting licence:

December 2002 US$ 10,000  
December 2003   20,000  
December 2004   30,000  
December 2005 and subsequent years   40,000  

Within thirty days after commercial production, BEAL must pay US$1,000,000 and an additional US$1,000,000 on each of the next two years. BEAL will also pay the owner of the licence 1.5% of net smelter returns.

15


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

4.
  
Mineral properties and deferred exploration costs (continued):
  (k)
  
Joint venture with Barrick Exploration Africa Ltd. (“BEAL”) (continued):
On December 13, 2002, BEAL filed a notice of relinquishment for all rights, titles and interests in eight prospecting licences included in the option agreement.

As at August 31, 2003, of the five remaining prospecting licences in the BEAL project, two are located in Ushirombo and one licence is located in each of Mbogwe, Tulawaka and other properties.

(l)

Option Agreement with Northern Mining Explorations Ltd. (“Northern”):

On January 20, 2003, and as amended on March 18, 2003, the Company entered into an agreement with Northern granting Northern the exclusive option to acquire the total rights, titles and interests of the Company in nine prospecting licences. In exchange for this option, Northern was required to pay US$80,000. In addition, to maintain and exercise the option, Northern must make annual payments for each retained prospecting licence, incur minimum exploration and development expenditures and certain drilling requirements, undertake all obligations of the Company in respect of the licences and complete a feasibility study by December 31, 2008. Upon exercise of the option, the Company shall retain a net smelter return royalty fluctuating between 0.5% to 2% depending on the price of gold.

As at August 31, 2003, of the nine prospecting licences optioned to Northern, four are located in Biharamulu, four are located in Tulawaka and one is located in Ushirombo.

5.
  
Equipment and leasehold improvements:
2003 Cost Accumulated amortization

Net book value

Machinery and equipment $ 256,294   $ 190,330   $ 65,964  
Automotive   275,582     182,095     93,487  
Computer equipment   113,929     78,349     35,580  
Leasehold improvements   26,828     21,652     5,176  



 

 

 
                   
  $ 672,633   $ 472,426   $ 200,207  



 

 

 
                   
                   
                   
          Accumulated     Net book  
2002  

Cost

    amortization     value  



 

 

 
                   
Machinery and equipment $ 225,904   $ 183,960   $ 41,944  
Automotive   275,582     142,029     133,553  
Computer equipment   99,708     63,793     35,915  
Leasehold improvements   26,828     19,135     7,693  



 

 

 
                   
  $ 628,022   $ 408,917   $ 219,105  



 

 

 
                20  

16


 

TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 (Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

6.
  
Income taxes:
Income tax expense (recovery) for the year ended August 31, 2003 differs from that calculated by applying statutory rates for the following reasons:
    2003     2002     2001  



 

 

 
                   
Expected combined Canadian federal and                  
       provincial income tax rate   37.6%     39.6%     44.6%  



 

 

 
                   
Expected recovery of income taxes $ 1,299,000   $ 532,000   $ 354,000  
Tanzanian tax rate differential   (68,000)     (38,000)     (12,000)  
Substantively enacted change in Canadian                  
    tax rates   (51,000)     (38,000)     (382,000)  
Non-deductible foreign exploration costs   (112,000)     (409,000)     (28,000)  
Write-off of mineral properties   (254,000)     (23,000)     (3,000)  
Other   (7,000)     (17,000)     17,000  
Recognition of previously unrecognized tax                  
    pools   1,299,000     -     -  
Change in valuation allowance   (1,666,000)     (7,000)     54,000  



 

 

 
                   
Income tax recovery $ 440,000   $ -   $ -  



 

 

 

The tax effects of significant temporary differences which would comprise tax assets and liabilities at August 31, 2003 and 2002 are as follows:

    2003     2002  



 

 
             
Future income tax assets:            
    Equipment $ 136,000   $ 119,000  
    Non-capital losses for tax purposes   3,358,000     1,668,000  
    Capital losses for tax purposes   45,000     45,000  
    Resource related deductions carried   1,263,000     1,304,000  
       forward            



 

 
    4,802,000     3,136,000  
             
Valuation allowance   (4,802,000)     (3,136,000)  



 

 
             
Net future income tax assets $ -   $ -  



 

 
             
Future income tax liabilities:            
    Mineral properties $ 647,565   $ 1,087,565  



 

 
             
Net future income tax liabilities $ 647,565   $ 1,087,565  



 

 

17


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

6.
  
Income taxes (continued):
At August 31, 2003, the Company has approximately $6,316,000 of Canadian non-capital losses available for income tax purposes to reduce Canadian taxable income in future years that expire as follows:
2005   $ 2,266,000  
2006     625,000  
2007     602,000  
2008     694,000  
2009     733,000  
2010     1,396,000  

 

 
         
    $ 6,316,000  
   

 

The Company has a capital loss carry forward of approximately $250,000 which is available indefinitely to reduce future capital gains for tax purposes.

In assessing the recoverability of future tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the future tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of future tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences become deductible.

7.
  
Share capital:
  (a)
  
Authorized:
91,000,000 common voting shares (2002 and 2001 - unlimited number of common voting shares)
  (b)
  
Issued common shares and special warrants:
  Number        
  of shares     Amount  


 

 
           
Balance, August 31, 2000 40,026,971   $ 22,606,604  
Stock options exercised 129,000     53,650  
Issued for cash 1,902,741     2,089,100  
Issued for debt 125,000     56,250  
Issued for director services 60,000     24,367  
Issued on conversion of special warrants 2,596,000     -  
Special warrants issued and converted to shares - net of          
    issue costs 5,875,000     1,917,190  
Issued for a finders’ fee 46,266     -  


 

 
           
Balance, August 31, 2001 50,760,978     26,747,161  
Stock options exercised 1,756,000     795,995  
Issued on exercise of warrants 2,197,225     1,380,550  
           
         

17


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)    
     
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements    
(Expressed in Canadian dollars)    
     
Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001    

     
     
    Issued on acquisition 20,000,000 7,000,000
    Subscription receivable - (102,000)

     
    Balance, August 31, 2002, carried forward 74,714,203 35,821,706
     
   

18


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

7.
  
Share capital (continued):
  (b)
  
Issued common shares and special warrants (continued):
  Number        
  of shares    

Amount

 


 

 
           
Balance, August 31, 2002, brought forward 74,714,203     35,821,706  
Issued for cash 474,064     700,000  
Collection of previous year’s subscription receivable -     102,000  
Stock options exercised 2,454,000     1,255,700  
Issued on exercise of warrants 2,549,275     1,544,565  


 

 
           
Balance, August 31, 2003 80,191,542   $ 39,423,971  


 

 

Under the terms of a property acquisition agreement dated December 6, 1999 (see note 4(a)), on November 30, 1999, Barrick purchased 1,428,571 shares at a price of $0.70 each for total proceeds of $1,000,000. On May 11, 2000, Barrick purchased a further 1,176,471 shares at a price of $0.85 each for total proceeds of $1,000,000. On October 23, 2000, Barrick purchased a third placement of 1,000,000 shares at $1.00 each for total proceeds of $1,000,000. On June 14, 2001, Barrick purchased a final placement of 740,741 shares at $1.35 each for total proceeds of $1,000,000.

On May 9, 2000, the Company completed a private placement for the issuance of 200,000 special warrants at a price of $0.50 per special warrant. These special warrants were exchangeable into one common share and one non-transferable share purchase warrant for a further 200,000 common shares exercisable at a price of $0.60 per share until May 9, 2001 and $0.70 per share until May 9, 2002. On September 12, 2000, these special warrants were exchanged for common shares and warrants. The expiry date on the 200,000 warrants exercisable at $0.70 per share were extended to October 9, 2002.

On March 6, 2001, the Company closed an issue of 5,875,000 special warrants priced at $0.40 per special warrant. Each special warrant is exchangeable into one unit of the Company, comprising one common share and one-half of one share purchase warrant. Each whole share purchase warrant entitles the holder to purchase an additional common share at a price of $0.60 for a period of 18 months. A prospectus filed to qualify these special warrants cleared on June 4, 2001.

The gross proceeds of $2,350,000 were reduced by an agents’ commission of $164,500. The agents were also issued 46,266 common shares upon clearance of a qualifying prospectus. Additional expenses relating to the offering of the special warrants and qualifying prospectus were $268,310.

On May 9, 2001, the Company issued 125,000 common shares at $0.45 per share for settlement of certain accounts payable.

On May 30, 2001, the Company completed a private placement for the issuance of 162,000 units at a price of $0.55 per unit. These units comprised one common share and one non-transferable share purchase warrant for a further 162,000 common shares exercisable at a price of $0.60 per 25

19


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)            
                     
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements            
(Expressed in Canadian dollars)            
                     
Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001            

 




                     
                     
                     
7. Share capital (continued):            
                     
  (b) Issued common shares and special warrants (continued):      
                     
    A continuity of share purchase warrants for the year ending August 31, 2003 is as follows:

                     
    Balance,         Balance,      
    August 31,         August 31, Exercise  
    2002  

Exercised

 

Expired

2003   price

Expiry date




 
 




                     
    150,000   150,000   - - $ 0.70 October 9, 2002
    2,362,275   2,237,275   125,000 -   0.60 September 5, 2002 
                   
    162,000   162,000   - -   0.60 May 30, 2003



 
 




                     
    2,674,275   2,549,275   125,000 -      
   
 
 

     

On March 5, 2003, the Company completed a private placement subscription agreement with the Company’s chairman and CEO for the purchase of between $1,500,000 to $3,000,000 worth of common shares of the Company in 24 separate closings. The purchase price of the common shares will be equal to the five day weighted average trading price for the last five consecutive trading days of each month immediately preceding the closing date. Each closing will be between $62,500 to $125,000. As at August 31, 2003, the Company issued 474,064 common shares and received $700,000 from this private placement. The Company had also received $125,000 as at August 31, 2003 for which 65,445 common shares were issued subsequent to August 31, 2003.

20


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 (Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

7.
  
Share capital (continued):
  (c)
  
Stock options:
The Company has a stock option plan which is administered by the board of directors and options are granted at their discretion. The number of shares reserved, set aside and available for issue under the plan should not exceed 8,109,132 or such greater number of shares as may be determined by the board and approved, if required, by the shareholders of the Company and by any relevant stock exchange or regulatory authority. Options must expire no later than five years from the date such options are granted. The purpose of granting such options is to assist the Company in compensating, attracting, retaining and motivating directors, officers and employees of the Company and to closely align the personal interests of those directors, officers and employees with those of the shareholders. Stock option activity during the three years ended August 31, 2003 was as follows:
  Number   Weighted  
  of shares   average price  


 
 
           
Outstanding, August 31, 2000 3,562,000   $ 0.61  
Granted 3,046,500     0.45  
Exercised (129,000)     0.42  
Cancelled (494,500)     0.77  


 

 
           
Outstanding, August 31, 2001 5,985,000     0.53  
Granted 885,000     0.80  
Exercised (1,756,000)     0.45  
Cancelled (1,030,000)     0.72  


 

 
           
Outstanding, August 31, 2002 4,084,000     0.56  
Exercised (2,454,000)     0.51  
Cancelled (375,000)     0.79  


 

 
           
Outstanding, August 31, 2003 1,255,000   $ 0.59  


 

 

At August 31, 2003, the following director and employee stock options were exercisable and outstanding:

Number of          
common shares   Exercise price   Expiry date

 
 
           
380,000   $ 0.50   March 1, 2004
50,000     0.50   January 19, 2005
200,000     0.40   November 8, 2005
165,000     0.51   August 7, 2006
400,000     0.79   May 3, 2007
10,000     0.96   May 23, 2007
50,000     0.83   June 20, 2007

 

 
           
           
         

21


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

7.
  
Share capital (continued):
  (d)
  
Employee stock ownership plan:
On May 1, 2003, the Company established a non-leveraged employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) for all eligible employees, consultants, and directors. The Company matches 100 percent of participants’ contributions up to 5 percent of the participants’ salaries and 50 percent of participants’ contributions between 5 percent and 30 percent of the participants’ salaries. All contributions fully vest immediately. ESOP compensation expense for the year ended August 31, 2003 was $13,082 and is included in salaries and benefits.
  (e)
  
Escrow shares:
As of August 31, 2003, nil (2002 - 5,000,000) of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares were held in escrow pursuant to an Escrow Agreement dated April 30, 2002 relating to the acquisition of Tanzam 2000 (note 3). The escrowed shares were to be released upon the Company receiving a minimum gross amount of $3,000,000 from the sale of securities pursuant to one or more public financings or pursuant to the exercise of a pre-existing right to acquire securities of the Company before April 30, 2003. The conditions were met and the shares were released from escrow during the year ended August 31, 2003.
8.
  
Related party transactions: During the year ended August 31, 2003, $178,894 (2002 - $143,635; 2001 - $362,596) was paid or payable by the Company to certain directors and a former director for consulting fees. Directors were paid $5,600 (2002 - nil) for director fees. Also, legal firms related to a director were paid $25,554 during the year ended August 31, 2003.

Accounts receivable include advances to related parties of nil (2002 - $42,599), which consist of funds advanced to officers and directors for exploration and corporate activities conducted in the normal course of business.

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities include $16,081 (2002 - $52,000) payable to certain directors and a former director for consulting fees.

9.
  
Commitments:
The Company is committed to annual lease rental payments of $63,327 for the year ending August 31, 2004. In addition, the Company is committed to property payments to maintain options in certain prospecting and mining option agreements (note 4).
10.
  
Subsequent events:
In September 2003, the Company entered into two option agreements whereby the Company can acquire an undivided 90% interest in two mineral properties in Tanzania in exchange for US$230,000 over eight years.

22


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

10.
  
Subsequent events (continued):
Subsequent to August 31, 2003, the Company issued 724,202 common shares, including 590,000 common shares on the exercise of options for gross proceeds of $276,300, 65,445 common shares for $125,000 of share subscriptions outstanding at October 31, 2003 (note 7(b)), and 68,757 common shares to the chairman and CEO of the Company (note 7(b)) for gross proceeds of $125,000.
11.
  
Comparative figures:
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.
12.
  
Reconciliation between Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles:
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (“Canadian GAAP”). A description of United States generally accepted accounting principles (“US GAAP”) and rules prescribed by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) that result in material measurement differences from Canadian GAAP follows:
  (a)
  
Mineral property and deferred exploration cost:
US GAAP requires that long-lived assets be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. In performing the review for recoverability, the Company is required to estimate the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized. SEC staff have indicated that their interpretation of US GAAP requires mineral property acquisition, exploration and land use costs to be expensed as incurred until commercially minable deposits are determined to exist within a particular property as cash flows cannot be reasonably estimated prior to such determination. Accordingly, for all periods presented, the Company has expensed all mineral property acquisition, exploration and land use costs as incurred for US GAAP purposes.

For Canadian GAAP, cash flows relating to mineral property acquisition and exploration costs are reported as investing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. For US GAAP, these costs would be characterized as operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

During the years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the Company wrote down mineral property and deferred exploration costs in its consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP (note 4). The mineral property exploration and acquisition costs incurred would previously have been expensed for US GAAP and, as such, have been added back to loss from operations under US GAAP for the years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001.

23


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 (Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

12.
  
Reconciliation between Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles (continued):
  (b)
  
Income taxes:
As described in note 2(h), the Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. For each of the years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, future tax assets with respect to loss carry forwards and timing differences are fully offset by a valuation allowance as it is not more likely than not that the future tax assets would be realized. As a result, the application of US GAAP in accounting for income taxes does not result in any material measurement differences from Canadian GAAP for future tax assets.

During the year ended August 31, 2002, a future tax liability of $1,087,565 was recorded under Canadian GAAP relating to the temporary difference between the financial statement carrying value and the tax base of the mineral properties acquired in the Tanzam 2000 acquisition. An amount equal to the future tax liability was included in the cost of the mineral properties acquired. Since all mineral property acquisition costs are expensed as incurred under US GAAP, the temporary difference would not exist under US GAAP, and accordingly, the $647,000 future income tax liability recorded for Canadian GAAP purposes as at August 31, 2003 ($1,087,565 - August 31, 2002) has not been recognized for US GAAP purposes.

 


  
(c)

Stock-based compensation:
The Company adopted the new recommendations of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants with respect to the accounting for stock-based compensation on September 1, 2002. Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 123, “ Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation ” (“SFAS 123”) became effective for US GAAP purposes for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. The statement encourages entities to adopt a fair value methodology of accounting for all stock-based compensation.

As allowed by SFAS 123, the Company follows the intrinsic value principles of APB Opinion 25, “ Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees ”, in measuring compensation expense for employee options. Under the intrinsic value method, compensation cost is the excess, if any, of the quoted market value of the stock at the measurement date, which is generally the grant date, over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. The application of APB 25 resulted in compensation expense of $61,850 being recognized for stock-based compensation plans for employees in the year ended August 31, 2001, and no material expense for any of the other periods presented.

24


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

12.
  
Reconciliation between Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles (continued):
  (c)
  
Stock-based compensation (continued):
SFAS 123 requires the fair value of the stock options granted to non-employees to be expensed. During the years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, this expense was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the following weighted average assumptions:
    Years ended August 31,      
   
     
  2003 2002   2001  



 
 
           
Expected dividend yield - -   -  
Expected stock price volatility - 109%   126%  
Risk-free interest rate - 3.6%   5.0%  
Expected life of options - 2 years   2 years  

The cumulative effect of stock options granted to non-employees for the period from implementation of SFAS 123 to August 31, 2000 would have been a $269,779 increase in the deficit and share capital and an expense for each of the years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 of nil, $41,523 and $81,776, respectively.

With respect to escrowed shares, US GAAP generally considers escrowed shares to be a compensatory arrangement between the Company and the holder of the shares. Accordingly, the difference between the market value of escrowed shares at the time the shares are eligible for release from escrow and the consideration paid or payable on the issue of the shares is recognized and charged to operations as compensation expense in the period the escrowed shares are eligible for release from escrow.

5,000,000 common shares of the Company held in escrow at August 31, 2002 became eligible for release during fiscal 2003 (note 7(e)). Based on the market price at that time, $2,300,000 has been charged to operations for US GAAP purposes in 2003. No charge was made or required under Canadian GAAP.


  
(d) Reconciliation:
The effect of the measurement differences between Canadian GAAP and US GAAP on the consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations and cash flows is summarized as follows:
( i ) Assets:            




 

 
      2003     2002  




 

 
               
Assets, under Canadian GAAP $ 21,424,565   $ 20,912,060  
Adjustment for mineral properties and deferred exploration            
(note 12(a))   (18,672,446)     (18,552,555)  



 

 
  Assets, under U.S. GAAP              
     

  $   2,752,119

   

 $ 2,359,505

 

25


 

TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

12.
  

Reconciliation between Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles (continued):

 

(d)
  

Reconciliation (continued):

( ii ) Liabilities:

    2003     2002  



 

 
             
Liabilities, under Canadian GAAP $ 1,106,565   $ 1,306,547  
Adjustment for future income taxes (note 12(b))   (647,565)     (1,087,565)  



 

 
             
Liabilities, under U.S. GAAP $ 459,000   $ 218,982  



 

 
             
             
( iii ) Share capital:            



 

 
             
    2003     2002  



 

 
             
Share capital, under Canadian GAAP $ 39,423,971   $ 35,821,706  
Adjustment for stock-based compensation for employees            
    (note 12(c))   61,850     61,850  
Adjustment for stock-based compensation for non-            
    employees (note 12(c))   393,078     393,078  
Adjustment for escrow shares (note 12(c))   2,300,000     -  



 

 
             
Share capital, under U.S. GAAP $ 42,178,899   $ 36,276,634  



 

 
             
             
( iv ) Deficit:            



 

 
             
    2003     2002  



 

 
             
Deficit, under Canadian GAAP $ (19,230,971)   $ (16,216,193)  
Adjustment for stock-based compens ation for employees            
    (note 12(c))   (61,850)     (61,850)  
Adjustment for stock-based compensation for non-            
    employees (note 12(c))   (393,078)     (393,078 )  
Adjustment for escrow shares (note 12(c))   (2,300,000)     -  
Adjustment for mineral properties and mineral property            
    evaluation costs, net of income taxes (note 12(a) and (b))   (18,024,881)     (17,464,990)  



 

 
             
Deficit, under U.S. GAAP $ (40,010,780)   $ (34,136,111)  



 

 

26


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

12.
  
Reconciliation between Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles (continued):
  (d)
  
Reconciliation (continued):
( v ) Loss and loss per share:
    Years ended August 31,    
   
   
    2003     2002     2001  



 

 

 
                   
Loss for the year, under Canadian GAAP $ (3,014,778)   $ (1,343,958)   $ (792,773)  
Adjustment for mineral properties and                  
deferred exploration costs (note 12(a))   (119,891)     (9,477,426)     (2,221,172)  
Adjustment for stock-based                  
compensation for employees   -     -     (61,850)  
(note 12(c))                  
Adjustment for stock-based                  
compensation for non-employees (note   -     (41,523)     (81,776)  
12(c))                  
Adjustment for escrow shares (note 12(c))   (2,300,000)     -     -  
Adjustment for income taxes (note 12(b))   (440,000)     1,087,565     -  



 

 

 
                   
Loss for the year, under U.S. GAAP $ (5,874,669)   $ (9,775,342)   $ (3,157,571)  



 

 

 
                   
Basic and diluted loss per share, under                  
U.S. GAAP $ (0.07)   $ (0.17)   $ (0.07)  



 

 

 
                   
                   
( vi ) Cash flows:                  



 

 

 
                   
   

Years ended August 31,

   
   
   
    2003     2002     2001  



 

 

 
                   
Cash used in operating activities, under                  
Canadian GAAP $ (2,046,233)   $ (1,471,969)   $ (704,947)  
Adjustment for mineral properties and                  
deferred exploration (note 12(a))   (1,151,327)     (1,370,148)     (2,228,725)  



 

 

 
                   
Cash used in operating activities, under                  
U.S. GAAP $ (3,197,560)   $ (2,842,117)   $ (2,933,672)  



 

 

 
                   
Cash used in investing activities, under                  
Canadian GAAP $ (2,158,232)   $ (1,140,097)   $ (2,234,930)  
Adjustment for mineral properties and                  
deferred exploration (note 12(a))   1,151,327     1,370,148     2,228,725  



 

 

 
                   
Cash provided by (used in) investing                  
activities, under U.S. GAAP $ (1,006,905)   $ 230,051   $ (6,205)  



 

 

 
                   

27


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

12.
  
Reconciliation between Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles (continued):
  (e)
  
Recent and future pronouncements:
In August 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 143, “ Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations ” (“SFAS No. 143”), which requires entities to record the fair value of a liability for an asset or an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is incurred and a corresponding increase in the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset. SFAS No. 143 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002.

In July 2002, the FASB released SFAS No. 146, “ Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities ” (“SFAS 146”), which addresses the financing accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities. SFAS No. 146 relates to the recognition of a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity and requires that a liability be recognized for those costs only when the liability is incurred, that is, when it meets the definition of a liability under the FASB’s conceptual framework. SFAS No. 146 also established fair value as the objective for initial measurement of liabilities related to exit or disposal activities. As a result, SFAS 146 significantly reduces an entity’s ability to recognize a liability for future expenses related to a restructuring. SFAS 146 is effective for exit and disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002.

In December 2002, the FASB released SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation -Transition and Disclosure”. This statement amends FASB Statement No. 123, “ Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation ”, to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based compensation. In addition, this Statement amends the disclosure requirements of Statement 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. The Statement is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002, with certain changes effective in interim periods beginning after December 15, 2002.

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, “ Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities ” (“SFAS 149”), which amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities under SFAS 133. SFAS 149 is generally effective for derivative instruments, including derivative instruments embedded in certain contracts, entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003.

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “ Accounting for certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity ” (“SFAS No. 150”). SFAS 150 requires that certain financial instruments issued in the form of shares that are mandatorily redeemable as well as certain other financial instruments be classified as liabilities in the financial statements. SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003.

28


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

(An Exploration Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(Expressed in Canadian dollars)

Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

12.
  
Reconciliation between Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles (continued):
  (e)
  
Recent and future pronouncements (continued):
The adoption of SFAS No. 143, SFAS No. 146, SFAS 148, SFAS 149 or SFAS 150 did not or are not expected to have a material affect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In addition, the FASB and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) have issued a variety of interpretations including the following interpretations with wide applicability:

  • Financial Interpretation No. 45 (“FIN 45”), “ Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others ” which addresses disclosure and initial recognition and measurement provisions related to guarantees. The disclosure provisions became effective for periods ending after December 15, 2002. The initial recognition and measurement provisions apply to guarantees issued after December 15, 2002.
  • Financial Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”), “ Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities ”, which addresses the consolidation of variable interest entities (formerly referred to as “Special-Purpose Entities”). The Interpretation is generally effect for interim or annual periods beginning after December 15, 2003.
  • In November 2002, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue 00-21, “ Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables ” (“EITF 00-21”). This consensus addresses issues related to separating and allocating value to the individual elements of a single customer arrangement involving obligations regarding multiple products, services, or rights which may be fulfilled at different points in time or over different periods of time. EITF 00-21 guidance is applicable for arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003.

To date, the adoption of FIN 45, FIN 46 and EITF 00-21 has not impacted the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

29



 

 

 


 


Consolidated Financial Statements of


TAN  RANGE  EXPLORATION  CORPORATION


Three months ended November 30, 2003 and 2002

(Unaudited - Prepared by Management)





 



TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Unaudited - Prepared by Management)

 

November 30,
2003

August 31,
2003

 

Assets

 

Current assets:

 

Cash and short-term deposits

$

1,169,811 

$       1,550,072 

 

Short-term investments

996,130 

926,192 

 

Accounts and other receivables

22,309 

44,288 

 

Prepaid expenses

43,137 

31,360 

   

2,231,387 

2,551,912 

     

Mineral properties and deferred exploration and development costs

18,833,790 

18,672,446 

     

Equipment and leasehold improvements

202,243 

200,207 

     
 

$

21,267,420 

$     21,424,565 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

Current liabilities

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

$

329,451 

$           459,000 

     

Future income taxes

647,565 

647,565 

     

Shareholders’ equity:

   
 

Share capital (note 5)

40,075,271 

39,423,971 

 

Share subscriptions received

125,000 

 

Deficit

(19,784,867)

(19,230,971)

   

20,290,404 

20,318,000 

     
 

$

21,267,420 

$     21,424,565 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 



1






TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Deficit

(Unaudited - Prepared by Management)


Three months ended November 30, 2003 and 2002

   

2003 

2002 

       

Expenses:

     
 

Amortization

   

$

10,192 

$

14,252 

 

Annual general meeting

     

2,000 

 

 

Consulting and management fees

     

44,873 

 

47,641 

 

Insurance

     

15,818 

 

3,051 

 

Membership, courses and publications

     

 

16,259 

 

New property investigation costs

     

228,289 

 

99,082 

 

Office and administration

     

24,569 

 

15,851 

 

Office rentals

     

39,439 

 

38,532 

 

Press releases

     

5,932 

 

2,840 

 

Printing and mailout

     

1,000 

 

8,500 

 

Professional fees

     

18,621 

 

31,500 

 

Promotion and shareholder relations

     

1,445 

 

23,189 

 

Salaries and benefits

     

105,102 

 

147,696 

 

Telephone and fax

     

5,748 

 

13,468 

 

Transfer agent and listing

     

12,331 

 

4,055 

 

Travel and accommodation

     

8,140 

 

13,946 

 

Training

     

 

2,231 

 

Vehicles

     

 

1,363 

         

523,499 

 

483,456 

               

Other expense (earnings):

           
 

Interest earned, net of expense

     

(234)

 

(7,089)

 

Gain on sale of investment

     

(9,015)

 

 

Foreign exchange loss (gain)

     

39,646 

 

(23,415)

         

30,397 

 

(30,504)

             

Loss for the period

     

(553,896)

 

(452,952)

             

Deficit, beginning of period

     

(19,230,971)

 

(16,216,193)

             

Deficit, end of period

   

$

(19,784,867)

$

(16,669,145)

             

Basic and diluted loss per share

   

$

(0.01)

$

(0.01)

             

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



2



TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Expressed in Canadian dollars)


Years ended August 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

   

2003 

2002 

       

Cash provided by (used in):

     
       

Operations:

     
 

Loss for the period

   

$(553,896)

$(452,952)

 

Amortization, an item not affecting cash

     

10,192 

 

14,252 

 

Change in non-cash working capital items

     

(119,346)

 

108,234 

         

(663,050)

 

(330,466)

       

Investments:

     
 

Mineral properties and deferred exploration

     

(161,344)


(390,338)

 

 

Short-term investments

     

(69,938)

 

 

Equipment and leasehold improvements disposals, net

     

(12,229)


(2,644)

         

(243,511)

 

(392,982)

       

Financing:

     
 

Share capital issued

     

526,300 

 

1,824,765 

             

Increase (decrease) in cash and short-term deposits

     

(380,261)


1,101,317 

             

Cash and short-term deposits, beginning of period

     

1,550,072 


2,027,272 

             

Cash and short-term deposits, end of period

   

$1,169,811 

  

$3,128,589 

             

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



3





TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited - Prepared by Management)


Three months ended November 30, 2003 and 2000

Year ended August 31, 2003

 

1.

Nature of operations:

 

The Company is in the process of exploring its mineral properties and has not yet determined whether these properties contain mineral deposits that are economically recoverable.  The continued operations of the Company and the recoverability of the amounts shown for mineral properties and related deferred costs are dependent upon the existence of economically recoverable reserves, securing and maintaining title and beneficial interest in the properties, the ability of the Company to obtain necessary financing to explore and develop, and upon future profitable production or proceeds from disposition of the mineral properties.  The amounts shown as deferred expenditures and property acquisition costs represent net costs to date, less amounts recovered, amortized and/or written off, and do not necessarily represent present or future values.

   

2.

Significant accounting policies:

 

These interim consolidated financial statements of Tan Range Exploration Corporation (the “Company”) have been prepared by management, and have not been audited or reviewed by an independent public accountant.  These interim consolidated financial statements do not include all disclosures required by Canadian generally accepted accounting principles for annual financial statements, and accordingly, these interim consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s most recent annual consolidated financial statements.  These interim consolidated financial statements follow the same accounting policies and methods of application as the Company’s audited annual consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended August 31, 2003.

 

These interim consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries.




4

 

 

TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited - Prepared by Management)


Three months ended November 30, 2003 and 2000

Year ended August 31, 2003

 

 

 The continuity of expenditures on mineral  properties is as follows:
                       
 

Itetemia (a)

Luhala (b)

Kigosi (c)

Lunguya (d)

Kanagele (e)

Tulawaka (f)

Ushirombo (g)

Mbogwe (h)

Biharamulu (i)

Other (j)

Total

                       

Balance, August 31, 2002

7,288,200 

2,498,293 

1,072,516 

2,177,768 

785,565 

1,424,545 

1,330,002 

984,190 

679,869 

311,607 

18,552,555

 

                     

Exploration expenditures:

                     

Camp, field supplies and travel

2,512 

3,747 

1,223 

15,687 

218 

42 

24,275 

2,770 

1,659 

6,172 

58,305 

Exploration and field overhead

(143)

33,543 

6,240 

182,437 

52,319 

185,825 

66,311 

36,418 

17,743 

149,041 

729,734 

Geological consulting and field wages

22 


314 

 

6,510 


47,786 

 

1,234 


5,376 

130 

278 


397 


62,047 

Geophysical and geochemical

13,910 

2,814 

3,298 

80,985 

8,465 

24,619 

16,421 

1,896 

34,623 

187,031 

Property acquisition costs

40,519 

36,183 

6,900 

12,501 

57,850 

153,953 

Parts and equipment

1,454 

1,875 

2,937 

6,266 

Trenching and drilling

122,563 

16,393 

138,956 

Option payments received

(11,410)

(56,974)

(44,419)

(11,410)

(60,752)

(184,965)

Reclassifications

371,411 

4,270 

(371,411)

(4,270)

 

4,891 

80,937 

424,865 

450,912 

69,136 

133,163 

(293,374)

60,722 

(26,675)

246,750 

1,151,327 

 

7,293,091 

2,579,230 

1,497,381 

2,628,680 

854,701 

1,557,708 

1,036,628 

1,044,912 

653,194 

558,357 

19,703,882 

Write-offs

(729,309)

(35,342)

(106,386)

(10,744)

(149,655)

(1,031,436)

 

                     

Balance, August 31, 2003

6,563,782 

2,579,230 

1,497,381 

2,593,338 

854,701 

1,557,708 

930,242 

1,044,912 

642,450 

408,702 

18,672,446 

 

                     

Exploration expenditures:

                     

Camp, field supplies and travel

461 

2,762 

9,590 

12,813 

Exploration and field overhead

1,368 

10,714 

518 

14,184 

10,566 

100,351 

137,701 

Geological consulting and field wages

-

-

3,863  781 3,203 406

-

-

-

2,464 10,717

Geophysical and geochemical

Property acquisition costs

Parts and equipment

113 

113 

Trenching and drilling

 

1,368 

10,714 

3,863 

1,242 

6,483 

14,590 

10,566 

112,518 

161,344 

 

6,565,150 

2,589,944 

1,501,244 

2,594,580 

861,184 

1,572,298 

930,242 

1,044,912 

653,016 

521,220 

18,833,790 

Write-offs

 

                     

Balance, November 30, 2003

6,565,150 

2,589,944 

1,501,244 

2,594,580 

861,184 

1,572,298 

930,242 

1,044,912 

653,016 

521,220 

18,833,790 

 

                     

 


5


4.

Accounting policies

 

Acquisition costs and exploration and development costs relating to mineral properties are deferred until the properties are brought into production, at which time they are amortized on a unit-of-production basis, or until the properties are abandoned or sold or management determines that the mineral property is not economically viable, at which time the deferred costs are written off.

   

5.

Share capital:

 
     

Number
of shares

 

Amount

           
 

Balance, August 31, 2003

 

80,191,542 

$

39,423,971 

 

Issued for cash

 

145,633 

 

250,000 

 

Subscriptions receivable

 

65,445 

 

125,000 

 

Issued on exercise of stock options

 

590,000 

 

276,300 

           
 

Balance, November 30, 2003

 

80,992,620 

$

40,075,271 

   

6.

Options and warrants outstanding:

 
 

Type of security

Number of shares

Exercise price

Expiry date

         
 

Options

120,000

$0.50

March 1, 2004

 

Options

50,000

$0.50

January 19, 2005

 

Options

35,000

$0.51

August 7, 2006

 

Options

400,000

$0.79

May 3, 2007

 

Options

10,000

$0.96

May 23, 2007

 

Options

50,000

$0.83

June 20, 2007

         
   

665,000

   
         

7.

Stock options:

 
     

Number
of shares

 

Exercise price

           
 

Balance, August 31, 2003

 

1,255,000 

 

$0.40 to $0.96

 

Exercised

 

590,000 

 

$0.40 to $0.51

           
 

Balance, November 30, 2003

 

665,000 

 

$0.50 to $0.96

   



6



 

8.

Reconciliation between Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles:

   

These unaudited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles  (“Canadian GAAP”).  A detailed description of United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and rules prescribed by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) that result in material measurement differences from Canadian GAAP is contained in the annual audited financial statements contained elsewhere in this Registration Statement.  The effect of the measurement differences between Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP on the consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations and cash flows is summarized below.

     
 

(a)    Assets:

     
     

November 30,

 

August 31,

     

2003

 

2003

           
 

Assets, under Canadian GAAP

$

21,267,420 

$

21,424,565 

 

Adjustment for mineral properties and deferred exploration

 

(18,833,790)

 

(18,672,446)

           
 

Assets, under U.S. GAAP

$

2,433,630 

$

2,752,119 

   
 

(b)     Liabilities:

     
     

November 30,

 

August 31,

     

2003

 

2003

           
 

Liabilities, under Canadian GAAP

$

977,016 

$

1,106,565 

 

Adjustment for mineral properties and deferred exploration

 

(647,565)

 

(647,565)

           
 

Liabilities, under U.S. GAAP

$

329,451 

$

459,000 

   
 

(c)     Share capital:

     
     

November 30,

 

August 31,

     

2003

 

2003

           
 

Share capital, under Canadian GAAP

$

40,075,271 

$

39,423,971 

 

Adjustment for stock-based compensation for employees

 

61,850 

 

61,850 

 

Adjustment for stock-based compensation for non-employees

 

393,078 

 

393,078 

 

Adjustment for escrow shares

 

2,300,000 

 

2,300,000 

           
 

Share capital, under U.S. GAAP

$

42,830,199 

$

42,178,899 

   
 

(d)    Deficit:

     
     

November 30,

 

August 31,

     

2003

 

2003

           
 

Deficit, under Canadian GAAP

$

(19,784,867)

$

(19,230,971)

 

Adjustment for stock-based compensation for employees

 

(61,850)

 

(61,850)

 

Adjustment for stock-based compensation for non-employees

 

(393,078)

 

(393,078)

 

Adjustment for escrow shares

 

(2,300,000)

 

(2,300,000)

 

Adjustment for mineral properties and deferred exploration,
net of income taxes

          (18,186,225)

        (18,024,881)
           
 

Deficit, under U.S. GAAP

$

(40,726,020)

$

(40,010,780)

   


7



8.

Reconciliation between Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles (continued):

 

(e)     Loss and loss per share:

     
 


 

Three months
ended

November 30,

 

Three months
ended

November 30,

     

2003

 

2002

           
 

Loss for the period, under Canadian GAAP

$

(553,896)

$

(452,952)

 

Adjustment for mineral properties and deferred exploration

 

(161,344)

 

(390,338)

 

Adjustment for escrow shares

 

 

(2,300,000)

           
 

Loss for the period, under U.S. GAAP

$

(715,240)

$

(3,143,290)

           
 

Basic additional loss per share, under U.S. GAAP

$

(0.01)

$

(0.04)

           
 

(f)       Cash flows:

     
 


 

Three months
ended

November 30,

 

Three months
ended

November 30,

     

2003

 

2002

           
 

Cash used in operating activities, under Canadian GAAP

$

(663,050)

$

(330,466)

 

Adjustment for mineral properties and deferred exploration

 

(161,344)

 

(390,338)

           
 

Cash used in operating activities, under U.S. GAAP

$

(824,394)

$

(720,804)

           
 

Cash used in investing activities, under Canadian GAAP

$

(243,511)

$

(392,982)

 

Adjustment for mineral properties and deferred exploration

 

161,344 

 

390,338 

           
 

Cash used in investing activities, under U.S. GAAP

$

(82,167)

$

(2,644)

           


8

 

 

 

 


 

 

 



TANZANIAN AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL

DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION 2000 LIMITED



REPORT AND ACCOUNTS

AT 31 DECEMBER 2001 AND 2000




 






TANZANIAN AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL

DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION 2000 LIMITED


DIRECTORS' REPORT

FOR THE YEARS ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2001 AND 2000



1.

The directors submit their report and audited financial statements for the years ended 31 December 2001 and 2000.



2.   

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY


The Company's principal activities are exploration of rare metals and gemstones through establishing new areas for exploration or joint ventures with local owners of existing licensed areas.



3.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


Results of operations are presented on page 4.



4.

SOLVENCY


The Company's state of affairs at 31 December 2001 and 2000 is set out on page 5 of these financial statements.



5.

GOING CONCERN


The holding company and internal resources will provide funding of future operations.  The directors are of the opinion that the Company will be a going concern in the year ahead.  Accordingly, the financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.



6.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS


The related party transactions as per Tanzania Financial Accounting Standard No. 12 have been incurred at arm's length as per the requirement of the standard.



7.

DIRECTORS


The directors of the Company who held office throughout the period are:


Name

Nationality

James Sinclair (Chairman)

USA

Jack Shriver

USA

Sheldon Ganis

USA

Victoria Luis

USA

William Harvey

USA

Joseph Kahama

Tanzanian

Marlene Sinclair

USA

Michele Sinclair

USA

Christine Sinclair

USA

Robert Darrach

USA




1






8.

DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITIES


It is the directors' responsibility to prepare financial statements for each financial period that give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company as at the end of the financial period and of its profit or loss for that period.


The directors confirm that suitable accounting policies have been used and applied consistently, and reasonable and prudent judgements and estimates have been made in the preparation of the financial statements for the years ended 31 December 2001 and 2000.  The directors also confirm that applicable accounting standards have been followed and that the financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.


The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records, for taking reasonable steps to safeguard the assets of the Company, and for preventing and detecting fraud.

These financial statements were approved at a meeting of the Board of Directors held on 17 October 2003



9.

AUDITORS


KPMG were appointed by the directors in 2003 to conduct audits of the financial statements of the Company for each of the accounting periods up to 31 December 2002.  KPMG have expressed their willingness to continue in office and, being eligible, a resolution proposing their re-appointment as auditors will be put to the next Annual General Meeting.


 


By order of the Board




Director:   signed "Joseph Kahama"

Date:

17 th October, 2003



2





REPORT OF THE AUDITORS TO THE MEMBERS OF

TANZANIAN AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL

DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION 2000 LIMITED



We have audited the financial statements set out on pages 4 to 13, which have been prepared on the basis of the accounting policies set out in Note 1.  We have obtained all the information and explanations, which to the best of our knowledge and belief were necessary for the purposes of our audit and to provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  The financial statements are in agreement with the books of account.



Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors


As confirmed by the directors on page 2 of their report, the directors are responsible, under the provisions of the Companies Ordinance (Cap 212), for the preparation of financial statements, which give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and its operating results.  Our responsibility is to express an independent opinion on the financial statements based on our audit and to report our opinion to you.



Basis of opinion


We conducted our audit in accordance with Tanzania Auditing Standards as promulgated by the National Board of Accountants and Auditors and with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America.  Those Standards require that we plan and perform our audit to obtain reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement.  An audit includes an examination, on a test basis, of evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  It also includes an assessment of the accounting policies used and significant estimates made by the directors, as well as an evaluation of the overall presentation of the financial statements.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 

 

Opinion


In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Tanzanian American International Development Corporation 2000 Limited as of 31 December 2001 and 2000, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with Tanzanian Financial Accounting Standards.




"KPMG"  (signed)


Certified Public Accountants

Dar es Salaam, Tanzania

Date:  28 th October, 2003




3






TANZANIAN AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL

DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION 2000 LIMITED


INCOME STATEMENTS

(IN U.S. DOLLARS)


     

  Year Ended 31 December

 

Notes

   

2001

2000

           
           

Revenue

     

-

-

           

Administration and other overheads

     

(118,430 )

(161,412 )

           

Loss before taxation

2

   

(118,430)

       (161,412)

           

Taxation

3

   

              -

              -

           

Loss for the period

     

( 118,430 )

( 161,412 )

           
           


Notes and related statements forming part of these financial statements appear on pages 8 to 13.


Report of the Auditors - Page 3.



4





TANZANIAN AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL

DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION 2000 LIMITED


BALANCE SHEETS

(IN U.S. DOLLARS)



Notes

     As at 31 December 

ASSETS

     

  2001

  2000

Non-current assets

         

Mineral properties

 4

 

2,861,406

2,487,585

Premises and equipment

 5  

       6,412

         8,572

         
           

Current assets

         

Cash and bank balances

     

7,118

22,688

       

________

________

Total assets

     

2,874,936

2,518,845

           

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

         

Capital and reserves

         

Share capital

 6  

147,312

147,312

Accumulated  losses

   

(780,410)

(661,980)

         
         

Non-current liabilities

       

Loan from shareholder

 7  

3,483,636

3,017,374

         

Current liabilities

       

Accounts payable

 8  

24,398

16,139

       

________

________

Total equity and liabilities

     

2,874,936

2,518,845



Notes and related statements forming part of these financial statements appear on pages 8 to 13.




Report of the Auditors - Page 3.




5






TANZANIAN AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL

DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION 2000 LIMITED


CASH FLOW STATEMENTS

(IN U.S. DOLLARS)


Year ended

31 December

Operating activities:

     

 2001

 2000

Loss before taxation

     

(118,430)

(161,412)

Adjustment for depreciation

     

      2,160  

      2,954  

       

(116,270)

(158,458)

Working capital movement:

         

Increase in accounts payable

     

      8,259  

      7,780  

Cash absorbed by operations

     

(108,011)

(150,678)

           

Investing activities:

         

Expenditure on mineral properties

     

(373,821 )

(660,199 )

Net cash outflow on investing activities

     

(373,821)

(660,199)

           

Financing activities:

         

Advances from shareholder

     

466,262  

871,666  

Net cash inflow from financing activities

     

466,262 

871,666 

           

Net movement in cash and cash equivalents

     

(15,570)

60,789 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     

   22,688  

(38,101 )

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

     

     7,118  

22,688  

           
           




Notes and related statements forming part of these financial statements appear on pages 8 to 13.



Report of the Auditors - Page 3.





6






TANZANIAN AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL

DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION 2000 LIMITED


STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(IN U.S. DOLLARS)



Year ended
31 December

     

2001

2000

         
         
         

Share capital

   

147,312

147,312

         

Accumulated loss:

       

Balance, beginning of period

   

(661,980)

(500,568)

Loss for the period

   

( 118,430 )

( 161,412 )

Balance, end of period

   

( 780,410 )

( 661,980 )

         
     

( 633,098 )

( 514,668 )

         



Notes and related statements forming part of these financial statements appear on pages 8 to 13.


Report of the Auditors - Page 3.

7






TANZANIAN AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL

DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION 2000 LIMITED


NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2001 AND 2000



1.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES


The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below.


(a)

Basis of preparation

These financial statements are prepared under the historical cost convention, and in accordance with Tanzania Financial Accounting Standards. The financial statements have been prepared under the going concern assumption on the basis that the shareholders would ensure that the liabilities can be met as and when they fall due.  Material measurement differences to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America are set out in note 11.

(b)

Taxation

Taxation on the profit or loss for the year comprises both current and deferred taxes. Current taxation is provided for on the basis of the results for the year adjusted in accordance with the tax legislation and any adjustment of tax payable for previous years. Deferred tax is provided at currently enacted rates using the balance sheet liability method on all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying values for financial reporting purposes.  The benefit of loss carry forwards and other available deductible differences are recorded to the extent that their realization is considered to be more likely than not.


(c)

Mineral properties

Acquisition, exploration and development costs relating to mineral properties are deferred until the properties are abandoned or sold, or until management determines that the mineral property is not economically viable, at which time the deferred costs are written off. Amounts recovered from third parties to earn an interest in the Company's mineral properties are applied as a reduction of the deferred exploration and development costs.

Overhead costs directly related to exploration and development are allocated to the mineral properties explored during the year and are included in the deferred costs. All other overheads and administration costs are expensed in the year they are incurred.

(d)

Premises and equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided so as to write off the cost of these assets on a declining balance basis over their expected useful lives at the following annual rates:


Assets Category

Rate (%)

   

Leasehold improvements

20.0

Computer equipment

30.0

Furniture and fittings

20.0




8





1.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

(e)

Foreign currency translation


Transactions denominated in local currencies are translated into US dollars at the approximate exchange rates ruling at the transaction date.  Assets and liabilities expressed in local currencies are converted at the exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. The resulting differences from conversion and translation are dealt with in the profit and loss account in the period in which they arise.



2.

LOSS BEFORE TAXATION


The loss before taxation is stated after charging:


Year ended

31 December

     

2001

2000

         
         

Depreciation

   

2,160

2,954

Audit fees

   

2,500

2,500

Directors' remuneration

   

30,248

23,944

         



3.

TAXATION


There is no tax charge for the period, as the Company has not yet generated any revenue.

4.

MINERAL PROPERTIES

 

1 January

         2001

Movements during

         the year

31 December
              2001

       
       

Drilling

-

127,731

127,731

Exploration and field overhead expenses

21,299

36,236

57,535

Geological consulting and field expenses

43,470

24,000

67,470

Geophysical and geochemical expenditure

1,456,726

-

1,456,726

Purchase of prospecting licences and annual rents

   966,090

185,854

1,151,944

 

2,487,585

373,821

2,861,406




9





5.

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT


 

Leasehold improvements

Computers

Furniture

& fittings

Total

         

Cost

       

At 1 January 2001

6,093

11,510

1,109

18,712

Additions

        -

          -

        -

          -

At 31 December 2001

6,093

11,510

1,109

18,712

         

Depreciation

       

At 1 January 2001

2,916

6,781

443

10,140

Charge for the year

    635

1,419

106

  2,160

At 31 December 2001

3,551

8,200

549

12,300

         

Net book value

       
         

At 31 December 2001

2,542

3,310

560

6,412

         

At 31 December 2000

3,177

4,729

666

8,572



6.

SHARE CAPITAL


The Company's authorised, issued and fully paid up share capital as of 31 December 2001 and 2000 was 100,000 ordinary shares, each of Tzs 1,000 par value - a total of Tzs 100 million.  The total amount subscribed for the issue of this capital is USD 147,312.



7.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS


Since 30 April 2002, the Company has been owned 100% by Tan Range Exploration Corporation ("TanRange"), a company incorporated in Canada, which is listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange.  Prior to this date, the Company was privately owned and a shareholder had provided an interest free loan to the Company as its principal source of finance.


The balance on this loan stood at USD 3,519,911 as of 31 March 2002 (31 December 2001 - USD 3,483,636; 2000 - USD 3,017,374).  As part of the agreement between the original shareholders and TanRange for the sale of their investments in the Company to TanRange, the benefit of the repayment of this loan was assigned to TanRange in exchange for new equity in the holding company.

Subsequent to 30 April 2002, TanRange provides certain management services to the Company, including the preparation and maintenance of management accounts, and does not charge the Company for these services.





10





8.

ACCOUNTS PAYABLE


       

As at

31 December

       

2001

2000

 

Expense creditors

   

24,398

16,139

     

24,398

16,139



9.

INCORPORATION


The Company was incorporated in Tanzania on 29 January 1998 under the Companies Ordinance (Cap 212).  Its registered office is situated at PPF House (8 th floor), Samora Avenue/ Morogoro Road, Dar es Salaam.



10.

CURRENCY

These financial statements are presented in United States Dollars (USD), which is the functional and reporting currency of the Company



11.

RECONCILIATION BETWEEN TANZANIA FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES


These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Tanzania Financial Accounting Standards ("Tanzania FAS").  A description of United States generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP") and rules prescribed by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") that result in material measurement differences from Tanzania FAS follows:


Mineral property and deferred exploration cost:


U.S. GAAP requires that long-lived assets be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.  In performing the review for recoverability, the Company is required to estimate the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition.  If the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized.  SEC staff have indicated that their interpretation of U.S. GAAP requires mineral property acquisition, exploration and land use costs to be expensed as incurred until commercially minable deposits are determined to exist within a particular property as cash flows cannot be reasonably estimated prior to such determination.  Accordingly, in the reconciliation note that follows, for all periods presented, the Company has expensed all mineral property acquisition, exploration and land use costs as incurred for U.S. GAAP purposes.


For Tanzania FAS, cash flows relating to mineral property acquisition and exploration costs are reported as investing activities in the cash flow statements.  For U.S. GAAP, these costs would be characterized as operating activities in the cash flow statements.




11





11.

RECONCILIATION BETWEEN TANZANIA FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (CONTINUED)


Mineral property and deferred exploration cost (continued):


(a)

Assets:


       

As at 31 December

       

2001 

 

2000 

             
             

Assets, under Tanzania FAS

     

2,874,936 

 

2,518,845 

Adjustment for mineral properties and deferred exploration (note 4)

                    ( 2,861,406 )

  (2,487,585 )

             

Assets, under U.S. GAAP

     

      13,530  

 

      31,260  

             


(b)

Capital and reserves:


     

As at 31 December

     

2001 

 

2000 

           
           

Capital and reserves, under Tanzania FAS

   

(633,098)

 

(514,668)

Adjustment for mineral properties and deferred exploration (note 4)

   

( 2,861,406 )

 

( 2,487,585 )

           

Capital and reserves, under U.S. GAAP

   

( 3,494,504 )

 

( 3,002,253 )

           


(c)

Loss:


     

Year ended

31 December

           

2001

 

2000

                 
                 

Loss for the period, under Tanzania FAS


 


 



(118,430)



(161,412)

Adjustment for mineral properties and deferred exploration

         

( 373,821 )

 

( 660,199 )

                 

Loss for the period, under U.S. GAAP


 


 



( 492,251 )



( 821,611 )

                 




12





11.

RECONCILIATION BETWEEN TANZANIA FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (CONTINUED)


Mineral property and deferred exploration cost (continued):


(d)

Cash flow:


     

Year ended

31 December


         

2001

 

2000

               
               

Cash absorbed by operations, under Tanzania FAS

 


 


(108,011)

(150,678)

Adjustment for mineral properties and deferred exploration

        ( 373,821 )

( 660,199 )


               

Cash absorbed by operations, under U.S. GAAP

 


 



( 481,832 )



( 810,877 )

               


Net cash outflow on investing activities, under Tanzania FAS

 


 


(373,821)


(660,199)


Adjustment for mineral properties and deferred exploration

       

373,821  

               660,199  

               

Net cash outflow on investing activities, under U.S. GAAP

 


 



              -



              -

               




13


 

 

 


 

CORPORATE ACCESS NUMBER

ALBERTA

20424547

GOVERNMENT OF ALBERTA

 



BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT







CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION


OF


RESTATED ARTICLES







TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION


RESTATED ITS ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION ON


FEBRUARY 15, 1996






[Seal]

/s/ Registrar of Corporations

  Registrar of Corporations







{00029382.DOC;1}





FORM 7

BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

(Section 174)



ALBERTA Consumer and Corporate Affairs

RESTATED ARTICLES OF

INCORPORATION

_____________________________________________________________________________


1.

NAMEOF CORPORATION:

2.  CORPORATE ACCESS

NUMBER:


Tan Range Exploration Corporation

20424547

_____________________________________________________________________________


3.

THE CLASSES AND ANY MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES THAT THE

CORPORATION IS AUTHORIZED TO ISSUE.


An unlimited number of Common Shares

______________________________________________________________________________

4.

RESTRICTION IF ANY ON SHARE TRANSFERS.


There are no restrictions on the transfer of shares

______________________________________________________________________________

5.

NUMBER (OR MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM NUMBER) OF DIECTORS


Minimum  3

Maximum  9

______________________________________________________________________________

6.

IF THE CORPORATION IS RESTRICTED FROM CARRY ON A CERTAIN BUSINESS, SPECIFY THESE RESTRICTIONS.


None

______________________________________________________________________________


7.

OTHER PROVISIONS IF ANY.


(a)  Without in any way limiting the borrowing powers of the Corporation or of the Directors as set out in the Business Corporations Act and in the by-laws (as amended from time to time), the Directors of the Corporation may from time to time:


(i)

borrow money upon the credit of the Corporation;


(ii)

issue, reissue, sell or pledge securities, bonds, debentures, notes or other evidence of indebtedness of or guarantee by the Corporation, whether secured or unsecured;







{00029382.DOC;1}





-2-



(iii)

charge, mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise create an interest in or charge upon all or any property of any nature present or future (including, without limitation, the undertaking and rights) of the Corporation, by way of charge, mortgage, hypothec, pledge or otherwise in order to secure any securities, bonds, debentures, notes or other evidence of indebtedness of or guarantee by the Corporation, or money borrowed by or other debt or liability of the Corporation.


Nothing in this Section limits or restricts the borrowing of money by the Corporation on Bills of Exchange or Promissory Notes made, drawn, accepted or endorsed by or

on behalf of the Corporation.


The Board may from time to time delegate to such! one or more of the Directors or Officers of the Corporation as may be designated by the Board of Directors all or any of the powers conferred on the Board by the foregoing or by the Business Corporations Act to such extent and in such manner as the Board shall determine at the time of each such delegation.


(b)  The Directors may, between annual general meetings, appoint one or more additional directors of the Corporation to serve until the next annual general meeting, but the number of additional Directors shall not at! any time exceed one third (1/3) of the number of Directors who held office at the expiration of the last annual general meeting of the Corporation.


(c)  General meetings of shareholders may be held outside Alberta in either of the cities of Vancouver, British Columbia or Toronto Ontario..



_______________________________________________________________________

8.

DATE

SIGNATURE

TITLE


January 24, 1996

/s/ Frank R. Hallam

Secretary

Frank R. Hallam

_______________________________________________________________________


FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY

FILED






{00029382.DOC;1}






 

CORPORATE ACCESS NUMBER

ALBERTA

20424547

GOVERNMENT OF ALBERTA

 



BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT







CERTIFICATE


OF


AMENDMENT







TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION


AMENDED ITS ARTICLES ON FEBRUARY 15, 1996.






[Seal]

/s/ Registrar of Corporations

  Registrar of Corporations




{00029382.DOC;1}




Alberta

MUNICIPAL AFFAIRS

Registries

     Articles of Amendment

1.

NAME OF CORPORATION


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION

2.

CORPORATE ACCESS NUMBER:


20424547



3.

(1)

ITEM NO. 2 . OF THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF THE ABOVE NAMED CORPORATION IS

AMENDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 167(1)(m) OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT to delete the provisions of the Articles authorizing the issue of Class "B" Voting shares, Class "C" Non-Voting shares and Class "D" Preferred shares.


(2)

ITEM NO. 2 . OF THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF THE ABOVE NAMED CORPORATION IS AMENDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 167(1)(e) OFTHE BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT to redesignate the Class" A" Voting shares as Common shares.


(3)

ITEM NO. 6 OF THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF THE ABOVE NAMED CORPORATION IS AMENDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 126(4) OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT to provide that meetings of shareholders may be held outside Alberta in either of the cities of Vancouver, British Columbia or Toronto, Ontario.





DATE


JANUARY 24, 1996

SIGNATURE


/S/ FRANK HALLAM

TITLE


SECRETARY






{00029382.DOC;1}







 

CORPORATE ACCESS NUMBER

ALBERTA

20424547

REGISTRIES

 



BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT




CERTIFICATE


OF


AMENDMENT




TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION


AMENDED ITS ARTICLES ON APRIL 4, 1995.


 



[Seal]

/s/ Registrar of Corporations

  Registrar of Corporations




{00029382.DOC;1}





FORM 4

BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

(Section 27 or 171)



ALBERTA Consumer and Corporate Affairs

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

_____________________________________________________________________________

1.

NAME OF CORPORATION:

     2.  CORPORATE ACCESS NUMBER:


Tan Range Exploration Corporation

20424547

_____________________________________________________________________________

3.

THE ARTICLES OF THE ABOVE-NAMED CORPORATION ARE AMENDED AS FOLLOWS:


1.  Pursuant to Section 167(1)(k), Paragraph 4 is amended to read:


"4.  Minimum - three (3)      Maximum - nine (9)."






______________________________________________________________________________

4.

DATE

SIGNATURE

TITLE


March 22, 1995

/s/ Frank R. Hallam

Secretary

Frank R. Hallam

_______________________________________________________________________

FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY

FILED





{00029382.DOC;1}





20424547


Corporate Access No.


Alberta


BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT



FORM 5




CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT



-  TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION  -

Name of Corporation



I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE ARTICLES OF THE ABOVE-MENTIONED CORPORATION WERE AMENDED.



[  ]

UNDER SECTION 13 OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT IN ACCORDANCE WITH

THE ATTACHED NOTICE;


[  ]

UNDER SECTION 27 OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT AS SET OUT IN THE

ATTACHED ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT DESIGNATING A SERIES OF SHARES;


[X]

UNDER SECTION 171 OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATlONS ACT AS SET OUT IN THE

ATTACHED ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT;


[  ]

UNDER SECTION 185 OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT AS SET OUT IN THE

ATTACHED ARTICLES OF REORGANIZATION;


[  ]

UNDER SECTION 186 OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT AS SET OUT IN THE

ATTACHED ARTICLES OF ARRANGEMENT.



[Seal]

/s/ Registrar of Corporations


Registrar of Corporations



August 13, 1991


Date of Amendment




{00029382.DOC;1}





FORM 4

BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

(SECTION 27 OR 171)


ALBERTA Consumer and Corporate Affairs

  ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

1.

NAME OF CORPORATION


424547 ALBERTA LTD.

2.

CORPORATE ACCESS NUMBER:


20424547


3.

THE ARTICLES OF THE ABOVE-NAMED CORPORATION ARE AMENDED AS FOLLOWS:


1.

Pursuant to Section 167(1)(a), Paragraph 1 is amended to read:


"1.  The name of the Corporation is TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION."


2.

Pursuant to Section 167(1)(l), Paragraph 3 is amended to read:


"3.  There are no restrictions on the transfer of shares."


3.

Pursuant to Section 167(1)(1) and (m), by deleting Paragraphs 6(b), (c), (d) and (e) in their entirety and inserting the following as Paragraph 6(b):


"(b)  The Directors may, between annual general meetings, appoint one or more additional

directors of the Corporation to serve until the next annual general meeting, but the number

of additional Directors shall not at any time exceed one-third (1/3) the number of Directors

who held office at the expiration of the last annual meeting of the Corporation."



______________________________________________________________________________

4.

DATE

SIGNATURE

TITLE


July 24, 1991

/s/ Gary B. Unrau

Director

Gary B. Unrau

_______________________________________________________________________

FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY

FILED




{00029382.DOC;1}





20424547


Corporate Access No.


Alberta


BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT



FORM 2




CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION



-  424547 ALBERTA LTD.  -


Name of Corporation



I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE ABOVE-MENTIONED CORPORATION, THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF WHICH ARE ATTACHED, WAS INCORPORATED UNDER THE BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT OF THE PROVINCE OF ALBERTA.





[Seal]

/s/ Registrar of Corporations


Registrar of Corporations



July 5, 1990


Date of Incorporation




{00029382.DOC;1}




FORM 1

BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

(SECTION 6)


ALBERTA Consumer and Corporate Affairs

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION


1.

NAME OF CORPORATION"


424547 ALBERTA LTD.

____________________________________________________________________________________


2.

THE CLASSES, AND ANY MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES THAT THE CORPORATION IS AUTHORIZED TO ISSUE:


(a)

an unlimited number of Class "A" Voting Shares, which Shares shall carry and be subject to the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:


(i)

to receive notice of and to vote at every meeting of the Shareholders of the Corporation;


(ii)

to receive such dividends as the Directors may, from time to time, by resolution declare for the benefit of the Class "A" Voting Shares;


(iii)

to share equally in the assets of the Corporation remaining upon the liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation with the holders of the Class "B" Voting Shares and the Class "C" Non-Voting Shares on a share for share basis after the creditors of the Corporation and the holders of the Class "D" referred Shares have been satisfied;


(b)

an unlimited number of Class "B" Voting Shares, which Shares shall carry and be subject to the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:


(i)

to receive notice of and to vote at every meeting of the Shareholders of the

Corporation;


(ii)

to receive such dividends as the Directors may, from time to time, by resolution

declare for the benefit of the Class "B" Voting Shares;


(iii)

to share equally in the assets of the Corporation remaining upon the liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation with the holders of the Class "A" Voting Shares and the Class "C" Non-Voting Shares on a share for share basis after the creditors of the Corporation and the holders of the Class "D" Preferred Shares have been satisfied;


(c)

an unlimited number of Class "C" Non-Voting Shares, the holders of which shall not be entitled to receive notice of or to vote at any meeting of the Shareholders of the Corporation unless otherwise provided by the Business Corporations Act and, in addition, the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the Class "C" Non-Voting Shares are as follows:


(i)

to receive such dividends as the Directors may, from time to time, by Resolution

declare for the benefit of the Class "C" Non-Voting Shares;


(ii)

to share equally in the assets of the Corporation remaining upon the liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation with the holders of the Class "A" Voting Shares and the Class "B" Voting Shares on a share for share basis after the creditors of the Corporation and the holders of the Class "D" Preferred Shares have been satisfied;





-2-


(c)

an unlimited number of Class "D" Non-Voting Preferred Shares, the holders of which shall not be entitled to receive notice of or to vote at any meeting of the Shareholders of the Corporation unless otherwise provided by the Business Corporations Act and, in addition, the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the Class "D" Preferred Shares are as follows:


(i)

to receive out of the surplus or net profits of the Corporation, preferential dividends at a rate to be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time, based on the redemption or repurchase price of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) for each Class "D" Preferred Share issued in priority to any dividends payable to the Class "A", Class "B" and Class "C" Shareholders, in each year in which any dividend is declared. Such dividends shall be non-cumulative, so that under no circumstances shall dividends in excess of the amount fixed by the Board of Directors be payable in any fiscal year, except in the fiscal year of redemption or repurchase, to the holders of the Class "D" Preferred Shares and the dividends on the Class "D" Preferred Shares shall be paid only in each fiscal year in which a dividend is declared. In the event redemption is demanded by the holders of any or all Class D" Preferred Shares, or if notice of redemption or repurchase of all or any part of the Class "D" Preferred Shares is given by the Corporation, all as hereinafter provided, dividends shall be declared by the Directors in an amount which shall be seven (7%) percent per annum, calculated on the redemption or repurchase price set out above, payable to the holders of the Class "D" Preferred Shares on such of the said Shares as the Corporation intends to redeem or repurchase or in respect of such Class "D" Preferred Shares as the holders thereof have demanded redemption;


(ii)

the holders of the Class "D" Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to participate further in the profits of the Corporation or in the assets of the Corporation except as herein specifically provided;


(iii)

the Corporation or a holder of Class "D" Preferred Shares may, upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, redeem, repurchase, or have redeemed, at any time after the issuance of such Class "D" Preferred Shares, the whole, or from time to time, part of the then outstanding Class "D" Preferred Shares on payment for each share to be redeemed or repurchased, of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00), together with all dividends which have been declared by the Directors in the fiscal year of the Corporation and which are unpaid, if any (hereinafter collectively called "the Redemption Value");


(iv)

in the event the Corporation determines to redeem or repurchase Class "D" Preferred Shares, the Corporation shall at least thirty (30) days prior to the date specified for redemption or repurchase, mail to each person who, at the date of mailing, is the registered holder of Class "D" Preferred Shares to be redeemed or repurchased, notice in writing of the intention of the Corporation to redeem or repurchase, a Class "D" Preferred Shares. Such notice shall be mailed in a prepaid letter addressed to each holder of Class "D" Preferred Shares at his address as it appears on the books of the Corporation or in the event of any Shareholder not so appearing, then to the last known address of such Shareholder; provided, however, that accidental failure to give any such notice to one or more Class "D" Preferred Shareholder shall not affect the validity of such notice of redemption or intention to repurchase. Such notice shall set out the date on which redemption or repurchase is to take place and if only part of the Class "D" Preferred Shares held by the person to whom the notice is addressed, are to be redeemed or repurchased, the number thereof. On or after the date so specified for redemption or repurchase, the Corporation shall pay or cause to be paid to or to the





- 3 -


order of the registered holder of Class "D" Preferred Shares to be redeemed or repurchased, the Redemption Value for each Share, on presentation and surrender at the head office of the Corporation, or such other place as may be designated in the notice, of the Certificates for the Class "D" Preferred Shares to be redeemed or repurchased. Such Class "D" Preferred Shares shall thereupon be, and be deemed to be redeemed and shall be cancelled. If a part only of the Class "D" Preferred Shares represented by any Certificate be redeemed or repurchased, a new Certificate for the balance of the said shares shall be issued to the holder at the expense of the Corporation. From and after the date specified in the notice, the Class "D" Preferred Shares called for redemption or repurchase shall cease to be entitled to dividends and the holders thereof shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of holders of Class "D" Preferred Shares, unless payment of the Redemption Value for each share shall not be made upon presentation of Certificates in accordance with the provisions herein contained, in which case the rights of the holders shall remain unaffected.  Should the holders of Class "D" Preferred Shares called for redemption or repurchase fail to present the Certificates representing such shares on the date specified for redemption or repurchase, the Corporation shall have the right to deposit the Redemption Value for each share of such shares in a special account in any Chartered Bank or any Trust Company in Canada to be paid without interest to or to the order of the respective holders of such Class "D" Preferred Shares called for redemption or repurchase upon presentation and surrender of such Bank or Trust Company of the Certificates representing the same and upon such deposit being paid the Class "D" Preferred Shares in respect whereof such deposit shall have been made shall be deemed to be redeemed or repurchased and shall be cancelled and the rights of the holders thereof after such deposit shall be limited to receiving, without interest, their proportionate part of the total Redemption Value for each share so deposited against presentation and surrender of the Certificate for Class "D" Preferred Shares held by them respectively;


(v)

in the event any Shareholder requests that the Corporation redeem or repurchase any or all of that Shareholder's Class "D" Preferred Shares, the Shareholder shall at least thirty (30) days prior to the date specified for redemption or repurchase, mail to the Corporation a notice in writing of the intention of the Shareholder to request that the Corporation redeem or repurchase any or all of the Shareholder's Class "D" Preferred Shares. Such notice shall be mailed in a prepaid letter addressed to the head office of the Corporation or to the registered address of the Corporation in the province in which the Corporation is incorporated. Such notice shall set out the date in which redemption or repurchase is to take place and the number of Class "D" Preferred Shares to be redeemed or repurchased on or after the date so specified for redemption or repurchase, the Corporation shall pay or cause to be paid to or to the order of the registered holder of the Class "D" Preferred Shares to be redeemed or repurchased, the Redemption Value, on presentation and surrender at the head office of the Corporation, or such other place as may be agreed upon by the Shareholder and the Corporation, of the Certificates for Class "D" Preferred Shares to be redeemed or repurchased. Such Class "D" Preferred Shares shall thereupon be, and be deemed to be redeemed and shall be cancelled. If only part of the Class "D" Preferred Shares represented by any Certificate be redeemed or repurchased, a new Certificate for the balance of the said shares shall be issued to the holder at the expense of the Corporation. From and after the date specified in the notice, the Class "D" Preferred Shares for redemption or repurchase shall cease to be entitled to dividends and the holders thereof shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of holders of Class "D" Preferred Shares, unless payment of the Redemption Value shall not be received upon presentation of the Certificate in accordance with the provisions herein contained, in which case the rights of the holders shall remain unaffected;







-4-


(vi)

in the event of the liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation whether voluntary or involuntary, or on a distribution of assets when the Corporation has ceased to carry on business, the holders of the Class "D" Preferred Shares shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation the Redemption Value for each share in priority to, and before any part of the assets are paid to or distributed amongst the holders of the Class "A" Shares, Class "B" Shares and Class "C" Shares of the Corporation;


(e)

in addition to the individual rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to each class of shares of the Corporation, all of the shares of the Corporation shall be subject to the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:


(i)

subject to the provisions of the Business Corporations Act and subject to paragraphs (a)(iii); (b)(iii); (c)(ii) and (d)(vi) hereof, the Directors of the Corporation are in no way restricted in their discretion to pay dividends on the Class "A" Voting Shares and/or the Class "B" Voting Shares and/or the Class "C" Non-Voting Shares to the exclusion of, or in addition to, the Class "D" Preferred Shares in any year;


(ii)

no dividends shall at any time be declared, paid or set apart for the Class "A" Voting Shares, Class "B" Voting Shares or Class "C" Non-Voting Shares if such dividend would impair the ability of the Corporation to redeem or repurchase the Class "D" Preferred Shares;


(iii)

any preference, right, condition, privilege r restriction attaching to the Class "A" Voting Shares, Class "B" Voting Shares, Class "C" Non-Voting Shares or the Class "D" Preferred Shares, may only be amended by a two-thirds majority vote of the holders of the existing Class "D" Preferred Shares, the Class "A" Voting Shares, Class "B" Voting Shares and the Class "C" Non-Voting Shares, each class of Shareholders voting separately.


Except as herein otherwise expressly provided the Board of Directors may declare or pay dividends exclusively to one or more class or classes of shares to the exclusion of any other class or classes of shares.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

3.

RESTRICTIONS ON SHARE TRANSFERS (IF ANY):


No shares in the capital of the Corporation shall be transferred without the express consent of a majority of the Board of Directors to be signified by a Resolution of the Board of Directors.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

4.

NUMBER, OR MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM NUMBER, OF DIRECTORS THAT THE CORPORATION MAY HAVE:


MINIMUM - ONE (1)

MAXIMUM - NINE (9)

_____________________________________________________________________________________

5.

IF THE CORPORATION IS RESTRICTED FROM CARRYING ON A CERTAIN BUSINESS, OR RESTRICTED TO CARRYING ON A CERTAIN BUSINESS, SPECIFY THE RESTRICTION(S):


NONE

_____________________________________________________________________________________






6.

OTHER RULES OR PROVISIONS (IF ANY):


(a)

Without in any way limiting the borrowing powers of the Corporation or of the Directors as set out in the Business Corporations Act and in the by-laws (as amended from time to time), the Directors of the Corporation may from time to time:


(i)

borrow money upon the credit of the Corporation;


(ii)

issue, reissue, sell or pledge securities, bonds, debentures, notes or other evidence of indebtedness of or guarantee by the Corporation,whether secured or unsecured;


(iii)

charge, mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise create an interest in or charge upon all or any property of any nature present or future (including, without limitation, the undertaking and rights) of the Corporation by way of charge, mortgage, hypothec, pledge or otherwise in order to secure any securities, bonds, debentures, notes or other evidence of indebtedness of or guarantee by the Corporation, or money borrowed by or other debt or liability of the Corporation.


Nothing in this Section limits or restricts the borrowing of money by the Corporation on Bills of Exchange or Promissory Notes made, drawn, accepted or endorsed by or on behalf of the Corporation.


The Board may from time to time delegate to such one or more of the Directors or Officers of the Corporation as may be designated by the Board of Directors all or any of the powers conferred on the Board by the foregoing or by the Business Corporations Act to such extent and in such manner as the Board shall determine at the time of each such delegation.


(b)

The number of the Corporation's members exclusive of:


(i)

persons who are in its employment or that of an affiliate, and


(ii)

persons who, having been formerly in its employment, or that of an affiliate, were, while in that employment, shareholders of the Corporation and have continued to be shareholders of the Corporation after termination of that employment


is limited to not more than 50 persons, 2 or more persons who are joint registered owners of 1 or more shares being counted as 1 shareholder.


(c)

An invitation to the public to subscribe for the securities of the Corporation is prohibited.


(d)

The Corporation is entitled to a lien on shares registered in the name of a shareholder for a debt to the Corporation.


(e)

The Directors may, between annual general meetings, appoint one or more additional directors of the Corporation to serve until the next annual general meeting, but the number of additional Directors shall not at any time exceed one-third (1/3) the number of Directors who held office at the expiration of the last annual meeting of the Corporation.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

7.

DATE:


  1990

        07

            03

YEAR     MONTH     DAY






- 6 -



INCORPORATORS NAMES:

ADDRESS

(INCLUDING POSTAL CODE)

SIGNATURE

BARBARA J. SNOWDON

900, 340 - 12 Avenue S.W.

Calgary, Alberta  T2R 1L5

/s/ Barbara J. Snowdon

     
     
     

FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY


CORPORATE ACCESS NO.

         INCORPORATION DATE  90/07/05 DR







SCHEDULE "B"


BY LAW NO. 2



A By-law Relating to the Business and Affairs of the Corporation


PART ONE


Interpretation


Section 1.01  Definitions - in this By-law:


(a)

"Act" means the Alberta Business Corporations Act and any statute that may be substituted therefor, as from time to time amen ed;


(b)

"Board" means the Board of directors of the Corporation;


(c)

"Corporation" means Tan Range Exploration Corporation.


(d)

"Meeting of Shareholders" means an annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation or a special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, and includes a meeting of the holders of any class or series of any class of shares in the Corporation; and


all terms and expressions used herein that are defined in the Act shall have the same meanings as are given thereto in the Act.


Section 1.02  Construction - Words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa; words importing gender include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.


PART TWO


Meeting of Shareholders


Section 2.01  Presiding Officer - The chairman of any Meeting of Shareholders shall be the first mentioned of such of the following officers as have been appointed who is present at the meeting: the Chairman or a Co-Chairman of the Board, the President, or a Vice-President who is also a director. In the absence of any such officer, the shareholders shall choose one of their number to chair the meeting. Subject to the Act, the procedure to be followed at any Meeting

of the Shareholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting.


Section 2.02  Quorum - a quorum at any Meeting of Shareholders shall be persons present not being less than two in number and who hold or represent no less than 20 percent of the total number of the issued shares of the Corporation for the time being enjoying voting rights at the meeting.







PART THREE

Directors and Officers


Section 3.01  Election - Subject to the articles, the number of directors shall be determined by the Board. Subject to any age limitation set by the Board and except as otherwise permitted by the articles, the directors shall be elected at annual meetings and shall be eligible for re-election.


Section 3.02  Chairman of Board Meetings - The Chairman of any meeting of the Board shall be the first mentioned of such of the following officers as have been appointed who is present at the meeting: the Chairman or a Co-Chairman of the Board, the President, or a Vice-President. If no such officer is present, the directors shall choose one of their number to chair the meeting.


Section 3.03  Notice - No notice need be given of the first meeting of the Board following a Meeting of Shareholders at which directors are elected if such meeting of the Board is held immediately after the shareholders meeting. Notice of all other meetings of the Board shall be given to each director not less than forty-eight hours (excluding any non-business day) before the time when the meeting is to be held and may be given by mail, telegram, facsimile or other electronic means of communication. No action taken at any meeting of the Board shall be invalidated by the accidental failure to give notice or sufficient notice thereof to any director.


Section 3.04  Directors may participate in meetings of the Board or of any committee of the Board by means of telephone or other communication facilities that permit all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other.


Section 3.05  Quorum and Voting - At all meetings of the Board three directors shall constitute a quorum and every question shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast thereon. In case of an equality of votes, the chairman of the meeting shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.


Section 3.06  Remuneration and Expenses - Directors who do not receive salary as officers or employees of the Corporation shall each be paid such amount per annum as the Board may from time to time determine. In addition they, and the salaried directors, shall each receive such amount as the Board may from time to time determine for each meeting of the Board or any committee thereof which they attend and shall be entitled to be paid for traveling and other expenses properly incurred in connection with the affairs of the Corporation. The Board may also award special remuneration to any director undertaking any special service on the Corporation's behalf.


Section 3.07  Officers - The Board may elect or appoint such officers having such responsibilities as the Board sees fit, provided that at all times there shall be a President who shall be elected from the Board and there shall be a Secretary.


Section 3.08  Indemnity and Insurance - Subject to the limitations contained in the Act but without limit to the right of the Corporation to indemnify any person under the Act or otherwise, the Corporation shall indemnify a director or officer of the Corporation, a former director or officer of the Corporation, or a person who acts or acted at the Corporation's request as a director or officer of a body corporate of which the Corporation is or was a shareholder or creditor, and






his heirs and legal representatives, against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by him in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which he is made party by reason of being or having been a director or officer of the Corporation or a director or officer of such body corporate, if


(a)

he acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Corporation, and


(b)

in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, he had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.


Subject to the limitations contained in the Act, the Corporation may purchase, maintain or participate in such insurance for the benefit of such persons referred to in this section as the Board may from time to time determine.


PART FOUR


Execution of Documents


Section 4.01  The Board may from time to time determine the officers or other persons by whom any particular document or instrument or class of documents or instruments of the Corporation shall be executed and the manner of execution thereof, including the use of facsimile reproductions of any or all signatures and the use of the corporate seal or a facsimile reproduction thereof.


PART FIVE


Effective Date


Section 5.01  This By-law shall come into force upon enactment.


Section 5.02  Repeal - By-law No. 1 of the Corporation is hereby repealed: provided that such repeal shall not affect the previous operation of By-law No. 1 or affect the validity of any act done or right, privilege, obligation or liability acquired or incurred under or the validity of any contract or agreement made pursuant to By-law No. 1 prior to its repeal. All directors, officers and persons acting under By-law No. 1 shall continue to act as if appointed under the provisions of this By-law and all resolutions of the shareholders or the Board or the executive committee of the Board with continuing effect passed under the repealed By-law No. 1 shall continue to be valid except to the extent inconsistent with this By-law and until amended or repealed.




EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR, AND CONSULTANT SHARE OWNERSHIP PLAN

TRUST AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made on May 1, 2003

1.0 BETWEEN:

      Tan Range Exploration Corporation a corporation incorporated under the laws of Alberta having an office in the City of Calgary in the Province of Alberta.

(hereinafter called the “Company”)

-and-

OLYMPIA TRUST COMPANY, a trust corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of Alberta and having an office in the City of Calgary, in the Province of Alberta (hereinafter called the “Trustee”)

WHEREAS the Company has established an Employee Share Ownership Plan (hereinafter called the “Plan”) a copy of which is attached as Schedule “B” hereto, for eligible Employees, Consultants and Directors of the Company (hereinafter called “Participants” or “Participant”), and for certain of their Beneficiaries or estates;

AND WHEREAS under the Plan (the defined words and phrases from which are hereby incorporated into this Agreement) funds will from time to time be deposited, or placed with the Trustee which when received thereby shall constitute a trust (hereinafter called the “Trust”) to be held for the exclusive benefit of the Participants in the Plan or their Beneficiaries or their estates as may from time to time be designated in or pursuant to the Plan;

AND WHEREAS the Company has requested the Trustee to act as the trustee of the funds in the Trust, to invest and reinvest such funds, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

AND WHEREAS the Company desires the Trustee to hold and administer the Trust and the Trustee is willing to do so pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;

J;//reception/Rick Skauge/ESOP/ESOP Employee Benefit Plan

Page 1


NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH that in consideration of the premises and of the mutual obligations and agreements set forth, the Company and the Trustee covenant and agree as follows:

2.0 APPOINTMENT OF TRUSTEE

The Company does hereby appoint Olympia Trust Company as the Trustee and Olympia Trust Company does hereby agree to act as Trustee of the funds contributed pursuant to the Plan subject to the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement.

3.0 OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY

The Company has agreed to provide on a timely basis the benefits to the Employees, Directors, and Approved Consultants outlined in the Plan text, attached hereto as Schedule “B”, and any amendments thereto.

The Company will also:

(a)make the authorized Payroll Deductions or take receipt of lump sum payments to the Plan, as applicable, and forward the Participants’ Contributions along with the appropriate Company’s Contributions and contribution data to the Trustee according to the provisions of the Plan;

(b)ensure that contribution data provided to the Trustee has been verified and includes all Participant status (new enrolment forms, address changes, etc.) and contribution rate changes;

(c) provide at least twenty (20) days’ notice prior to an established record date, if applicable, or otherwise as soon as is practicable, relating to shareholder meetings, cash and/or dividend disbursements, reorganizations, and any other event affecting the shareholders and/or the Shares of the Company; and

J;//reception/Rick Skauge/ESOP/ESOP Employee Benefit Plan

Page 2


(d)provide the requisite number of copies of any proxy materials, financial statements and any other material distributed by the Company to all of the holders of its Shares in accordance with applicable law, which the Trustee is to provide to the Participants in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

4.0 POWERS AND DUTIES OF TRUSTEE

The Trustee shall do all things required in order to give effect to the terms of the Plan and this Trust and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it shall perform the services listed below and such other services as may be agreed to between the parties from time to time for the benefit of all Participants.

The Trustee shall:

(a)on receipt of the contribution data, Participant Contributions and Employer Contributions, and enrolment forms, establish and maintain individual Participant Accounts, and initiate the purchase of Shares through an investment dealer of its choice.

The Trustee shall purchase 100% of the Shares to be purchased for the Trading Month within 5 days of receipt of the Contributions, excepting that it may delay Share purchases by one day for every day that the Shares trade on the exchange before 1:00 pm on the day on which a Share purchase was planned to made but, ideally, no later than 5 business days after the end of the Trading Month.

(b)apply the total contributions received to the purchase of Shares and allocate to each Participant Account the number of Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan;

(c) after all contributions, adjustments, transfers, dividend and/or interest income, etc., have been applied and as required, initiate the withdrawal of the Shares or termination of accounts as instructed by the Participant and/or the Company, request the issuance of a certificate for whole Shares and, if applicable, issue cheques representing fractional Shares (fractional Shares shall be calculated to three (3) decimal points) and any uninvested funds;

J;//reception/Rick Skauge/ESOP/ESOP Employee Benefit Plan

Page 3


(d)

(e)on receipt of advice from the Participant and/or the Company make all necessary adjustments to basic Participant Account data (such as address changes, etc.);

(f)
  
issue to all Participants quarterly statements of account detailing contributions and corresponding Share information for the Participant’s Account;

(g)deliver to each Participant, in accordance with legal deadlines, by mail, all notices of meetings, forms of proxy statements and other material distributed by the Company to all of its holders of Shares.

Whole Shares allocated to a Participant’s Account shall be voted by the Trustee in accordance with the written directions, if any, of the Participant and if no direction has been received will be voted in favour of the resolutions;

(h)if and when a rights offering occurs, allocate rights or the proceeds from the sale of rights in accordance with procedures as mutually agreed by the Company and the Trustee;

(i)
  
answer Participant’s inquiries on all matters relating to their Participant Accounts; and
(j)
  
provide at least sixty (60) days notice to the Company before implementation of any change in the operating procedures of the Trustee that would impact the Participants and/or the Company.

J;//reception/Rick Skauge/ESOP/ESOP Employee Benefit Plan

Page 4


5.0 LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

5.1 Limitation on Trustee’s Liability

(a)The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by him in good faith or for the acts of the Company, or for any act of default not amounting to a wilful breach of trust, wilful neglect or wilful default. The Trustee shall not be liable for any act, omission, neglect or breach of trust of any other trustee.

(b)The Trustee is not an agent or servant of the Company in respect of his functions as Trustee and the Company shall not be liable in damages or otherwise for any act or default of any trustee or for any debt or liability of the Trustee to any person in respect of the Company hereunder and the liability of the Company hereunder shall be limited to paying such contributions and performing such acts and duties as are required by this Agreement and the Plan to be paid and performed.

(c) The Company and any person claiming by, through or under the Company shall have no right, title or interest in or to the assets of the Trust or any part hereof nor any claim against the Trustee in respect of the assets of the Trust, it being the intent that all contributions made by the Company or for which it is liable shall be free of any interest or claim whatsoever of or by the Company and no part of the contributions shall be returned to the Company or be subject to the debts, liabilities or obligations of the Company or be considered part of the assets or property of the Company.

(d)No person shall have the right to benefit out of the assets of the Trust except to the extent provided by this Agreement and the Plan.

(e)The Trustee shall not be held responsible for the failure to collect Employer Contributions and Participant Contributions from the Company.

(f)
  
The Trustee shall not be held responsible for any deficiency in the Trust should such assets be less than the amounts required to pay out to the Participants, or to creditors of the Trust.

J;//reception/Rick Skauge/ESOP/ESOP Employee Benefit Plan

Page 5


(g)

5.2 Indemnification of Trustee

By way of supplement to the provisions of any law for the time being relating to Trustees, it is expressly declared and agreed as follows:

The Trustee and its directors, officers, agents and employees will at all times be indemnified and saved harmless by the Corporation from and against all claims, demands, losses, actions, causes of actions, costs, charges, expenses, damages and liabilities whatsoever arising in connection with this Plan, including without limitation, those arising out of or related to actions taken or omitted to be taken by the trustee contemplated hereby, legal fees and disbursements on a solicitor and client basis, and costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of this indemnity, which the Trustee may suffer or incur, whether at law or in equity, in any way caused by or arising, directly or indirectly in respect of any act, deed, matter or thing whatsoever made, done, acquiesced in or omitted in or about or in relation to the execution of its duties as Trustee and including any deed, matter or thing in relation to the execution of its duties as Trustee. The forgoing provisions of this section do not apply to the extent that in any circumstances there has been a failure by the Trustee or its employees or agents have acted with gross negligence or in willful disregard to the Trustee’s obligations. It is understood and agreed that this indemnification shall survive the termination of this Plan or the resignation of the Trustee.

6.0 COMPENSATION FOR THE TRUSTEE

6.1

All expenses with respect to the operation or administration of the Plan or Trust, including without limitation such fees or compensation to the Trustee as may be agreed upon in writing by the Company and the Trustee from time to time and which initially shall be as per the Schedule of Fees attached hereto as Schedule “A”, the reasonable expenses and compensation of agents and counsel, and any expenses incurred by the Company in the administration of the Plan (including all applicable taxes), shall be paid out of the Trust unless paid directly by the Company, in which case the Company may be reimbursed therefore from the Trust unless prohibited by applicable laws.

J;//reception/Rick Skauge/ESOP/ESOP Employee Benefit Plan

Page 6


6.2 The Trustee may change the fees listed in the Schedule of Fees by
  giving sixty (60) days notice to the Company.
   
6.3 All fees, including those listed in the Schedule of Fees, shall be
  subject to Goods and Service Tax.
   
7.0 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION

The Trustee may be removed as trustee of the Trust by the Board of Directors of the Company at any time upon sixty (60) days notice in writing to the Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time upon sixty (60) days notice in writing to the Company. The aforementioned notice periods may be waived or reduced by the mutual agreement of the Company and the Trustee. Upon such removal or resignation, the Board of Directors of the Company shall appoint and designate a successor trustee and the Trustee after settlement of its accounts shall assign and transfer and pay over to such successor trustee the applicable assets, less any amounts constituting charges and expenses owing to the Trustee, whether in connection with the settlement of its account, or otherwise. Upon the earlier of the issuance of approval by the Successor trustee that assets of the Trust are in order and sixty (60) days from the date of delivery of the assets of the Trust and all records pertinent thereto, the Trustee shall be forever released and discharged from any liability or accountability as respects the propriety of its acts hereunder.

8.0 TERMINATION

8.1 The Company may terminate this Agreement at any time upon at least sixty (60) days prior written notice to the Trustee.

8.2 In the event that the Company notifies the Trustee of its intention to terminate the Plan and Trust for any reason whatsoever, the Trustee shall take steps to wind up and terminate the Trust. With its termination, or upon dissolution of the Company, the assets of the Trust shall be paid out by the Trustee as directed by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

8.3 In the event that the Company has notified the Trustee of its intention to terminate the Plan and Trust, the Trustee shall be reimbursed by the Company for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in winding

J;//reception/Rick Skauge/ESOP/ESOP Employee Benefit Plan

Page 7


up the affairs of the Trust prior to the Trustee releasing any documents to the Company.

9.0 GENERAL PROVISIONS

9.1 Amendment

The Company reserves the right at anytime and from time to time by the action of its Board of Directors to amend (in whole or in part) any or all of the provisions of the Plan (including this Agreement) provided that no such amendment which affects the rights, duties, compensation, or responsibilities of the Trustee or which changes the investment provisions of the Plan shall be made without the Trustee’s consent and provided further that no such amendment shall authorize or permit any part of the Trust to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of such persons and their estates as from time to time may be designated in or pursuant to the Plan as amended from time to time.

9.2 Severability

If any term, condition or provision of this Agreement is determined to be void or unenforceable, in whole or in part, such determination shall not affect the validity of any other term, condition or provision or part thereof.

9.3 Canadian Currency

All monies payable under this Plan (including this Agreement) document shall be in lawful money of Canada.

9.4 Merger or Amalgamation

Any company resulting from any amalgamation, reorganization or consolidation of which the Trustee may be a party or succeeding to the trust business of the Trustee, or to which substantially all the trust assets of the Trustee may be transferred which the Trustee continues to act as Trustee of the Trust shall be the successor to the Trustee hereunder without any further act or formality with the like effect as if such successor Trustee had originally been named Trustee herein.

9.5 Successors and Assigns

This Agreement shall ensure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and upon their successors and assigns.

J;//reception/Rick Skauge/ESOP/ESOP Employee Benefit Plan

Page 8


9.6 Governing Law

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Province of Alberta and the Trustee shall be liable to account only in the Courts of that Province.

10.0 NOTICE
   
10.1 Unless otherwise specified, all notices given under this Agreement
  shall be in writing.
   
10.2 Notices need not be personally served, and may be delivered to the
  address for service.
   
10.3 Service shall be deemed to be made if notice is sent by single
  registered mail. The date of service shall be deemed to be seven
  days after the date of mailing, subject only to any interruption of
  postal service reasonably apparent to the person giving notice, in
  which case notice shall require proof of actual delivery to the address
  for service.
   
10.4 Each party may notify the other of a change in address for service, in
  the manner set out herein.
   
10.5 The address for service of the parties shall be the same as indicated
  under the “Notice Section” of Schedule “B” attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEROF the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed as of the day and year first written above.

Company

Olympia Trust Company

Per: _________________________
Per:
_______________________

Per: _________________________
Per:
_______________________

J;//reception/Rick Skauge/ESOP/ESOP Employee Benefit Plan

Page 9


Schedule “A”      
Schedule of Fees    
For Olympia Trust Company    
       
1. Initial Set Up Fee $ 1,000  
       
2. Annual Administration Fee $ 2,000  
(Payable Monthly)      
       
3. Monthly Administration Fee;      
       
Per Participants $ 10/month  
       
Includes the cost of Non-RSP, RRSP and Spousal  
accounts.      

RRSP

4.
  
A full recovery of client costs associated with the administration of the Plan.
5.
  
For each open-market share purchase and sales. A full recovery of any brokerage fees plus a $10.00 administration fee.

J;//reception/Rick Skauge/ESOP/ESOP Employee Benefit Plan

Page 10


      2600, 700 – 9 Avenue SW      
         Calgary, AB T2P 3V4      
       
       
             INVOICE      
       
       
  Date: April 21, 2003
       
       
       
       

Tan Range Exploration Corporation

   
       
       
       
       
       Initial set-up fee for Employee, Director   $ 1,000
       and approved consultant share ownership plan      
       
       
       
       
                GST   $ 70
   

       
                Total   $ 1,070
   

   

       
       
       
       
       
       
       GST#89878 0739      

J;//reception/Rick Skauge/ESOP/ESOP Employee Benefit Plan

Page 11


Schedule “B”

Tan Range Exploration Corporation

EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR, & CONSULTANT

SHARE OWNERSHIP PLAN

PLAN TEXT

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 1


TABLE OF CONTENTS

DEFINITIONS   4  
1.1 Definitions   4  
ESTABLISHMENT OF PLAN   10  
2.1 Purpose of the Plan   10  
ELIGIBLITY FOR PARTICIPATION   10  
         
CONTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE PLAN   10  
4.1 Participant Contributions   10  
4.2 Changes to an Employee’s Contribution Level   11  
4.3 Company Contributions   11  
4.4 Vesting for Participants   11  
4.5 Sale or Withdrawal of Shares Purchased Under the Plan 12  
4.6 Contribution Instructions   12  
4.7 Annuitant for RRSP Portion of Plan   12  
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN   14  
5.1 The Administrator   14  
5.2 The Trustee   14  
5.3 Registration of RRSP Portion of Participant Accounts 14  
5.4 Costs and Expenses   15  
5.5 Reports and Voting   15  
INVESTMENT   15  
6.1 Investment of Contributions   15  
6.2 Acquisition of Shares   16  
6.3 Allocations   16  
DELINQUENT PAYMENTS   17  
         
TRANSFERS, WITHDRAWALS, TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT    
AND VOLUNTARY TERMINATION   17  
8.1 Transfers and Withdrawals – Non-RSP Portion of Participant    
  Accounts    

  8.2   

Transfers and Withdrawals – RRSP Portion of Participant Accounts 18 17
  8.3  Fractional Shares

19

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 2

 


 

8.4 Termination of Employment 20  
8.5 Maturity of RRSP Portion 20  
8.6 Discharge of Obligations 21  
8.7 Voluntary Termination 21  
DEATH, DISABILITY OR LEAVE OF ABSENCE 22  
9.1 Death 22  
9.2 RRSP Portion of Participant Account – Death of Annuitant 22  
9.3 Short Term Disability 23  
9.4 Parental Leave 23  
9.5 Other Disability or Leave of Absence 23  
DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY 24  
10.1 Appointment of Beneficiary 24  
10.2 No Living Beneficiary 24  
10.3 Obligations of Beneficiary 24  
PLAN AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION 24  
11.1 Plan Amendment or Termination 24  
11.2 Amendments to the RRSP Portion of the Plan 26  
11.3 Trustee Duties 26  
11.4 Insolvency 26  
12.0 MARKET FLUCTUATION 26  
       
13.0 INCOME TAXES 27  
       
14.0 ASSIGNMENT OF INTEREST 28  
       
15.0 TRADING ON UNDISCLOSED INFORMATION 28  
       
16.0 OFFER FOR SHARES OF THE COMPANY 28  
       
17.0 SUBDIVISION, CONSOLIDATION, CONVERSION OR    
RECLASSIFICATION 28  
       
18.0 NOTICE 30  

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 3


DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions

In this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the following meaning unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

Act

The Income Tax Act (Canada), as amended from time to time.

Administrator

The President or Chief Financial Officer of the Company or such other person as the Company may from time to time designate as the Administrator of the Plan.

Annuitant

The individual entitled to receive the annuity from a RRSP, which may be the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or both, or designated Beneficiary.

Approved Consultant

A Consultant approved for participation in the Plan by the Administrator.

Beneficiary

Any person or persons designated by a Participant in an enrolment form, as prescribed from time to time by the Company, to receive benefits hereunder in the event of the death of such Participant.

Bonus

The amount of any cash bonus received by an Employee.

Company

The Company named on the cover page of this Plan; but may include a subsidiary or partnership of the Company.

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 4


Company’s Account

An account maintained by the Trustee in the name of the Company to account for any non-vested Company Contributions or Shares purchased by intended Participant.

Company Contributions

The cash contributions made by the Company on behalf of a Participant pursuant to this Plan. The combined value of the Company Contribution and the Participant Contributions.

Consultant

A person or company that provides ongoing consulting services to the Company under contract.

Date of Employment

The month in which the Employee begins work constitutes the first month of employment.

Director

A person who is a member of the board of directors of the Company.

Earnings

The regular salary received by an Employee but shall (shall not) include any Bonus or other special compensation.

Employee

Any person actively employed by the Company to perform the duties of an office or employment on a regular full-time or part-time basis .

Forfeited Shares

Non-vested shares that were originally purchased for a specific Participant but which were never vested due to the Participant’s failure to meet the vesting conditions of the Plan, if any.

Maturity Date

December 31 of the year in which the Annuitant turns age 69.

Non-RSP

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 5


Non-registered Cash or Shares.

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 6


Participant

An Employee, Consultant or Director who has enrolled in the Plan in accordance with the provisions thereof.

Participant’s Account

An account maintained by the Trustee in the name of each Participant to account for vested Company Contributions and Participant Contributions made in respect of each Participant.

Participant Account Shares

The Shares of the Company held from time to time in an account maintained for record keeping purposes by the Trustee in the Participant Account.

Participant Contributions

Contributions made by Participants via Payroll deduction, certified cheque, bank draft, or such other means as is acceptable to the Administrator, on their own behalf.

Payroll Deductions

In the case of Employees, deductions from the Employee’s regular salary including Bonuses, deferred compensation, overtime pay, statutory holiday pay or special incentive compensation payments; in the case of Approved Consultants and Directors, the dollar amount the Company has agreed the Approved Consultants and Directors can contribute to the Plan. Company to match 100% up to $10,000 per annum (Company’s portion)

Permanent part-time Employee

An Employee is a permanent part-time employee if deemed so by the administrator.

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 7


Plan

This Employee, Director and Consultant share ownership plan of the Company as may be subsequently amended or restated from time to time.

Plan’s Account

An account maintained by the Trustee in the name of the Plan to account for capital losses incurred due to market conditions between the time that non-vested Shares are purchased and vesting occurs, or to record gains or losses resulting from the sale of Forfeited shares..

RRSP

Registered Retirement Savings Plan.

Shares

The voting common shares in the capital of the Company as presently constituted.

Spousal RRSP

A Registered Retirement Savings Plan in the name of a Participant’s spouse..

Trading Month

The period of time being 30 days from the date on which the funding cheque has been processed.

Trust

The trust established pursuant to and forming part of the Plan for the investment, re-investment and administration of contributions under the Plan.

Trustee

Olympia Trust Company or such other bank, financial institution or trust company designated as Trustee of the Trust under an agreement between the Company with Olympia Trust Company or such other bank, financial institution or trust company.

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 8


Unless the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa and words importing a male person include a female person and a corporation and other bodies corporate.

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 9


ESTABLISHMENT OF PLAN

2.1 Purpose of the Plan

The purpose of the Plan is to make available to Employees, Directors, and Consultants of the Company a means of acquiring, through regular Payroll Deductions or Contributions and the Company Contributions, Shares of the Company. Participants may elect to have any or all of the Shares acquired under the Plan acquired by a Non-RSP, an RRSP or a Spousal RRSP. The Plan and its related Trust are intended to qualify as a plan and trust which meet the requirements of the Act.

Participation in the Plan is voluntary and the Company is not making any recommendation to the Employees as to whether or not they should participate.

ELIGIBLITY FOR PARTICIPATION

All full-time and permanent part-time Employees, Directors and all Approved Consultants are eligible to participate in the Plan.

Eligible Employees, Directors and Consultants may elect to enroll as Participants in the Plan in any calendar month in which they are eligible by completing and delivering to the Company, on or before the 15 th day of the calendar month preceding the month in which they wish to participate in the Plan, an Enrollment Form provided by the Company.

CONTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE PLAN

4.1 Participant Contributions

Employees may contribute, by regular Payroll deductions, for investment under the Plan, a fixed dollar amount up to 30 % of salary or a percent of salary from a minimum of 2% to a maximum of 30 % (in 1% increments) of their regular salary, including Bonuses, deferred compensation, overtime pay, statutory holiday pay or any special incentive compensation.

Consultants and Directors may contribute an amount agreed to by the Administrator.

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 10


4.2 Changes to an Employee’s Contribution Level

An Employee can change his or her designated percentage contributed to the Plan (including electing that no Payroll Deduction be made) by giving the Company a completed Enrollment/Change Form indicating the change on or before the 15 th day of the calendar month preceding the month in which the Employee wants the change to his or her contribution level.

An Employee can change his or her contribution level under the Plan up to 12 times per calendar year.

4.3 Company Contributions

The Company will deduct the authorized amount from each Employee’s Earnings and accept agreed upon contributions from Directors and Consultant Participants, if any. The Company will contribute funds, as specified in Section 4.5

The Company will prepare a detailed Schedule listing each Participant’s Contribution together with the Company’s Contribution applicable to each Participant, and forward it together with the applicable payment to the Trustee within 5 business days of the month’s end, to be dealt with by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

The company will contribute funds equal to 100% of the employees’ contribution up to an amount equal to 5% or less of the employees’ salary as provided in section 4.1.

The company will contribute funds equal to 50% of the employees contribution for the next 6% to 30% (inclusive) of the employees’ salary.

4.4 Vesting for Participants

Company Contributions made on behalf of a Participant fully vest immediately.

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 11


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s Contributions to a Participant’s Account shall immediately vest in the event: (i) of a Change of Control of the Company, (ii) that the Participant’s employment or contract with the Company is terminated by the Company other than for cause, or

(iii) of the death of a Participant. (only used if choice is vesting option 2,3,4)

4.5 Sale or Withdrawal of Shares Purchased Under the Plan

A Participant may elect to make a maximum of 6 withdrawals of shares from the plan each year without penalty.

4.6 Contribution Instructions

Participants may direct the Trustee that:

a) any Shares acquired previously under the Plan be transferred from the Non-RSP portion of their Participant Account to the RRSP portion of the Participant Account or to a Spousal RRSP;

b) any or all of their contributions and the Company’s Contribution be contributed to the Non-RSP portion of their Participant’s Account;

c) any or all of their contributions and the Company’s Contribution be contributed to the RRSP portion of their Participant’s Account; or

d) any or all of their contributions and the Company’s Contribution be contributed to a Spousal RRSP.

4.7 Annuitant for RRSP Portion of Plan

If both the Participant and the Participant’s spouse are Annuitants, the portion of the Participant Account attributable to each of them as Annuitants will be treated as separate RRSP’s for purposes of administering the Plan.

THE PARTICIPANT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE RRSP PORTION OF THE PLAN (WHETHER THE ANNUITANT IS A PARTICIPANT OR THE SPOUSE OF A

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 12


PARTICIPANT) DO NOT EXCEED AMOUNTS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT.

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 13


ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

5.1 The Administrator

The Administrator shall have the responsibility for the administration of the Plan and shall have the power to take all actions and to make all decisions and interpretations which shall be necessary or appropriate in order to administer the provisions of the Plan, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to resolve any ambiguities, to decide questions of eligibility to participate, and to determine any exceptions to the Plan.

5.2 The Trustee

The Company has designated the Trustee to open and maintain accounts in the names of the Participants and to arrange for the purchase, through the facilities of the TSX Venture Exchange (or such other stock exchange on which the Shares trade), of the Shares. The Company may, in its discretion, substitute another trust company or other entity entitled to administer RRSP’s under the Tax Act as trustee under the Plan and the Trustee may terminate its services, provided such substitution or termination, as the case may be, shall be on 60 days notice given by the party effecting the action. The records of the Trustee and the Company will be conclusive as to all matters involved in the administration of the Plan. The Company may, from time to time, enter into such further agreements with the Trustee or other parties as it may deem necessary or desirable to carry out the Plan.

5.3 Registration of RRSP Portion of Participant Accounts

The Trustee will apply on behalf of each Annuitant to register the RRSP portion of their Participant Account under the Plan attributable to that Annuitant as a registered retirement savings plan under the Act. Each Annuitant, by participating in the Plan, authorizes the Company and the Trustee to act as his or her agent for this purpose, for the purpose of

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 14


receiving and making contributions to the RRSP portion of their Participant Account under the Plan and for the purpose of administering the RRSP portion of their Participant Account under the Plan. The ultimate responsibility for administration of the RRSP portion of their Participant Account under the Plan will lie with the Trustee.

5.4 Costs and Expenses

The Company will pay all administration expenses in connection with the operation of the Plan as well as Commissions and other charges in connection with share purchases. All costs associated with withdrawals and share certificate issuing fees are payable by the Participants who order the transactions for their Participant’s Account.

5.5 Reports and Voting

The Trustee will deliver to each Participant, as promptly as practicable, by mail or otherwise, all notices of meetings, forms of proxy, statements and other material distributed by the Company to holders of Shares. There is no charge to Participants for the Trustee’s retention of certificates representing the Shares, or in connection with notices or other such material. Whole Shares allocated to a Participant’s Account shall be voted by the Trustee in accordance with the directions, if any, of the Participant.

INVESTMENT

6.1 Investment of Contributions

All Participant Contributions and Company Contributions are invested in the Company’s Shares. All Participant Contributions and Company Contributions are held by the Trustee without any interest or additional monetary benefit accruing to the Participant.

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 15


6.2 Acquisition of Shares

Upon receipt of the funding as provided for in Section 4.3, the Trustee shall record the contributions in the Company’s Account and/or each Participant’s Account as applicable according to Section 4.4.

The Trustee shall use substantially all funds received by it from the Participants’ Contributions and the Company’s Contributions, as well as any cash dividends paid on the Shares, to purchase Shares of the Company through facilities of the TSX Venture Exchange (or such other stock exchange on which the Company’s Shares are traded). Subject to “Section 4.0 Powers and Duties of Trustee”, all purchases shall be made within the Trading Month for which contributions are received by the Trustee excepting if there are not sufficient Shares offered for sale on the exchange, purchases will be made on a best efforts basis. Shares will not be purchased, if the Shares cease trading on a Canadian stock exchange.

The number of Shares purchased will depend upon the trading price of the Shares at the time purchases are made and the total amount of contributions invested. The Company will be responsible for all brokers’ commissions, or similar fees, if any, incurred in connection with such purchases.

The Trustee will use the Contributions to purchase the Shares and allocate them to the designated Participants as vested or non-vested Shares (as applicable under Section 4.4) according to the cash ratios (calculated to six (6) decimals) held in trust for all Participants at time of purchase. Provided, however, all Shares purchased under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Trustee and will remain so registered until delivery is requested.

6.3 Allocations

Allocations are made to the non-RSP portion, the RRSP portion or the Spousal RRSP of each Participant’s Account in proportion to the contributions received and the Shares acquired pursuant to the Participant’s Contribution instructions. Allocations are made in full and

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 16


fractional Shares. At all times the Shares purchased with the Participant’s Contribution and the Company’s Contribution are held in trust for the account of the Participant.

In the event that cash dividends are paid to the Plan, the Trustee will use the cash received to purchase additional shares for the Participant’s Account.

Each Participant will receive confirmation statements from the Trustee as provided for in Section 4.0(e) of the Trust Agreement, which will include all changes, if any, in the amount of Shares held for the Participant’s Account(s).

DELINQUENT PAYMENTS

The Trustee will not invest any funds pursuant to the terms of this Plan until such time as it has received both the Company’s Contributions and the Participant’s Contributions. The Company is responsible for remitting the funds of the Participants and the Company to the Trustee.

TRANSFERS, WITHDRAWALS, TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND VOLUNTARY TERMINATION

8.1

Transfers and Withdrawals – Non-RSP Portion of Participant Accounts

Participants, their personal representatives or their Beneficiaries, as the case may be, may at any time, direct by written notice to the Trustee, that the Non-RSP portion of their Participant Accounts be dealt with in any of the following ways:

(a)
  
the Trustee deliver a certificate for any or all full Shares credited to their accounts to them. Upon such request the Trustee will be entitled to charge Share certificate issuing fees or other similar charges which shall be payable by the Participant. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, no fractional Share certificates will be issued.

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 17


 

(b)
  
the Trustee sell, subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan, any or all of their full Shares. The Trustee shall sell such shares through the facilities of the TSX Venture Exchange (or such other stock exchange as the Shares may trade) within five trading days if there is a market for the Shares or as soon as a market develops if there is no market. Upon such sale and receipt of funds, within five working days the Trustee will mail the Participant a cheque for the proceeds, less any applicable brokerage commission or other similar charges which shall be payable by the Participant.
(c)
  
that any or all full Shares be transferred to the RRSP portion of the Plan (for the benefit of the Participant or their spouse) or to a self-directed RRSP or a self-directed Spousal RRSP of the Participant’s choice.
(d)
  
provided that a Participant’s participation in the Plan is being terminated, that a cheque for the value of any uninvested funds and fractional Shares held in the Participant Account be issued by the Trustee to the Participant.

Participants shall provide the Trustee with such documentation as the Trustee may reasonably request in connection with any of the above.

8.2

Transfers and Withdrawals – RRSP Portion of Participant Accounts

Subject to Section 8.6, an Annuitant, their personal representatives or their Beneficiaries, as the case may be, may at any time direct that the RRSP portion of their Participant Accounts be dealt with in any of the following ways.

(a)
  
the Trustee sell, subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan, any or all of their full Shares. The Trustee shall sell such Shares through the facilities of the TSX Venture Exchange (or such other stock exchange on which the Shares trade) within five trading days if there is a market for the Shares or as soon as a market develops if there is no market. Within five working days

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 18


 

(b)
  
following the receipt of funds from the sale of Shares, the Trustee will mail the Annuitant or beneficiary a cheque for the proceeds, less all deductions including withholding tax. The Trustee will remit any withholding tax withheld directly to Canada Customs and Revenue Agency;
(c)
  
the Trustee transfer any or all full Shares to a self-directed RRSP owned by the Annuitant;
(d)
  
the Trustee transfer any or all full Shares to a registered retirement income fund owned by the Annuitant;
(e)
  
the Trustee sell, subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan, any or all of their full Shares and leave as is the proceeds to acquire an annuity selected by the Annuitant that complies with the requirements of the Act;
(f)
  
the Trustee transfer any or all full Shares to another retirement savings vehicle, to the extent permitted by the Act; or
(g)
  
any combination of the above.

Participants shall provide the Trustee with such documentation as the Trustee may reasonably request in connection with any of the above.

8.3 Fractional Shares

If at any time the Trustee purchases fractional Shares under Section 6 of this Plan, the Trustee will make such purchases with funds provided to it by the Company for the purchase of Shares. The price of any fractional Shares will be determined based on the closing price of the Shares on the TSX Venture Exchange (or, if the Shares do not trade on the TSX Venture Exchange, such other stock exchange on which the Shares trade) on the last trading day that the Shares traded, prior to the date that the Trustee receives the withdrawal request or transfer out request.

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 19


 

8.4 Termination of Employment

An Employee and the Employee’s spouse shall be deemed to have ceased to be Participants under the Plan and Payroll Deductions will be canceled if the Participant ceases to be an Employee for any reason, including death or retirement. In such instance, no Company Contributions or Participant Contributions will be made during the last pay period of employment and no further contributions will be made or permitted.

An Approved Consultant or Director will cease to be a Participant on the day that the Administrator informs the Trustee that the Approved Consultant or Director has been terminated from the Plan.

The Company will advise the Trustee within five (5) business days that the Participant has ceased to be an Employee, Approved Consultant or Director and, in the case of the RRSP portion of the Plan, the Annuitant, shall instruct the Trustee within sixty (60) days after such termination as to the transfer of all of his or her account assets in accordance with Section 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be. If the Participant or the Annuitant, as the case may be, fails to provide notice in writing to the Trustee, the Trustee will maintain the assets of the Plan until notified by the Participant, Annuitant or Beneficiary. Any administration and trustee fees incurred on behalf of a Participant after they have ceased to be an Employee, Director or Consultant will be the responsibility of the Participant, Annuitant or their Beneficiary.

It is the responsibility of the Participant, the Annuitant, his or her personal representative, or the Beneficiary of such Participant, as the case may be, to advise the Trustee of their termination of the Plan.

8.5 Maturity of RRSP Portion

If the Annuitant wishes to maintain the tax deferred status of the RRSP portion of their Participant’s Account after the Maturity Date, the Annuitant must provide notice in writing to the Trustee at least 90 days prior to the Maturity Date, stating the name of the company from whom an annuity or registered retirement income fund (as defined by the Act) is to be

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 20


 

purchased and, to the extent permitted by the Act, the desired terms of the annuity or registered retirement income fund.

The Annuitant is responsible for ensuring that any annuity or registered retirement income fund acquired by the Trustee on the Annuitant’s behalf qualifies under the Act for purchase by the RRSP portion of their Participant Account.

The Annuitant may also direct that Shares be transferred to a registered retirement income fund in accordance with Section 8.2.

If the Annuitant fails to provide notice in writing to the Trustee of how to deal with the registered funds on maturity, on the Maturity Date the Trustee will, as per Article 11 of the self-directed retirement savings plan declaration of trust, open a registered retirement income fund for the Annuitant and transfer all of the assets of the registered retirements savings plan to the registered retirement income fund.

All expenses relating to the maintenance of the registered retirement income fund will be borne by the Participant and any such expenses will be deducted from the net proceeds.

8.6 Discharge of Obligations

Settlement in the manner herein provided shall serve as full discharge of all obligations of the Company and the Trustee to a Participant and/or Annuitant under the Plan.

8.7 Voluntary Termination

A Participant may terminate his or her participation in the Plan by sending a written notice of termination to the Company and providing direction to the Trustee within sixty (60) days following the Participant’s termination from the Plan for the withdrawal and delivery of Shares and funds held in the Participant’s Non-RSP and RRSP portions of their Participant Account. Such termination shall take effect:

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 21

 


(a)
  
if given at least 5 business days prior to the end of the pay period in which the notice is provided, on the date such notice is provided to the Company (in which case no deduction shall be made from the Participant’s pay for such pay period and no corresponding contribution by the Company shall be made); or
(b)
  
otherwise on the first day of the next pay period.

Any Participant who has terminated his or her participation in the Plan or has been deemed to have terminated his or her participation in the Plan shall not be permitted to re-enroll in the Plan and become a Participant in the Plan until a period of 6 months has elapsed since his or her termination or deemed termination.

DEATH, DISABILITY OR LEAVE OF ABSENCE

9.1 Death

If a Participant dies, the last person or persons designated by the Participant as his or her Beneficiary(s) under the Plan or the estate of the deceased Participant’s Account, as the case may be, shall be entitled to receive all of the Shares of the Participant, except fractional Shares which will be purchased by the Plan as described in Section 8.3.

9.2 RRSP Portion of Participant Account – Death of Annuitant

If the Annuitant dies prior to the Maturity Date, the Trustee will not sell the assets in the Participant’s RRSP portion of their Participant Account until given instruction by the deceased Annuitant’s Beneficiary or estate. If the Annuitant’s spouse is the designated Beneficiary, the spouse may become the Annuitant and the assets of the RRSP portion of the Participant Account may be transferred to a RRSP or other qualified retirement savings vehicle of the spouse.

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 22


9.3 Short Term Disability

In the event that a Participant receives compensation under any short-term disability plan of the Company, the Participant’s compensation under the short-term disability plan will be considered Earnings for the purpose of Participant Contributions to this Plan. The Participant will be able to continue to participate in this Plan while on short-term disability. In the event that a Participant is on short term disability, the Participant can continue to make contributions to the Plan based on his or her Earnings in the last calendar month prior to being on short term disability. If the Participant is not receiving compensation from which the Company can make the necessary Payroll Deductions, the Participant will be required to provide the Company with a cheque in the amount of his or her contribution not less than five (5) days prior to the end of each pay period in which the Participant wants to make the Participant Contribution.

9.4 Parental Leave

In the event that a Participant takes a parental leave pursuant to a program of the Company, the Participant can continue to make Participant Contributions to the Plan based on his or her Earnings in the last calendar month prior to taking parental leave. If the Participant is not receiving Earnings from which the Company can make the necessary Payroll Deductions, the Participant will be required to provide the Company with a cheque in the amount of his or her Participant Contribution not less than 5 days prior to the end of each pay period in which the Participant wants to make the Participant Contribution.

9.5 Other Disability or Leave of Absence

If a Participant becomes disabled such that, in the sole discretion of the Company, they are unfit or unable to substantially perform their employment duties or takes a leave of absence other than in the circumstances referred to above, continued participation in the Plan will be at the discretion of the Administrator.

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 23


DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY

10.1 Appointment of Beneficiary

An Annuitant may designate a person or persons to receive the benefits payable under that Annuitant’s RRSP portion of the Participant Account in the event of the Participant’s death and may, by written notice given to the Trustee, alter or revoke such designation from time to time, subject to applicable laws which restrict or alter the Annuitant’s ability to designate a Beneficiary. A notice shall be in such form and executed in such manner as the Trustee may require.

10.2 No Living Beneficiary

If, at the death of a Participant, the person designated as the Beneficiary with respect to the RRSP portion of that Participant’s Account, shall not be living, such amount as may be payable on or after the Participant’s death shall be paid to the estate of the Participant.

10.3 Obligations of Beneficiary

The Trustee may require the execution and delivery of additional documents by a Beneficiary in order to be assured that the account assets of the deceased Participant are properly distributed in accordance with the terms of this Plan text.

PLAN AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

11.1 Plan Amendment or Termination

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 24


Subject to Section 9.2, the Company reserves the right to discontinue use of Payroll Deductions at any time if such action is advisable, in its

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 25


judgment, and it also reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan, in whole or in part, at any time in its unfettered discretion. Any such amendment or termination will not result in the forfeiture of any Shares held in a Participant’s Account under the Plan before the effective date of amendment or termination of the Plan.

11.2 Amendments to the RRSP Portion of the Plan

The Trustee may from time to time in its sole discretion amend the RRSP portion of the Plan with the concurrence of the Canada Customs and Revenue Agency and, if applicable, the concurrence of provincial tax authorities. Any amendments may not have the effect of disqualifying the RRSP portion of the Plan as a registered retirement savings plan as defined by the Act.

11.3 Trustee Duties

No amendment, change or modification shall be made to the Plan which will, without the Trustee’s written consent, alter the duties of the Trustee.

11.4 Insolvency

If the Company becomes insolvent, the Plan will automatically terminate. All Shares held by the Trustee in non-registered accounts will be delivered to the Participants. All registered plans holding Shares will become individual RRSP accounts and the Annuitant will be responsible for paying customary fees in effect at the time to the Trustee.

MARKET FLUCTUATION

There is no guarantee under the Plan against loss because of stock market fluctuations. As all of the Company Contributions and Participant Contributions will be invested in common shares of the Company, the value of any Participant’s assets in the Plan will fluctuate as the trading price of the Shares fluctuates on the TSX Venture Exchange (or such other stock exchange as the Shares may trade).

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 26


In seeking the benefits of participation in the Plan, a Participant must accept the risk of a decline in the market price of the Shares. Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be liable to any Participant for any loss resulting from a decline in the market value of any Shares purchased by the Trustee. In addition, neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be liable to any Participant for any change in the market price of the Shares between the time a Participant authorizes the purchase or sale of any Shares and the actual time such purchase or sale takes place in accordance with the Plan.

INCOME TAXES

The value of the Company’s Contribution is treated as income from employment for Participants under present Canadian tax laws and will be reported by the Company as required by applicable laws. The Company’s Contribution is also added to the adjusted cost base of the Participant of the Shares acquired under the Plan. The Company is required to withhold appropriate income taxes on the value of the Company’s Contribution excepting where the contributions are made directly to the RRSP portion of the Participant’s Account under the Plan.

The subsequent sale of the Shares by the Participant generally results in the recognition of a taxable capital gain or an allowable capital loss under Canadian tax law by the Participant. In the event dividends are paid, the Participant will be subject to income tax on the dividends except if the Shares were in the RRSP portion of a Participant’s Account or a Spousal RRSP.

Provided the Shares are listed on a prescribed stock exchange, then the shares will be “qualified investments” (within the meaning of the Act) for a RRSP. A Participant who contributes the Shares to his or her RRSP will become entitled to a deduction in computing income equal to the fair market value of such shares at that time they are so contributed within the limits set out in the Act for deductions for contributions to a RRSP. A Participant who contributes the shares from the Non-RSP portion of their Participant Account to an RRSP will be deemed to have disposed of such

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 27


shares for proceeds of disposition equal to the fair market value thereof at that time. It should be noted that if a capital gain occurs at the time Shares from non-registered accounts are deposited to the RRSP account, it must be included in your computation of taxable income. However, the Participant cannot utilize any capital losses that may occur as a result of transferring Shares from the Non-RSP Account to the RRSP Account.

Canadian tax laws are complex and subject to change and each Participant is responsible for determining how such tax laws and changes may affect his or her tax position. Each Participant should contact his or her own financial or personal advisor to determine what effect, if any, participation in the Plan may have on the Participant’s tax and other responsibilities.

ASSIGNMENT OF INTEREST

No right of a Participant under the Plan and no interest in an account is capable, either in whole or in part, of being sold, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, whether by way of security or otherwise.

TRADING ON UNDISCLOSED INFORMATION

Participants in the Plan are reminded that trading based on insider or undisclosed information is an illegal activity and that people conducting securities transactions based on such insider or undisclosed information are subject to prosecution.

OFFER FOR SHARES OF THE COMPANY

In the event that, at any time, an offer to purchase is made to all holders of Shares of the Company, notice of such offer shall be given by the Trustee to each Participant to enable such Participant to tender his or her Shares held in the Plan to such offer.

SUBDIVISION, CONSOLIDATION, CONVERSION OR

RECLASSIFICATION

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 28


Appropriate adjustments in the number of Shares held by the Trustee in the Plan shall be made by the Company to adjust the number of Shares of the Company held by the Trustee resulting from subdivisions, consolidations, reclassifications, exchanges or conversion of the Shares of the Company.

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 29


NOTICE

Any notice, document or other communication required or permitted to be given under this Plan shall be in writing and be either hand delivered or telecopied as follows:

(a)
  
to the Company as follows:
Tan Range Exploration Corporation Suite 1730, 355 Burrard Street

Vancouver, BC V6C 2G8

US Address:

93 Benton Hill Rd.

Sharon, Connecticut 06069 USA

Attention: Fax: Email:

Victoria Luis (860) 364-0673

Victoria@tanrange.com

(b)
  
to the Trustee as follows:
Olympia Trust Company ESOP Division 2600, 700 – 9 th Avenue S.W. Calgary, Alberta T2P 3V4

Attention: Manager

Fax: Email:

403-265-1455

ESOP@olympiatrust.com

and shall be deemed to be received by the party to whom such notice is given on the date of delivery or transmission.

C:\filings\Tan Range\20f0305\pr4.doc

Page 30


TAN RANGE EXPLORATION CORPORATION


2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN


1.

Purpose of the Plan


1.1

The purpose of the Plan is to assist the Corporation in attracting, retaining and motivating directors, officers and employees of the Corporation, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, or individuals providing key services to the Corporation, and to advance the interests of the Corporation by providing Eligible Persons with the opportunity, through share options, to acquire a proprietary interest in the Corporation.


2.

Defined Terms


Where used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings, respectively:


2.1

"Affiliate" means any corporation which is an affiliate, as such term is used in Subsection 2(1) of the Business Corporations Act (Alberta), of the Corporation;


2.2

"Board" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation or, if established and duly authorized to act, the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation;


2.3

"Committee" shall have the meaning attributed thereto in Section 3.1 hereof;


2.4

"Corporation" means Tan Range  Exploration Corporation and includes any successor corporation thereof:


2.5

"Eligible Person" means:


(1)

any director, officer or employee of the Corporation or any Affiliate, or any other Service Provider (an "Eligible Individual" ); or


(2)

a corporation controlled by an Eligible Individual, the issued and outstanding voting shares of which are, and will continue to be, beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by such Eligible Individual and/or the spouse, children and/or grandchildren of such Eligible Individual (an "Employee Corporation" );


2.6

"Insider" means any insider, as such term is defined in Subsection 1(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), of the Corporation, other than a person who falls within that definition solely by virtue of being a director or senior officer of an Affiliate, and includes any associate, as such term is defined in Subsection 1(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), of any such insider;

 


1




2.7

"Market Price" at any date in respect of the Shares means the closing sale price of such Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange (or, if such Shares are not listed and posted for trading on the Toronto Stock Exchange, on such stock exchange in Canada on which such Shares are listed and posted for trading as may be selected for such purpose by the Board) on the trading day immediately preceding such date.  In the event that such Shares did not trade on such trading day, the Market Price shall be the average of the bid and ask prices in respect of such Shares at the close of trading on such trading day.  In the event that such Shares are not listed and posted for trading on any stock exchange, the Market Price shall be the fair market value of such Shares as determined by the Board in its sole discretion;


2.8

"Option" means an option to purchase Shares granted to an Eligible Person under the Plan;


2.9

"Option Price" means the price per Share at which Shares may be purchased under an Option, as the same may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Article 8 hereof;


2.10

"Optioned Shares" means the Shares issuable pursuant to an exercise of Options;


2.11

"Optionee" means an Eligible Person to whom an Option has been granted and who continues to hold such Option;


2.12

"Plan" means the Tan Range Exploration Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan, as the same may be further amended or varied from time to time;


2.13

"Service Provider" means:


(i)

an employee or Insider of the Corporation or any Affiliate; or


(ii)

any other person or company engaged to provide ongoing management or consulting services for the Corporation or for any entity controlled by the Corporation;


2.14

"Share Compensation Arrangement"  means a stock option, stock option plan, employee stock purchase plan or any other compensation or incentive mechanism of the Corporation involving the issuance or potential issuance of shares to one or more Service Providers, including a share purchase from treasury which is financially assisted by the Corporation by way of a loan, guaranty or otherwise; and


2.15

"Shares" means the common shares of the Corporation or, in the event of an adjustment contemplated by Article 8 hereof, such other shares or securities to which an Optionee may be entitled upon the exercise of an Option as a result of such adjustment.#


2



3.

Administration of the Plan


3.1

The Plan shall be administered by the Board or by any committee (the "Committee") of the Board established by the Board for that purpose.


3.2

The Board or Committee shall have the power, where consistent with the general purpose and intent of the Plan and subject to the specific provisions of the Plan:


(1)

to establish policies and to adopt rules and regulations for carrying out the purposes, provisions and administration of the Plan;


(2)

to interpret and construe the Plan and to determine all questions arising out of the Plan or any Option, and any such interpretation, construction or determination made by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes;


(3)

to determine the number of Shares covered by each Option;


(4)

to determine the Option Price of each Option;


(5)

to determine the time or times when Options will be granted and exercisable;


(6)

to determine if the Shares which are issuable on the exercise of an Option will be subject to any restrictions upon the exercise of such Option; and


(7)

to prescribe the form of the instruments relating to the grant, exercise and other terms of Options.


3.3

The Board or the Committee may, in its discretion, require as conditions to the grant or exercise of any Option that the Optionee shall have:


(1)

represented, warranted and agreed in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation that he or she is acquiring and will acquire such Option and the Shares to be issued upon the exercise thereof or, as the case may be, is acquiring such Shares, for his or her own account, for investment and not with a view to or in connection with any distribution, that he or she has had access to such information as is necessary to enable him or her to evaluate the merits and risks of such investment and that he or she is able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period;


(2)

agreed to restrictions on transfer in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation and to an endorsement on any option agreement or certificate representing the Shares making appropriate reference to such restrictions; and


(3)

agreed to indemnify the Corporation in connection with the foregoing.

 


3




3.4

Any Option granted under the Plan shall be subject to the requirement that, if at any time counsel to the Corporation shall determine that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares subject to such Option upon any securities exchange or under any law or regulation of any jurisdiction, or the consent or approval of any securities exchange or any governmental or regulatory body, is necessary as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant or exercise of such Option or the issuance or purchase of Shares thereunder, such Option may not be accepted or exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained on conditions acceptable to the Board or the Committee.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the Corporation to apply for or to obtain such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval.


4.

Shares Subject to the Plan


4.1

Options may be granted in respect of authorized and unissued Shares, provided that the aggregate number of Shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of all Options granted under the Plan, subject to any adjustment of such number pursuant to the provisions of Article 8 hereof, shall not exceed 8,144,132 or such greater number of Shares as may be determined by the Board and approved, if required, by the shareholders of the Corporation and by any relevant stock exchange or other regulatory authority.  Optioned Shares in respect of which Options are not exercised shall be available for subsequent Options.  No fractional Shares may be purchased or issued under the Plan.


5.

Eligibility; Grant; Terms of Options


5.1

Options may be granted by the Board to any Eligible Person.


5.2

Subject as herein and otherwise specifically provided in this Article 5, the number of Shares subject to each Option, the Option Price of each Option, the expiration date of each Option, the extent to which each Option is exercisable from time to time during the term of the Option and other terms and conditions relating to each such Option shall be determined by the Board.  The Board or the Committee may, in their entire discretion, subsequent to the time of granting Options hereunder, permit an Optionee to exercise any or all of the unvested options then outstanding and granted to the Optionee under this Plan, in which event all such unvested Options then outstanding and granted to the Optionee shall be deemed to be immediately exercisable during such period of time as may be specified by the Board or the Committee.


5.3

Subject to any adjustments pursuant to the provisions of Article 8 hereof, the Option Price of any Option shall in no circumstances be lower than the Market Price on the date on which the grant of the Option is approved by the Board.  If, as and when any Shares have been duly purchased and paid for under the terms of an Option, such Shares shall be conclusively deemed allotted and issued as fully paid non-assessable Shares at the price paid therefor.


5.4

The term of an Option shall not exceed 10 years from the date of the grant of the Option.

5.5


 


4


5.6



5.7

No Options shall be granted to any Optionee if the total number of Shares issuable to such Optionee under this Plan, together with any Shares reserved for issuance to such Optionee under options for services or any other stock option plans, would exceed 5% of the issued and outstanding Shares.


5.8

An Option is personal to the Optionee and non-assignable (whether by operation of law or otherwise), except as provided for herein.  Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of an Option contrary to the provisions of the Plan, or upon the levy of any attachment or similar process upon an Option, the Option shall, at the election of the Corporation, cease and terminate and be of no further force or effect whatsoever.


5.9

No Options shall be granted to any Optionee if such grant could result, at any time, in:


(1)

the number of Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to Options or other stock options granted to Insiders exceeding 10% of the issued and outstanding Shares;


(2)

the issuance to Insiders, within a one-year period, of a number of Shares exceeding 10% of the issued and outstanding Shares; or


(3)

the issuance to any one Insider and such Insider's associates, within a one-year period, of a number of Shares exceeding 5% of the issued and outstanding Shares.


For the purposes of Subsections 5.7(2) and (3), the phrase "issued and outstanding Shares" excludes any Shares issued pursuant to the Plan or other Share Compensation Arrangements over a preceding one-year period, and, for the purpose of Subsection 5.7(c), "associate" means any person associated with such Insider within the meaning of the Securities Act (Ontario).


5.8

Notwithstanding section 5.2, should the Board resolve to reduce the exercise price of stock options previously granted to Insiders, the Corporation shall obtain approval therefor of a majority of the votes cast by all shareholders at a meeting of shareholders, excluding votes attaching to common shares beneficially owned by Insiders to whom options may be issued under the Plan and associates of such Insiders.


6.

Termination of Employment; Death


6.1

Subject to Sections 6.2 and 6.3 hereof and to any express resolution passed by the Committee or the Board with respect to an Option, an Option and all rights to purchase Shares pursuant thereto shall expire and terminate immediately upon the Optionee who holds such Option ceasing to be an Eligible Person.

 


5



6.2

The Committee or the Board may, in their entire discretion, at the time of the granting of Options hereunder, determine that provisions to the following effect shall be contained in the written option agreement between the Corporation and the Optionee:


(1)

If an Optionee shall retire, or terminate his employment or directorship with the consent of the Board under circumstances equating to retirement, while holding an Option which has not been fully exercised, such Optionee may exercise the Option at any time within six (6) months of the date of such retirement or termination equating to retirement, but only to the same extent to which the Optionee could have exercised the Option immediately before the date of such retirement or termination equating to retirement.


(2)

If an Optionee ceases to serve the Corporation or any Affiliate, as the case may be, as an employee, officer or director for cause, no Option held by such Optionee may be exercised following the date on which such Optionee ceases to serve the Corporation or any Affiliate, as the case may be, in such capacity.  If an Optionee ceases to serve the Corporation or any Affiliate as an employee, officer or director for any reason other than for cause, unless otherwise provided for in this Plan, no Option held by such Optionee at the effective date thereof may be exercised by the Optionee following the date which is ninety (90) days after the date on which the Optionee ceases to serve the Corporation or any Affiliate, as the case may be, in such capacity.


(3)

In the event that an Optionee commits an act of bankruptcy or any proceeding is commenced against the Optionee under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) or other applicable bankruptcy or insolvency legislation in force at the time of such bankruptcy and such proceeding remains undismissed for a period of thirty (30) days, no Option held by such Optionee may be exercised following the date on which such Optionee commits such act of bankruptcy or such proceeding remains undismissed, as the case may be.


6.3

If an Optionee shall die holding an Option which has not been fully exercised, his personal representatives, heirs or legatees may, at any time within three months from the date of grant of probate of the will or letters of administration of the estate of the decedent or within one year after the date of such death, whichever is the lesser time, exercise the Option with respect to the unexercised balance of the Shares subject to the Option but only to the same extent to which the decedent could have exercised the Option immediately before the date of such death.


6.4

For greater certainty, Options shall not be affected by any change of employment of the Optionee or by the Optionee ceasing to be a director of the Corporation provided that the Optionee continues to be an Eligible Person.


6.5

For the purposes of this Article 6, a determination by the Corporation that an Optionee was discharged for "cause" shall be binding on the Optionee.

 


6




6.6

If the Optionee is an Employee Corporation, the references to the Optionee in this Article 6 shall be deemed to refer to the Eligible Individual associated with the Employee Corporation.


7.

Exercise of Options


7.1

Subject to the provisions of the Plan, an Option may be exercised from time to time by delivery to the Corporation at its registered office of a written notice of exercise addressed to the Secretary of the Corporation specifying the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised and accompanied by payment in full, by cash or certified cheque, of the Option Price of the Shares then being purchased.  Subject to any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, certificates for such Shares shall be issued and delivered to the Optionee within a reasonable time following the receipt of such notice and payment.


7.2

Notwithstanding any of the provisions contained in the Plan or in any Option, the Corporation's obligation to issue Shares to an Optionee pursuant to the exercise of any Option shall be subject to:


(1)

completion of such registration or other qualification of such Shares or obtaining approval of such governmental or regulatory authority as the Corporation shall determine to be necessary or advisable in connection with the authorization, issuance or sale thereof;


(2)

the admission of such Shares to listing on any stock exchange on which the Shares may then be listed;


(3)

the receipt from the Optionee of such representations, warranties, agreements and undertakings, as the Corporation determines to be necessary or advisable in order to safeguard against the violation of the securities laws of any jurisdiction; and


(4)

the satisfaction of any conditions on exercise prescribed pursuant to Article 3 hereof.


7.3

Options shall be evidenced by a share option agreement, instrument or certificate in such form not inconsistent with this Plan as the Committee or the Board may from time to time determine provided that the substance of Article 5 be included therein.

 


7



8.

Certain Adjustments


8.1

In the event that the Shares are at any time changed or affected as a result of the declaration of a stock dividend thereon or their subdivision or consolidation, the number of Shares reserved for Option shall be adjusted accordingly by the Board or the Committee to such extent as they deem proper in their discretion.  In such event, the number of, and the price payable for, any Shares that are then subject to Option may also be adjusted by the Board or the Committee to such extent, if any, as they deem proper in their discretion.


8.2

If at any time after the grant of an Option to any Optionee and prior to the expiration of the term of such Option, the Shares shall be reclassified, reorganized or otherwise changed, otherwise than as specified in Section 8.1 or, subject to the provisions of Subsection 9.2(a) hereof, the Corporation shall consolidate, merge or amalgamate with or into another corporation (the corporation resulting or continuing from such consolidation, merger or amalgamation being herein called the "Successor Corporation") the Optionee shall be entitled to receive upon the subsequent exercise of his or her Option in accordance with the terms hereof and shall accept in lieu of the number of Shares to which he or she was theretofore entitled upon such exercise but for the same aggregate consideration payable therefor, the aggregate number of shares of the appropriate class and/or other securities of the Corporation or the Successor Corporation (as the case may be) and/or other consideration from the Corporation or the Successor Corporation (as the case may be) that the Optionee would have been entitled to receive as a result of such reclassification, reorganization or other change or, subject to the provisions of Subsection 9.2(a) hereof, as a result of such consolidation, merger or amalgamation, if on the record date of such reclassification, reorganization  or other change or the effective date of such consolidation, merger or amalgamation, as the case may be, he or she had been the registered holder of the number of Shares to which he or she was theretofore entitled upon such exercise.


9.

Amendment or Discontinuance of the Plan


9.1

The Board may amend the Plan at any time, provided, however, that no such amendment may materially and adversely affect any Option previously granted to an Optionee without the consent of the Optionee, except to the extent required by law.  Any such amendment shall, if required, be subject to the prior approval of, or acceptance by, any stock exchange on which the Shares are listed and posted for trading.


9.2

Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in this Plan or in any resolution of the Board in implementation thereof:


(1)

in the event the Corporation proposes to amalgamate, merge or consolidate with any other corporation (other than a wholly-owned Subsidiary) or to liquidate, dissolve or wind-up, or in the event an offer to purchase or repurchase the Shares of the Corporation or any part thereof shall be made to all or substantially all holders of Shares of the Corporation, the Corporation shall have the right, upon written notice thereof to each Optionee holding Options under the Plan, to permit

(2)


 


8


(3)

the exercise of all such Options within the 20 day period next following the date of such notice and to determine that upon the expiration of such 20 day period, all rights of the Optionees to such Options or to exercise same (to the extent not theretofore exercised) shall ipso facto terminate and cease to have further force or effect whatsoever;


(4)

in the event of the sale by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation as an entirety or substantially as an entirety so that the Corporation shall cease to operate as an active business, any outstanding Option may be exercised as to all or any part of the Optioned Shares in respect of which the Optionee would have been entitled to exercise the Option in accordance with the provisions of the Plan at the date of completion of any such sale at any time up to and including, but not after the earlier of: (i) the close of business on that date which is thirty (30) days following the date of completion of such sale; and (ii) the close of business on the expiration date of the Option; but the Optionee shall not be entitled to exercise the Option with respect to any other Optioned Shares;


(5)

subject to the rules of any relevant stock exchange or other regulatory authority, the Board may, by resolution, advance the date on which any Option may be exercised or extend the expiration date of any Option.  The Board shall not, in the event of any such advancement or extension, be under any obligation to advance or extend the date on or by which Options may be exercised by any other Optionee; and


(6)

the Board may, by resolution, but subject to applicable regulatory requirements, decide that any of the provisions hereof concerning the effect of termination of the Optionee's employment shall not apply to any Optionee for any reason acceptable to the Board.


Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 9, should changes be required to the Plan by any securities commission, stock exchange or other governmental or regulatory body of any jurisdiction to which the Plan or the Corporation now is or hereafter becomes subject, such changes shall be made to the Plan as are necessary to conform with such requirements and, if such changes are approved by the Board, the Plan, as amended, shall be filed with the records of the Corporation and shall remain in full force and effect in its amended form as of and from the date of its adoption by the Board.


9.3

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Board may at any time by resolution terminate this Plan.  In such event, all Options then outstanding and granted to an Optionee may be exercised by the Optionee for a period of thirty (30) days after the date on which the Corporation shall have notified all Optionees of the termination of this Plan, but only to the same extent as the Optionee could have exercised such Options immediately prior to the date of such notification.

 


9



10.

Miscellaneous Provisions


10.1

An Optionee shall not have any rights as a shareholder of the Corporation with respect to any of the Shares covered by such Option until the date of issuance of a certificate for Shares upon the exercise of such Option, in full or in part, and then only with respect to the Shares represented by such certificate or certificates.  Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such share certificate is issued.


10.2

Nothing in the Plan or any Option shall confer upon an Optionee any right to continue or be re-elected as a director of the Corporation or any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any Affiliate, or affect in any way the right of the Corporation or any Affiliate to terminate his or her employment at any time; nor shall anything in the Plan or any Option be deemed or construed to constitute an agreement, or an expression of intent, on the part of the Corporation or any Affiliate, to extend the employment of any Optionee beyond the time which he or she would normally be retired pursuant to the provisions of any present or future retirement plan of the Corporation or any Affiliate or any present or future retirement policy of the Corporation or any Affiliate, or beyond the time at which he or she would otherwise be retired pursuant to the provisions of any contract of employment with the Corporation or any Affiliate.


10.3

Notwithstanding Section 5.6 hereof, Options may be transferred or assigned between an Eligible Individual and the related Employee Corporation provided the assignor delivers notice to the Corporation prior to the assignment and the Committee or the Board approves such assignment.


10.4

The Plan and all matters to which reference is made herein shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.


10.5

The obligation of the Corporation to sell common shares and deliver share certificates under the Plan is subject to such compliance by the Corporation and Eligible Persons as the Corporation deems necessary or advisable with all applicable corporate and securities laws, rules and regulations.



10

 


 



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

\


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 








Accountants’ Consent




The Board of Directors

Tan Range Exploration Corporation



We consent to the use of our report dated November 15, 2001 with respect to the consolidated balance sheet of Tan Range Exploration Corporation as at August 31, 2001 and the related consolidated statement of operations and deficit for the year then ended, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the registration statement.


Our report dated November 15, 2001, includes additional comments for U.S. readers on Canada-U.S. reporting difference that states that the financial statements are affected by conditions and events that cast substantial doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.  The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of that uncertainty.




PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (signed)


Chartered Accountants


Vancouver, Canada

March 3, 2004






PricewaterhouseCoopers refers to the Canadian firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and the other member firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited, each of which is a separate and independent legal entity.



 

 

Accountants’ Consent

The Board of Directors

Tan Range Exploration Corporation

We consent to the use of our reports dated October 31, 2003 with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Tan Range Exploration Corporation as at August 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of operations and deficit for each of the years in the two year period ended August 31, 2003, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the registration statement.

Our report dated October 31, 2003, includes additional comments for U.S. readers on Canada-U.S. reporting difference that states that the financial statements are affected by conditions and events that cast substantial doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of that uncertainty.

KPMG LLP (Signed)

Chartered Accountants

Vancouver, Canada March 3, 2004

 


 

Accountants’ Consent

The Board of Directors

Tan Range Exploration Corporation

We consent to the use of our report dated October 28, 2003 with respect to the balance sheets of Tanzanian American International Development Corporation 2000 Limited as at December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the related statements of income, cash flow and changes in equity for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2001, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the registration statement.

KPMG  (Signed)

Certified Public Accountants

Dar es Salaam, Tanzania March 3, 2004